Command Manual: NEC Corporation

ND-70932(E) ISSUE 2
Command Manual
MARCH, 2000
NEC Corporation
LIABILITY DISCLAIMER NEC Corporation reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or features, at any time, without notice. NEC Corporation has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC Corporation and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval from NEC Corporation. NEAX and Dterm are registered trademarks of NEC Corporation. Copyright 2000 NEC Corporation Printed in Japan
PAGE No. i ii iii iv 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE No. 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8
ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE
DATE
NOVEMBER,1999 ISSUE 5
ISSUE 8
DATE
NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual
Revision Sheet 1/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
PAGE No. 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 2/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186
PAGE No. 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 3/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262
PAGE No. 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 4/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338
PAGE No. 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 5/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414
PAGE No. 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 6/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490
PAGE No. 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528
DATE
ISSUE 8
DATE
Revision Sheet 7/8
ND-70932(E)
PAGE No. 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542
ISSUE No. 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE No.
ISSUE No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ISSUE 1 DATE NOVEMBER,1999 ISSUE 5 DATE DATE DATE
ISSUE 2 MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE DATE
ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE
ISSUE 4
ISSUE 8
Revision Sheet 8/8
ND-70932(E)
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................. OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL ......................................................................................................... TERMS IN THIS MANUAL ..............................................................................................................
SERVICE FEATURE NAME ........................................................................................................... ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME ................................................................................................... COUNTRY REFERENCE ................................................................................................................
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 5 6 7 10 11 12 16 19 20 25 25 26 27 30 32 33 34
REFERENCE MANUAL ................................................................................................................... CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT....................................................................................................... CAT AND MAT .................................................................................................................................... CAT KEY FUNCTIONS..................................................................................................................... CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE .......................................................................................... NOTICE ON CAT MODE .................................................................................................................. CAT OPERATION .............................................................................................................................. ERROR MESSAGES......................................................................................................................... CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION ................................................................................................................ CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS .................................................................................. METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE ..............................................................
FOR MP CARD ................................................................................................................................. FOR AP00 CARD .............................................................................................................................
PORT ALLOCATION ........................................................................................................................ PASSWORD ENTRY......................................................................................................................... NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT ...................................................................................................... CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER.................................................................................................. COMMAND DESCRIPTION
[CM00] [CM01] [CM02] [CM03] [CM04] [CM05] [CM06] [CM07] [CM08] [CM09] [CM10] [CM11] [CM12] [CM13] [CM15] [CM15] [CM15] [CM15]
SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR ............................................................... 35 SYSTEM DATA MEMORY PARTIAL CLEAR ...................................................... 36 SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK .............................................................................. 37 LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE ......................................................... 38 LANGUAGE INDICATED ON Dterm LCD .............................................................. 39 AP CARD TYPE ......................................................................................................... 40 AP CARD ALLOCATION ......................................................................................... 45 DTI/CCIS/ISDN TRUNK ASSIGNMENT ................................................................ 46 BASIC SERVICE FEATURES ................................................................................. 48 ADDITIONAL SERVICE FEATURES ..................................................................... 75 STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER ................................ 76 VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER......................................................................................... 84 STATION CLASS-1 ................................................................................................... 88 STATION CLASS-2 ................................................................................................... 94 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS .......................................................................... 99 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A ...................................................................... 100 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B ...................................................................... 105 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C ...................................................................... 107
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
[CM16] [CM17] [CM18] [CM19] [CM1A] [CM1B] [CM1C] [CM1D] [CM20] [CM21] [CM22] [CM23] [CM25] [CM29] [CM2A] [CM30] [CM31] [CM35] [CM36] [CM38] [CM40] [CM40] [CM40] [CM40] [CM41] [CM42] [CM42] [CM42] [CM42] [CM43] [CM44] [CM45] [CM46] [CM47] [CM48] [CM49] [CM50] [CM51] [CM52] [CM53] [CM56] [CM58] [CM59] [CM5A] [CM60] [CM61] CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP ...................................... ACD/UCD GROUP .................................................................................................... STATION HUNTING GROUP .................................................................................. SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER .................................. DATA STATION NUMBER ...................................................................................... ISDN TERMINAL MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER ......................................... PS STATION NUMBER ............................................................................................ PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD ............................ NUMBERING PLAN .................................................................................................. SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE .............................................................................. ROUTE ADVANCE .................................................................................................... TENANT DEVELOPMENT ....................................................................................... KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT ............................................... NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP ................................................................. ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP ........................................................................ TRUNK DATA ............................................................................................................ MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA .................................................................................... TRUNK ROUTE DATA ............................................................................................. RESTRICTION DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION ........................................ AMP TRUNK CONTROL .......................................................................................... FUNCTION OF MP RS-232C PORT ....................................................................... MP RS-232C PORT ................................................................................................... MP BUILT-IN MODEM .............................................................................................. MP BUILT-IN SMDR .................................................................................................. SYSTEM TIMER DATA ............................................................................................ SYSTEM COUNTER DATA/PAD DATA/ TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION .................................................. SYSTEM COUNTER DATA ..................................................................................... PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) ........................................................................... TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION .................................................. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ALARM ..................................................................... EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS ......................................... PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT .......................................................................................... ATT CALL ANSWER KEYS .................................................................................... ATT FUNCTION KEYS ............................................................................................. HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/ AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE ........................................................................ DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK .................................................................... COMMON ROUTE INDIAL ....................................................................................... AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS ......................................................... HOT LINE .................................................................................................................... TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION ................................. INTERCOM ZONE PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP ............................... LDN DIVERSION ....................................................................................................... TAS/ACD/UCD RELAY INTERRUPTION PATTERN .......................................... VIRTUAL LINE-VIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING ........................................... ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS .................................................................... EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION ..................................................................................
109 111 114 121 123 124 125 126 128 139 140 141 142 143 144 147 158 169 189 190 192 193 194 195 196 213 214 217 219 221 222 226 228 230 232 236 241 244 247 249 250 252 255 256 259 262
ii
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
[CM62] [CM63] [CM64] [CM65] [CM71] [CM72] [CM73] [CM74] [CM76] [CM77] [CM78] [CM81] [CM85] [CM8A] [CM8A] [CM8A] [CM90] [CM90] [CM90] [CM90] [CM93] [CM94] [CM96] [CM97] [CM98] [CM9A] [CMA0] [CMA1] [CMA5] [CMA6] [CMA7] [CMA8] [CMA9] [CMAA] [CMAC] [CMAD] [CMAE] [CMAF] [CMB0] [CMB1] [CMB3] [CMD5] [CMD6] TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP ..................................................................... RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION ........................................... AUTOMATED ATTENDANT .................................................................................... SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS ......................................................... MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) ................................................................................... STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) ................................................................................... MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) .................................................................................. STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) .................................................................................. DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL ..................................................................... STATION/TRUNK NAME ASSIGNMENT .............................................................. DESTINATION OF SPLIT CALL FORWARDING ................................................ TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS .............................................................................. MAXIMUM DIGITS ON C.O. CALLS ...................................................................... LCR/TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE ......................................... TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE .................................................. LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE ................................................................................. Dterm/ATTCON/DESKCON/ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT .............. Dterm KEY ASSIGNMENT ........................................................................................ ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT ............................................................ ADD-ON MODUKE KEY ASSIGNMENT ............................................................... PRIME LINE ................................................................................................................ Dterm ONE-TOUCH MEMORY ................................................................................. DSS CONSOLE NUMBER ....................................................................................... DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT ..................................................................... ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER .................................................................................. Dterm SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT ........................................................................... TYPE OF DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE ............................................................ DATA TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE DATA .................................................................. NAILED DOWN CONNECTION .............................................................................. ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR RS-232C PORT ON AP01 ........................................... CCIS CHANNEL DATA ............................................................................................ CCIS ROUTING LABEL ASSIGNMENT ................................................................ D-CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................... DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT FUNCTIONS ............................................................ ISDN FUNCTIONS ..................................................................................................... CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT ........................................... CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT ........................................................... VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT ........................................................................ PEG COUNT ............................................................................................................... TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT ..................................................................................... UCD PEG COUNT ..................................................................................................... ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH AP ........................................................................ ID CODE ALL CLEAR WITH AP ............................................................................
263 264 265 266 268 270 272 276 278 283 285 286 289 291 291 295 301 302 321 332 336 337 339 340 344 345 350 351 354 356 358 361 362 363 366 367 372 375 378 382 384 386 388
iii
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
[CMD7] [CMDB] [CMDC] [CME0] [CME1] [CME5] [CME6] [CME7] [CME9] [CMEA] [CMEC] [CMF0] [CMF1] [CMF2] [CMF3] [CMF5] [CMF7] [CMF8] [CMD000] [CMD001] [CMD003] [CMD004] [CMD012] [CMD013] [CMD014] [CMD015] [CMD016] [CMD022] [CMD023] [CMD024] [CMD025] [CMD026] [CMD027] [CMD030] [CMD031] [CMD033] [CMD034] [CMD035] [CMD100] [CMD101] [CMD102] OAI CONTROL DATA .............................................................................................. CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA ....................................................... CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT TABLE ..................................................... INITIALIZATION ......................................................................................................... MP MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY .................................................................. STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY .................................................................. CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM MAT/CAT ........................................ PASSWORD LEVEL ................................................................................................. PASSWORD CODE .................................................................................................. FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS ................................... BATTERY RELEASE/LINE STATUS DISPLAY/ VMS SOFT KEY DATA DOWNLOAD .................................................................... MP MEMORY DUMP ................................................................................................. MP MEMORY READ/WRITE ................................................................................... FP MEMORY DUMP.................................................................................................. FP MEMORY READ/WRITE .................................................................................... LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ ............................................. FP/AP HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ ................................................... SERIAL No./ID CODE/PROGRAM REVISION READ ......................................... SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (1) ................................................... SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (2) ................................................... TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/ MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT ................................ CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/ OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT .......................................................................... STATION GROUP NUMBER ................................................................................... STATION GROUP NUMBER ................................................................................... STATION GROUP NUMBER ................................................................................... STATION SERVICE CLASSES ............................................................................... STATION FEATURES .............................................................................................. TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (1) ........................... TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (2) ........................... TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (2) ............................................................................ CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) ................................................................... ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT ..................................... CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT TABLES ......................................................... MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT ....................................................................................... ROOM STATUS CODE ............................................................................................ ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL DEVELOPMENT ....................................................... CALL DEVELOPMENT TABLES ............................................................................ DESIGNATION OF PRINTER .................................................................................. BILLING SYSTEM DATA PARTIAL CLEAR ........................................................ BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR ................................................................. BILLING MEMORY CLEAR .....................................................................................
389 393 396 397 398 399 401 402 403 404 421 425 425 426 426 427 431 432 434 443 478 481 484 484 484 486 487 490 491 492 493 495 496 497 499 501 502 504 505 506 507 509 510 511 512
CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM ............................................................................ HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM ................................................................. SERVICE CONDITIONS................................................................................................................... PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES ..................................................................................................
iv
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20
INTRODUCTION PURPOSE/OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
This manual explains all of the commands required for programming the NEAX 2000IVS2/NEAX 7400ICS M100MX/NEAX 2000 INTEGRATED VOICE SERVER, using the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) or Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT).
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL

This manual consists of the following chapters. CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT: This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) which is used as the man-machine interface with the PBX. CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION: This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as condition for using commands, method of setting on-line/off-line mode, port allocation, password entry, and nation code assignment. CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION: This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table of each command. CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM: This chapter explains how to load the Resident System Program and the service conditions, and contains the data table.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20
INTRODUCTION TERMS IN THIS MANUAL
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

SERVICE FEATURE NAME
When a service feature name differs with markets, the name in each market is designated as follows: Service feature name for Australia/Other Countries (Service feature name for North America) Example: Remote Access to System (DISA)
ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME

Usually, Attendant Console is designated as Attendant Console. When the console type is limited by a service feature, it is designated as follows: Large type ATTCON: Large type of Attendant Console (HA-610Z ATTCON/SN619 ATTCON) ATTCON: Small type of Attendant Console (SN610/708/709/712/741 ATTCON) DESKCON: Desk Console (SN716 DESKCON)
COUNTRY REFERENCE
The exclusive commands for specic country are described as follows; [Australia Only] [Australia/Argentina] [Australia/France] [Australia/North America] [Australia/Other Countries] [Brazil Only] [Brazil (900 ohm)/New Zealand] [Brazil/UK] [Chinese No. 1] [France Only] [Latin America Only] [New Zealand Only] [North America Only] [North America/Latin America] [North America/Other Countries] [NZ/Other Countries] [Other Countries Only] NOTE: Other Countries represents the countries in Asia, Africa, Latin America, Middle East, Europe.
2
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20
INTRODUCTION REFERENCE MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL
Refer to the following manuals for information on each service feature programming. Maintenance Manual: describes the maintenance service features and the recommended troubleshooting procedure. Feature Programming Manual: describes procedure for each business and hotel feature programming. AD-8 System Manual: describes the hardware installation procedure and programming procedure for AD-8 System. ISDN System Manual: describes the system description, hardware installation procedure, programming procedure and operation test procedure for ISDN System. CCIS System Manual: describes the system description, hardware installation procedure, programming procedure and operation test procedure for CCIS System. Data Interface System Manual: describes the system description, installation procedure, programming procedure and installation test procedure, for providing Data Interface System. OAI System Manual: describes the system description, installation procedure, programming procedure and troubleshooting procedure, for providing OAI (Open Application Interface). Q-SIG System Manual: describes the system description, installation procedure, and programming procedure for providing Q-SIG System. WCS System Manual: describes the system description, hardware installation procedure and programming procedure for WCS System. VoIP System Manual: describes the system description, hardware installation procedure and programming procedure for VoIP System.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20
THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20
CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT
This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) which is used as the man-machine interface with the PBX.
CAT AND MAT .......................................................................... CAT KEY FUNCTIONS .............................................................. CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE ........................................ NOTICE ON CAT MODE ........................................................... CAT OPERATION ...................................................................... ERROR MESSAGE ...................................................................
6 7 10 11 12 16
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91005-20

CAT AND MAT
CAT AND MAT

In this system, the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) or Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) is used for programming the system data. The CAT is a digital multi function telephone (Dterm) which is equipped with function keys, a dial pad and LCD and interfaces with the system via the MP card. The Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) is a personal computer that provides an interface to the PBX via the system MP card. The MAT PC must have the MATWorX program properly installed to communicate with the PBX. MATWorX is required for system software registration and activation. MATWorX is a Graphical User Interface (GUI) program that provides an efcient method for manipulating the PBX database. This program contains extensive help les, Usage Wizards and Tool Tips, with hyperlinks imbedded in the text. The hyperlinks provide quick access to the appropriate Add-In modules. Add-In modules provide a user-friendly, intuitive method for customizing the PBX database. For more details, refer to the MATWorX User Guide.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91006-20

CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS

In the CAT mode, each key on the Dterm is automatically assigned as shown in gure below. The function of each key is shown in table below. See page 9
CAT Key Assignment

NEC
Exit ST
Help
A E ST ,
B F EXE
C & CE
D S DE
DE EXE ST S
G H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U V
1 4 7 A
2 5 8 0
,
3 6 9 B
CE
MIC
DTP-32D-1
Continued on next page
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91007-20

CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT Key Assignment
A E ST ,
B F
EXE
C & CE
D S DE G H I J Q R S T U V W X Y Z
1 4
2 5
3 6
DE K L M N O
7 A
8 0
9 B
EXE
ST
CE
ETJ-16DS-1
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91007-20

CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT Function Keys FUNCTION KEY

ST EXE CE S , DE Command entry start Execution of data write Cancel of key operation (Clear entry) Display of next data (Step forward) Separator; to be entered between two different data such as rst/ second data (For example CM72) Display of previous data (Step backward) Cancel of one character out of the entered data (Back space) Data End; to be entered at the end of the command code or at the end of each data entry
MEANING
CAT Digit Keys DIGIT KEY

0-9, A-F A B C G-Z
MEANING
Data (Data is entered by hexadecimal code 0-F) *: As a dial digit #: As a dial digit Clear Assigned data by CCC Data (Data is entered as character code) used for name assignment
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91007-20

CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE
CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE

To set CAT mode: 1. Press Transfer 5. Press Conf Conf lamp ashes 6. Press # Conf, Speaker, Answer lamp on CAT MODE displayed on LCD 7. Press
ST
2. Press Conf Conf lamp ashes 3. Press * Conf lamp off 4. Press Transfer
COMMAND= displayed on LCD
NOTE: Step 1 through 6 need to be completed within 4 seconds. To clear the CAT mode: While COMMAND= is displayed on the LCD. 1. Lift handset (Off Hook) Speaker lamp off. 2. Replace handset (On Hook) Conf, Answer lamps off. LCD returns to clock.
10
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91010-20

NOTICE ON CAT MODE
NOTICE ON CAT MODE

(1) The CAT is used in on-line. Therefore, system data clear commands (CM00, CM01) cannot be accessed from the CAT. To use the CAT after clearing all system data, perform the following operations on the system. 1. Plug a DLC card into the LT00 slot of PIM0. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect the CAT (Dterm) to LEN000 at the MDF. Set SW3 on the MP card to B. Press SW1 on the MP card. (System Data All Clear) Set SW3 on the MP card to 0, and press SW1. (On-Line mode)
(2)
6. Set the CAT mode on the Dterm. (3) (4) Do not change or delete CM10 My Line number of the CAT, during CAT mode. There are no limitations on the number of Dterms in the system that can be programmed to allow CAT capability. However, the number of Dterms that can be placed into CAT mode, at the same time, is two. (5) When you use a Dterm 70/75 for CAT, press ST (Exit) key so that the display of CAT is expanded to 24-digit.
NOTE 1: Dterm 70 = Elite Terminal Dterm 75 = Dterm E NOTE 2: Do not use ST ( REDIAL ) key in the above (5) operation. ST (Exit) key operation is required.
11
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91011-20

CAT OPERATION
CAT OPERATION
When setting the ofce data, it is necessary to enter the following three kinds of data. Command Code First Data Second Data The operation is explained below. (1) To conrm the existing ofce data ST + Command Code + DE + First Data + DE With the above entry completed, the present second data is displayed on the LCD. If the second data is not assigned yet, either the initial data value or NONE is displayed. (2) To assign (change) the ofce data ST + Command Code + DE + First Data + DE + Second Data + DE + EXE With EXE pressed, "OK" is displayed on the LCD. To conrm the data assigned, press DE after entering the st data. (3) Use of S button and button EXE has been pressed), the next
If S is pressed after setting the second data (after rst data is displayed.
If is pressed after setting the second data (after EXE has been pressed), the last data is displayed.
12
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91012-20

CAT OPERATION
The examples of data setting is described below. (1) Example in the case that station number 300 is to be assigned to LEN000 and station number 301 to LEN001 by CM10.
Example of CAT Operation

(Display) STEP 1 Set CAT mode. STEP 2 Press ST . CAT MODE COMMAND = COMMAND = 10 10 > 10 > 000 10 > 000: NONE 10 > 000: NONE300 OK 10 > 000: 300 10 > 001: NONE 10 > 001: NONE301 OK 10 > 001: 301 NOTE 2 NOTE 2 NOTE 1 NOTE 1
STEP 3 Enter 10 (Command Code). STEP 4 Press DE .
STEP 5 Enter 000 (LEN). STEP 6 Press DE .
STEP 7 Enter 300 (Station Number). STEP 8 Press STEP 9 Press STEP 10 Press EXE . DE . S.
STEP 11 Enter 301 (Station Number). STEP 12 Press STEP 13 Press EXE . DE .
STEP 14 Lift handset, then replace it.
NOTE 1: When no data exists, NONE is displayed. And when data exists, that data is displayed. NOTE 2: This DE operation is for confirming the data assignment. You can omit this step.
13
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91012-20

CAT OPERATION
(2)
Example of correcting the data entry In STEP 5 in the above (1) example, when DE has been pressed after entering 001 by mistake, press CE . Then the state returns to STEP 4. STEP 1 CM10 has been entered and DE has been pressed. STEP 2 001 has been entered instead of 000 as intended. STEP 3 001 has been assigned as the first data after pressing DE . STEP 4 If CE is pressed, the state returns to that of Step 1. STEP 5 Enter 000. STEP 6 Press DE , and assign the correct first data. 10> 10>000 10>000: NONE 10> 10>001 10>001: NONE
If, in Step 11 in the above (1) example, when 302 has been entered instead of 301, press . Then the cursor moves to the position of 2. 10>001: NONE-302 10>001: NONE-30 10>001: NONE-301
STEP 1 In Step 11, enter 302 instead of 301 as intended. STEP 2 Press .
STEP 3 Press digit Key 1.
14
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91012-20

CAT OPERATION
(3)
Example of deleting station number 300 assigned to LEN000 after completing all the operation in the above (1) example. STEP 1 Press ST . STEP 2 Enter 10. (Command Code) STEP 3 Press DE . STEP 4 Enter LEN 000. STEP 5 Press DE . STEP 6 Enter CCC. STEP 7 Press EXE . STEP 8 Press DE . COMMAND= COMMAND=10 10> 10>000 10>000: 300 10>000: 300CCC OK 10>000: NONE
15
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91012-20

ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGES
When an operation is incorrect, or wrong data is entered, an error message is displayed on the LCD. Error messages and their meanings are shown below.
Error Messages ERROR MESSAGE

DIGIT ERROR DATA ERROR CODE NOT USED
MEANING OF MESSAGE
ACTION
Error in the number of digits Depress ST or CE and enter entered the correct data. The value of the entered data is Depress ST or CE and enter incorrect. the correct data. The command code entered is Depress ST or CE and enter not in use, or password is the correct data, or follow the procedure for entering a password. needed. A station number not assigned Depress ST or CE and enter has been entered. the correct data. The station or trunk, for which Wait until it becomes idle. data is to be changed, is busy. This error message is displayed Depress ST or CE and enter when not enough digits are the correct data. entered. For example, when assigning 12 for a service access code, even if 123 has been already used for another service access code. Memory read/write disabled. Check the switch setting of MP card or replace the MP card with spare. Assign correct System ID Code.
DATA NOT FOUND WAIT BUSY NOW ASSIGNED ALREADY
HARDWARE ERROR
WD ERROR
- Error exists in memory. - System ID Code has not been assigned. - Option is not allowed.
16
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91016-20

ERROR MESSAGES
Error Messages ERROR MESSAGE

WRONG
MEANING OF MESSAGE
ACTION
The data stored in the memory is Clear the present data by entering wrong. This message is dis- CCC, or enter the correct data. played when too many digits are entered. For example, when assigning 123 for a service access code when 12 has been already used for another service access code. Double assigned error of the The station number or trunk numsame station number or trunk ber intended is already assigned to rst data YYYY of CMxx. Connumber. rm. The data is already assigned by The command code and YY numanother command. ber already assigned are displayed. Conrm.
SEE CMxx YYYY
USE CMxxxx
TRK NOT ASSIGNED The designated trunk is not Assign the trunk by CM10. assigned. xx>xxx: ERROR The rst data has been changed Change the rst data by S or by S or button, but the sta- button, or reenter the rst data by tion corresponding to that rst CE. data is not assigned.
17
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91016-20
18
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91016-20
CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION
This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as conditions for using commands, method of setting on-line/off-line mode, port allocation, password entry, and nation code assignment.
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS ................................. METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE ................ PORT ALLOCATION ................................................................. PASSWORD ENTRY ................................................................. NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT .................................................
20 25 27 30 32
19
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91019-20
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS

(1) Some commands require a system reset after data setting, and others cannot be assigned/ changed unless the system is in off-line mode (a state in which call processing is at a halt). These commands are shown in the following table, categorized according to the conditions for their use. When deleting data in any command, enter CCC as the 2nd data. However, data in the following commands can not be deleted. Commands where the initial data ( ) is provided but the initial data ( ) is NONE. CM29, CM41, CM42, CM46, CM47, CM60 Y=30.
(2)
20
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91020-20
Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION

Commands which require a reset of the MP card after data setting. Press SW1 on the MP card for system reset.
INITIAL
COMMAND
CM04 : Language Indicated on Dterm LCD CM05 : AP Card Type CM06 : AP Card Allocation CM07 : DTI/CCIS/ISDN Trunk Assignment CM08>335, 368, 390, 391, 392, 396, 420, 477, 478, 487: Basic Service Features CM09 : Additional Service Features CM10 : Station Number, Trunk Number, Card Number (The system initialization is required only for assigning the PN-CFT.) CM12 Y=17: Station Class-1 CM13 Y=28, 33: Station Class-2 CM1A : Data Station Number CM31 Y=0, Y=1>1, 2, 3, Y=2, Y=3, Y=4, Y=5, Y=6, Y=7, Y=8, Y=A>00, 01, 02, 04, 05, 06, 07, Y=B: MFC/MF-ANI Trunk Data CM35 Y=100: Trunk Route Data CM42>66: System Counter Data/PAD Data/Trunk Restriction Class Conversion CM48: Hold/Walk Up/Timed Reminder/Automated Attendant Tone CM5A: Virtual Line-Virtual Trunk Path Setting CM60 Y=00, 01, 02, 04, 06, 22: ATT Tenant Group, Functions CM62 : Tenants for Each ATT Group CMA0 : Type of Data Terminal Interface CMAC: ISDN Functions CMF8 : Serial No./ID Code/Program Revision Read
REMARKS
21
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91020-20
Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMAND REMARKS
CMD001>20-35, 80-96, 100, 102-107, 109-116, Commands which 120, 122-127, 131-136, 140, 142-147, require a reset of the 149-156, 250, 257, 258: AP00 card after data SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCsetting. TIONS Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
AP00 INITIAL
CMA6: Attribute Data for RS-232C Port on AP01 Commands which CMD7 Y=9: OAI Control Data require a reset of the AP01 card after data setting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
AP01 INITIAL
22
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91020-20
CM35 Y=113: Trunk Route Data Commands which CMA9: D-channel Assignment require a reset of the DCH card after data set- CMAA Y=06: ISDN Protocol Type for DCH/PRT ting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
DCH INITIAL
CMAA Y=06>24, 63: ISDN Terminal Type for ICH Commands which require a reset of the ICH card after data setting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
ICH INITIAL
CMAA Y=00, 01, 02, 03, 06, 09, 12, 13: DTI/CIR/ Commands which DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT Functions require a reset of the DTI/BRT/PRT card after data setting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
DTI INITIAL
23
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91020-20
CM35 Y=142: Trunk Route Data Commands which CMAE Y=42: CS/ZT Operation Data Assignment require a reset of the DBM card after data setting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN.
DBM INITIAL
Commands which can be used only under OffLine mode of the MP card. See METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/ OFF-LINE MODE. page 25
OFF LINE
CM00: System Data Memory All Clear CM01: System Data Memory Partial Clear CMEC Y=4>CCC: VMS Soft Key Data All Clear
CAT cannot use these commands.
Commands which can be used only under OffLine mode of the AP00 card. See METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/ OFF-LINE MODE. page 26
AP OFF LINE
CMD100: Billing System Data Partial Clear CMD101: Billing System Data All Clear CMD102: Billing Memory Clear
24
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91020-20
METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE

FOR MP CARD
Setting Off-line mode (1) Set SW3 on the MP card to 2 or 3. (2) Press SW1 on the MP card. Setting On-line mode (1) Set SW3 on the MP card to 0. (2) Press SW1 on the MP card. For details, refer to the Installation Procedure Manual.
25
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91025-20
FOR AP00 CARD

Setting Off-line mode Set SW1 on the AP00 card as shown below.
SW1 OFF 4 3 2 1 ON : POSITION TO BE SET
SW1-4 should be set as follows; ON : AP No. is 04-15 OFF: AP No. is 20-31 Setting On-line mode Set the SW1 on the AP00 card as shown below.
SW1 OFF 4 3 2 1 ON : POSITION TO BE SET
SW1-4 should be set as follows; ON : AP No. is 04-15 OFF: AP No. is 20-31
26
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91025-20
PORT ALLOCATION
PORT ALLOCATION
The port allocation of the Time Division Switch is shown below: 512 ports per system Number of ports for line/trunk cards (MP with Expansion memory) 256 ports per system (MP without Expansion memory) 64 ports per PIM See Number of Ports for Each Line/Trunk Card page 28 Number of ports for application processor cards 128 ports per system Basic AP port (Basic HW) 128 ports per system Expanded AP port (Expanded HW) See Number of Ports for Each Application Processor Card page 29
Port Allocation of Time Division Switch

64 ports 128 ports/FP 64 ports 64 ports 128 ports/FP 64 ports 64 ports 128 ports/FP 64 ports 64 ports 128 ports/FP 64 ports 128 ports Used for Application Processor (AP) cards 256 ports per system 3-way conference (16 circuits), Music on Hold, Built-in MODEM, DAT, DTMF Sender, DTMF Receiver, Audible tone (DTG), DK 64 ports per PIM 512 ports per system
Used for Line/Trunk (LT) Cards
128 ports
128 ports
128 ports
Not Used
27
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91027-20
PORT ALLOCATION
Number of Ports for Each Line/Trunk Card

L/T CARD PN-2AMP (AMP) PN-AUCA (AUC) PN-8COT (COT) PN-4COT (COT) PN-CFTA (CFT) PN-CFTB (CFT) PN-2CSI (CSI) PN-4DAT (DAT) PN-4DIT (DIT) PN-DK00 (DK) PN-8DLC (DLC) PN-4DLC (DLC) PN-2DLC (DLC) PN-2DPC (DPC) PN-2ILC (ILC) PN-8LC (LC) PN-4LC (LC) PN-2LDT (LDT) PN-M03 (M03) PN-M10 (M10) PN-2ODT (ODT) PN-8RSTA (PBR) PN-TNT (TNT) PN-4VCT (VCT) PZ-8PFTB (PFT) PZ-VM00 (VM) PZ-VM01 (VM) NUMBER OF CIRCUITS 2 2 8 4 1 1 2 4 4 8 8 4 2 2 2 8 4 2 1 2 2 8 2 4 1 4 4 NUMBER OF TIME SLOTS 2 2 8 4 10 10 8 8 4 0 8 4 2 4 8 8 4 2 0 0 2 8 4 4 0 8 0 REMARKS
28
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91027-20
PORT ALLOCATION
Number of Ports for Each Application Processor Card

: Available AP HIGHWAY AP CARD PN-AP00-A (DBM) PN-AP00-B (AP00) PN-AP01 (AP01) PN-BRTA (BRT) PN-2BRTC (BRT) PN-CC00 (ETHER) PN-CC01 (ETHER) PN-CS00 (ATI) PN-DAIA (DAI) PN-DAIB (DAI) PN-DAIC (DAI) PN-DAID (DAI) PN-DAIE (DAI) PN-DAIF (DAI) PN-24DTA-A (DTI) PN-24DTA-C (DTI) PN-30DTC-A (DTI) PN-IPTB (IPT) PN-24PRTA (PRT) PN-4RSTB (MFR) PN-4RSTC (CIR) PN-SC00 (CCH) PN-SC01 (DCH) PN-SC03 (ICH) PN-SC03-A (CSH) Basic HW (128 time slots) Expanded HW (128 time slots) NUMBER OF TIME SLOTS /CARD 2 2 0 2 4 0 0 1 24 24 31 0 25 4 4 1 1 4 4 Not use Highway For Large type ATTCON Use FP Highway Use FP Highway Use FP Highway Use FP Highway Use FP Highway Use FP Highway For DBM For SMDR/Hotel/CIS : Not available
REMARKS
29
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91027-20
PASSWORD ENTRY
PASSWORD ENTRY
In a system with password service, a maintenance person is required to enter a authorization level number (Password Level) and appropriate password prior to engaging in programming the system data with the MAT/CAT. A maximum of eight (8) Password Levels can be set up. The number of commands that the maintenance person can access is determined by the Password Level. Password and accessible commands for each Password Level is determined by system data. The procedure for programming, with password, is shown below. STEP 1: Connect the MAT to the system, and turn the power switch on. For the CAT, change the mode to CAT. STEP 2: Enter the password by CM03. Operation:
ST + 03 + DE + Password Level No. + DE + Password + EXE
OK will be displayed, if accepted. In case of DATA ERROR, the password is incorrect. STEP 3: Start programming. STEP 4: When programming is completed, set the following data by CM03. Operation:
ST + 03 + DE + 9 + DE + CCC + EXE 3 digits
Programming without password is restricted. NOTE: For the details of data assignment for password service, refer to CME7, CME9 on Chapter 3 Command Description.
30
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91030-20
PASSWORD ENTRY
Table below shows the example for the Password Level Table.
Example of Password Level Assignment
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
A B C D E F
PASSWORD LEVEL
Level 7 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Level 0
ACCESIBLE COMMANDS
All commands CM05, 08-13, 15, 30, 35, 36 CM08-13, 15, 30, 35 CM10, 11, 30, 35 CM10, 11 CM10
NOTE: All Levels can access CM03.
31
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91030-20
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT

With the Nation Code assigned, the system offers the particular services to the users of each country. For Australia or New Zealand, appropriate nation code to the user should be assigned by CM31 Y=0 as shown below. Users in Australia
ST + 310 + DE + 0 + DE + 01 + EXE
Users in New Zealand

ST + 310 + DE + 0 + DE + 15 + EXE
NOTE 1: System reset is required after changing the command data. NOTE 2: Initial data of CM31 Y=0>0 depends on each nation code of the MP program as follows; For North America : 03 For Australia/NZ : 01 For Other Countries: 04
32
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91032-20
CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION
This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table of each command. Explanations are given in numerical and alphabetical order of the command code.
HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER .............................................. COMMAND DESCRIPTION .......................................................
34 35
33
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91033-20

HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER
HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER

Information about each command is presented in the following order: (1) FUNCTION: The function of the command. PRECAUTION: Precautions related to assigning data. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: The procedure for assigning data in CAT mode. DATA TABLE: Detailed descriptions of the data.
(2)
(3)
(4)
In the description of each command, the following symbols are used. : Initial data which is automatically loaded into the memory, after system initialization by setting position B on SW3 of the MP, followed by a reset.
INITIAL AP00 INITIAL AP01 INITIAL OFF LINE AP OFF LINE DCH INITIAL ICH INITIAL DTI INITIAL DBM INITIAL
: Commands which require a reset of the MP card after data setting. : Commands which require a reset of the AP00 card after data setting. : Commands which require a reset of the AP01 card after data setting. : Commands which can be used only under Off-Line mode of the MP card. : Commands which can be used only under Off-Line mode of the AP00 card. : Commands which require a reset of the DCH card after data setting. : Commands which require a reset of the ICH card after data setting. : Commands which require a reset of the DTI/BRT/PRT card after data setting. : Commands which require a reset of the DBM card after data setting.
Refer to Chapter 4 for details on default data when the Resident System Program is loaded by setting position C on SW3 of the MP, followed by a reset. You should conrm the meaning of initial data, and change or delete the data, if required.
34
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91034-20
CM00
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR 00 FUNCTION:
OFF LINE
This command is used to conrm that system data memory (RAM) area can be written-in/readout, and to assign the initial data to the RAM area. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) This command can only be used in off-line mode. When this command is executed, OK is displayed with memory clear completed (about 10 seconds later). If an error exists in memory, WD ERROR is displayed. This command is not available with a CAT. To clear all system data, set SW3 to B, and depress SW1 on the MP card. In this case, the only functional port is LEN000, which is assigned as a CAT.
(3) (4)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MEMORY AREA ST + 00 + DE + DESIGNATION + DE + CCC + EXE (1/3)
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA DATA 1 3 MEANING System data memory all clear Optional system data memory clear NOTE DATA CCC CCC Clear Clear 2ND DATA MEANING
NOTE: This is available when using the expansion memory card (PZ-M537).
35
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91035-20
CM01
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM DATA MEMORY PARTIAL CLEAR 01 FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the data for specic features. PRECAUTION: This command can only be used in off-line mode. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 01 + DE + CLEAR DESIGNATION + DE + CCC + EXE (2 digits)
OFF LINE
DATA TABLE:
CLEAR DESIGNATION 08 20 SYSTEM DATA TO BE CLEARED CM08: Basic Service Feature CM20: Numbering Plan CM21: Single Digit Access Code CM22: Route Advance CM23: Tenant Development CM25: Kind of Special Terminal Development CM29: Numbering Plan Tenant Group CM2A: ID Code Assignment with MP CM76: Digit Conversion on DID Call CM85: Maximum Digits on C.O. Calls CM8A: LCR/Toll Restriction Development Table REMARKS
2A 76 85 8A
36
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91036-20
CM02
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK 02 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign clock data (year, date and time). PRECAUTION: The system clock starts when EXE is pressed. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 02 + DE + SECTION DATA + EXE + DE + No. (4/6 digits) (0-2)
YYYY: Year MM DD WW MM : Month DD : Date WW: Week (Day) HH MM SS HH : Hour MM: Minute SS : Second DATA TABLE:
SECTION No. 0 [Year (YYYY)] DATA 1900-2099 MEANING The calendar year is set by 4 digits. REMARKS
1 010100-123106 Month, Date and Day are set by 2 digits each in [Date (MM/DD/WW)] the order named. Days are set as follows. SUN: 00 MON: 01 TUE: 02 WED: 03 THU: 04 FRI: 05 SAT: 06 2 [Time (HH:MM:SS)] 000000-235959 Hour, Minute, and Second are set by 2 digits each in the order named. Hour information is set in military format (24-hour). Example: 2 p.m. is set as 140000.
37
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91037-20
CM03
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE 03 FUNCTION: This command is used to enter a password which allows the authorized personnel to access commands in accordance with preassigned authorization levels. PRECAUTION: (1) The password for each level is set by CME9. The accessible commands for each level is set by CME7. OK is displayed when the log in is successful. For security purpose, when a password code is entered, * is displayed. The password mode is automatically logged out unless a command is entered within 10 minutes after logging in.
(2) (3) (4)
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: To log in the password mode and enter the password
ST + 03 + DE + PASSWORD LEVEL PASSWORD + DE + (Max. 8 digits) + EXE (0-7)
To log off the password mode

ST + 03 + DE + 9 + DE + CCC + EXE
38
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91038-20
CM04
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LANGUAGE INDICATED ON Dterm LCD 04 FUNCTION: This command selects the language that displays on the Dterm LCDs. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + 04YY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
INITIAL
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 00 00 MEANING Selected language for Dterm LCD DATA 0 1 2 7 Japanese English French English MEANING 2ND DATA
39
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91039-20
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD TYPE 05 FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command is used to designate the type of application processor (AP) card installed. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) This command requires a system reset after data setting. The AP numbers available for each AP card are as follows:
AP CARD PN-AP00-A (DBM) PN-AP00-B (AP00) PN-AP01 (AP01) PN-BRTA (BRT) PN-2BRTC (BRT) PN-CC00 (ETHER) PN-CC01 (ETHER) PN-CS00 (ATI) PN-DAIA (DAI) PN-DAIB (DAI) PN-DAIC (DAI) PN-DAID (DAI) PN-DAIE (DAI) PN-DAIF (DAI) PN-24DTA-A/C (DTI) PN-30DTC-A (DTI) PN-IPTB (IPT) PN-24PRTA (PRT) PN-4RSTB (MFR) PN-4RSTC (CIR) PN-SC00 (CCH) PN-SC01 (DCH) PN-SC03 (ICH) PN-SC03-A (CSH) AP No. 04-15 AP No. 20-31 Continued on next page Not need AP number. Not need AP number. For Large type ATTCON Use FP No. 1-3. Use FP No. 0. Not need AP number. Use FP No. 1-3. Use FP No. 0. Not need AP number.
: Available
: Not available
REMARKS
40
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91040-20
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD TYPE 05 (3)
INITIAL
The SENSE and changeover switch on each AP card should be set to the AP number assigned by this command as follows. PN-AP00-A, PN-AP01, PN-BRTA, PN-CS00, PN-4RSTC, PN-SC03 are set as follows:
SENSE SWITCH AP No. 4 04 5 05 6 06 7 07 8 08 9 09 A 10 B 11 C 12 D 13 E 14 F 15
PN-AP00-B, PN-2BRTC, PN-24DTA-A, PN-24DTA-C, PN-30DTC-A, PN-IPTB, PN-24PRTA, PN-4RSTB, PN-SC00, PN-SC01, PN-SC03-A are set as follows:
SENSE SWITCH AP No. Changeover SW is ON Changeover SW is OFF 4 04 20 5 05 21 6 06 22 7 07 23 8 08 24 9 09 25 A 10 26 B 11 27 C 12 28 D 13 29 E 14 30 F 15 31
AP CARD PN-AP00-B PN-2BRTC PN-24DTA-A PN-24DTA-C PN-30DTC-A PN-IPTB PN-24PRTA PN-4RSTB PN-SC00 PN-SC01 PN-SC03-A
Changeover SW SW1-4 SW11-4 SW-8 SW1-4 SW-8 SW1-4 SW1-4 SW-8 SW0-4 SW0-4 SW1-4
ON : AP No. 04-15 OFF: AP No. 20-31
41
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91040-20
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD TYPE 05 (4)
INITIAL
The AP Highway channel available for each AP card and the number of time slots per card are shown below.
: Available : Not available AP HIGHWAY AP CARD Basic HW (128 time slots) Expanded HW (128 time slots) NUMBER OF TIME SLOTS /CARD 2 2 0 2 4 0 1 24 24 31 0 25 4 4 1 1 4 4 Continued on next page Not use Highway. For Large type ATTCON Use FP Highway. Use FP Highway. Use FP Highway. Use FP Highway. Use FP Highway. Use FP Highway.
REMARKS For DBM For SMDR/Hotel/CIS
PN-AP00-A (DBM) PN-AP00-B (AP00) PN-AP01 (AP01) PN-BRTA (BRT) PN-2BRTC (BRT) PN-CC00 (ETHER) PN-CC01 (ETHER) PN-CS00 (ATI) PN-DAIA (DAI) PN-DAIB (DAI) PN-DAIC (DAI) PN-DAID (DAI) PN-DAIE (DAI) PN-DAIF (DAI) PN-24DTA-A (DTI) PN-24DTA-C (DTI) PN-30DTC-A (DTI) PN-IPTB (IPT) PN-24PRTA (PRT) PN-4RSTB (MFR) PN-4RSTC (CIR) PN-SC00 (CCH) PN-SC01 (DCH) PN-SC03 (ICH) PN-SC03-A (CSH)
42
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91040-20
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD TYPE 05 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:

ST + 05Y + DE + DATA AP NUMBER (2 digits) + DE + (2 digits) + EXE
INITIAL
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 0 AP NUMBER 04-15, 20-31 See PRECAUTION (3) SETTING DATA DATA 01 04 07 MEANING Large type ATTCON Interface (PN-CS00) SMDR/CIS/Hotel/PMS/MCI/CS Report (PN-AP00-B) OAI, Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Remote Access to System (DISA) Code Expansion (PN-AP01) MFR/MFC/911 Sender Trunk (PN4RSTB)/CIR Trunk (PN-4RSTC) DTI (PN-30DTC/PN-24DTA) BRT(PN-BRTA/PN-2BRTC) CCH (PN-SC00) DCH (PN-SC01/PN-24PRTA) for PRI ICH (PN-SC03) for ISDN terminal CSH (PN-SC03-A) [North America/Latin America] CSH (PN-SC03-A) [Australia/Other Countries] DCH (PN-SC01) for Q-SIG DBM (PN-AP00-A) for Roaming [North America/Latin America] DCH (PN-SC01) for Roaming [North America/Latin America] IPT (PN-IPTB) No data Continued on next page CMD6, CMA6 RELATED COMMAND CM06 REMARKS
08 09 10 11 12 13 23 29 32 34 35 38 NONE
CM06 CM07, CMAA CM07, CMAA CM06 CM06, CMAA CM06, CMAC
43
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91040-20
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD TYPE 05
INITIAL
: Initial Data
Y 1
AP NUMBER 04-15, 20-31 See PRECAUTION (3)
SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Use Expanded Highway channel (128 time slots) Use Basic Highway channel (128 time slots) See PRECAUTION (4).
RELATED COMMAND
REMARKS
44
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91040-20
CM06
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP CARD ALLOCATION 06 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign AP card allocation. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 06YY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (2-4 digits) + EXE
INITIAL
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA Y DATA 01 0-7 MEANING ATTCON number 0-7 DATA XX Z MEANING XX: AP number (04-15) of PNCS00 Z :Circuit number of PN-CS00 (0/1) XX: AP number of PN-4RSTB (04-15, 20-31)/PN-4RSTC (04-15) Z : Circuit number of PN4RSTB/PN-4RSTC (0-3) CM05 CM60 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND
04
00-15 MFR/MFC/911 Sender Trunk /CIR Trunk 00-15
XX Z
CM05
07
0-7
CCH/IPT channel number
04-15, AP number (04-15, 20-31) of 20-31 PN-SC00/PN-IPTB
CM05 CM30 CM35 CMA7, CMA8 CM05 CM35 Y=93 CM05
08 09 10
0-7
DCH channel number
04-15, AP number (04-15, 20-31) of 20-31 PN-SC01/PN-24PRTA 04-15 AP number (04-15) of PNSC03 X YY
00-15 ICH D-channel number XX ZZ D channel path between CSI and CSH XX: AP number (04-15, 20-31) of PN-SC03-A ZZ: D-channel block number (00-03)
X : PIM number (0-7) CM05 YY: Port number (00-56) LEN of PN-2CSIA/PN-2CSIA-A (Level 0): 000, 008-048, 056
45
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91045-20
CM07
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CCIS/ISDN TRUNK ASSIGNMENT 07 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the DTI/CCIS/ISDN trunks. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) This command requires a system reset after data setting.
INITIAL
The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from lowest to highest channel number assigned. To minimize the number of time slots allocated, assign trunk numbers to the consecutive channels on each card. Never skip channels in this command.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 07YY + DE + (4 digits) + DE + (4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA Y DATA 01 MEANING DATA D000 D255 MEANING Trunk number NOTE: Trunk numbers already assigned by CM10 should not be used. CM05 CMA7 Y=00 CMA9 Y=00, 01 XX ZZ Channel No. of 24DTI/24PRT/ 30DTI XX: AP No. (04-15, 20-31) ZZ : Channel No. 24DTI/24PRT: 00-23 30DTI: 01-31 NOTE: Do not assign Channel No. 00 that is used for Frame Alignment signal. When Associated Interoffice Signaling is used, do not assign Channel No. 16 that is used for signaling channel. 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND
46
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91046-20
CM07
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CCIS/ISDN TRUNK ASSIGNMENT 07
INITIAL
1ST DATA Y DATA 02 MEANING DATA D000 D255
2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING Trunk number NOTE: Trunk numbers already assigned by CM10 should not be used. CM05
XX ZZ Channel No. of BRT XX: AP No. (04-15, 20-31) ZZ : Channel No. 00-03 NOTE: Be sure to assign the trunk number to all channels (00-03), even if only one PCM digital line is accommodated to the card. Set make-busy to the unused trunk numbers by CME5 Y=1. 32XX Virtual Channel No. for Event Based CCIS XX: Home-Side trunk virtual channel No. 00-30 (even No.) XX: Mate-Side trunk virtual channel No. 01-31 (odd No.)
05
D000 D255
Trunk number NOTE: Trunk numbers already assigned by CM10 should not be used.
47
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91046-20
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES 08 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign basic features on a system wide basis. PRECAUTION: After setting 1st data 335, 368, 390, 391, 392, 396, 420, 477, 478, 487, system reset is required. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 08 + DE + BASIC SERVICE + DE + DATA (0/1) + EXE FEATURE (1 digit) (3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 010 011 012 014 018 Operator Overlapping [Australia Only] Operator Monitoring [Australia Only] Attendant Override/Busy Verication Attendant Loop Release Attendant Night Transfer 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Not available Available Not available Available Not available Available Available Not available Not available Available See CM51 Y=13 020 Terminating to Attendant Console by receiving Forward GII signal on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] Station to Station call during a C.O. outgoing connection or outgoing call transfer MSG Display on Dterm Group Diversion Not allowed To allow Restricted Allowed MSG (only) MSG X (X: No. of message) Available See CM16 Y=2 CM19 Y=6 Not available Continued on next page
021 025 026
48
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES 08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 027 028 A hold tone is sent to overlap call [Australia Only] C.O. to C.O. transfer by station or attendant NOTE: This data is effective for C.O. trunks (Ground Start/Loop Start) which receive a release signal from the C.O. When tandem call duration passes a predetermined time, the call is disconnected or continued When a dial-in incoming call from a tie line or DID line is addressed to vacant levels or unassigned stations, the call is routed to a predetermined station, Attendant Console or Digital Announcement Trunk Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Buzzer indication when a call remains held at Attendant Console over a preprogrammed period of time assigned by CM41 Y=0>00 Buzzer indication for Automatic Recall Select the detection method of incoming Ground Start trunks Ring signal NOTE: This is useful when AC induction is present on Ground Start trunks. SMDR output for Tandem call Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Security. Stored number display on Dterm for an outgoing call by Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing). Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Warning Tone sent to connected parties during Executive Right of Way (Executive Override), Busy Verication or Attendant Override Warning Tone sent to connected parties to alert Executive Right of Way, Busy Verication or Attendant Override Three burst tone [Australia/Other Countries] One burst tone [New Zealand Only] 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA To send Not sent To allow Not allowed
029 032
0 1 0 1
To disconnect To continue Restricted (ROT connection) Predetermined station, ATTCON or Digital Announcement Trunk assigned by CM51 Y=06, 07 Not provided Provided Not available Available Detect only, Ring cycle only Detect Ring cycle and Ground Lead Available Not available Not displayed Display Not provided Provided Only once Every 4 sec. Not sent To send
035 036
0 1 0 1 0 1
037
040 043
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
044 045
046
49
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 048 050 051 055 Passing Dial Tone facility If the * button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Flash If the # button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Flash Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone which belongs to House Phone Group 0 or 1 Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone which belongs to House Phone Group 2 or 3 Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone assigned as a Hot Line Call transfer from a station before a called station answers Call transfer from a station before a called attendant answers Reverted Call Metering [Australia Only] Automatic Change of Night Service (Attendant Overow) Camp-On Tone sending to a busy station by Camp-On When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy tone Line Fault Detection (Line disconnection or short circuit) [Australia Only] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 056 0 1 057 0 1 062 063 064 067 068 069 070 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Not available Available Effective Ineffective Effective Ineffective Special Dial Tone (Dialing is available) Attendant Recall Special Dial Tone (Dialing is available) Attendant Recall Special Dial Tone (Dialing is available) Attendant Recall Not available Available Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available See CM30 Y=03
Send out only once Repeat at 4 second intervals Switch Hook Flash Step Call To provide Not provided Continued on next page
50
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 073 074 Line Fault Detection (Metering Burst) [Australia Only] When the line disconnection or short circuit is repaired, the line fault caused by Metering burst is automatically cleared [Australia Only] PAD control pattern [For Large type ATTCON] Warning tone is sent to C.O. line, when a station or operator overrides a busy station connected to a C.O. line. Toll Restriction-Total Digit Count for PB to PB/DP to PB Connection [Other Countries Only] Trunk seizure sequence when CM35 Y=83=0 NOTE: When the system is installed with loop-start trunks, it is important to select the highest available trunk setting to prevent call collisions. Type of PS No-Answer timer Home PBX Numbering Plan for WCS Roaming [North America/Latin America] Loop on control after dialing for tandem connection, when the incoming trunk cannot receive a release signal 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA To provide Not provided Effective Ineffective Australia Standard Not sent To send To provide Not provided Highest available trunk Lowest available trunk
075 076 077 078
085 088 090
0 1 0 1 0
As per CM41 Y=0>86 As per CM41 Y=0>01 Closed Numbering System Open Numbering System When the outgoing trunk can detect an answer signal, loop on is not provided after dialing When the outgoing trunk cannot detect an answer signal, loop on is provided after dialing Loop on is provided To send Not sent To send Not sent Continued on next page
1 094 095 Paging access tone sent to station Hook ash (break pulse) sent to Radio Paging equipment from station 0 1 0 1
51
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 096 101 Hook ash (break pulse) sent to Voice Paging equipment from station When CM08>102=0 for Single Line Telephone 0 1 0 SETTING DATA To send Not sent The call with STA-B is disconnected, and STA-A returns to STA-C Three Party Conference As per CM08>101 STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to the connection with STA-C (Brokers Call) As per CM08>104 STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to the connection with C.O. line (Brokers Call) The call with STA-B is disconnected, and STA-A returns to the C.O. line Three Party Conference To send Not sent Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available Not allowed To allow Continued on next page See CM20>A150
1 102 When the station (STA-A), after holding the other station (STA-C), has made a switch hook ash while talking with another station (STA-B) NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station. When the station (STA-A), after holding a C.O. call, has made a switch hook ash while talking with another station (STA-B) NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station. When CM08>103=0 0 1
103
0 1
104
1 109 110 Periodic record tone on live record 1000-Slot Memory Block number 3 for Speed CallingStation (Station Speed Dialing) is used as the Memory Block for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) 1000-Slot Memory Block number 1 for Speed CallingStation (Station Speed Dialing) is used as the Memory Block for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) 1000-Slot Memory Block number 0 for Speed CallingStation (Station Speed Dialing) is used as the Memory Block for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Outgoing C.O. line call from Station to Station connection 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
111
See CM20>A151
112
See CM20>A152
113
52
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 114 Answer preference for enhanced Trunk Line Appearance (Trunk Direct Appearances) 0 SETTING DATA Display 2-digit trunk ID code (CM30 Y=19, last two digits assigned) Display 4-digit trunk ID code See CM30 Y=19 Not allowed To allow To provide Not provided See CM90>F40XX 117 While the station (STA-A) is talking with another station (STA-B) after consultation hold with a C.O. call, when STA-B has hung up Toll Diversion When the station dials restricted area code after C.O. trunk access code Name Display (Guest Name Display) Time to go back to Date and Time display after the call answered NOTE: Effective only when CM08>255=1. Name Display (Guest Name Display) after the call answered NOTE: Effective only when CM08>255=1. When a station has originated a call to C.O. line via the trunk route assigned to 1 by CM35 Y=04, and answer signal has not been detected within the preprogrammed time after dialing, a pseudo-answer signal is generated See CM41 Y=0>03 0 1 0 1 0 1 STA-A returns to the call with C.O. line STA-A hears ROT Diversion to attendant ICPT Station receives ROT 10 sec. later 6 sec. later
1 115 A station user is allowed to break into a call between a C.O. line party and another station by Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Answer Key rings on TAS and Pooled Line 0 1 0 1
116
119
120
121
0 1 0 1 0 1
Until call nished AS per CM08>120 To send Not sent [Australia Only] Not sent To send [North America/Other Countries] Available Not available (Single connection) Continued on next page
123
124
Multiple connections of Digital Announcement Trunk on Announcement Service
0 1
53
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 125 Unsupervised transfer After holding an incoming C.O. call, an attendant dials a station. After connection with the attendant, if the called station goes on-hook, the attendant returns to the held call. Exclusive Hold on Dterm A trunk line placed in Consultation Hold by Call Park-System/Tenant, can be retrieved by pressing trunk line appearance key on Dterm Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for C.O. Line connection See CM41 Y=0>09 Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for Tie Line connection when CM08>135=0 See CM08>135=1 Ringing signal for a station call with a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold 0 1 SETTING DATA Return to held call Attendant hears ROT
130 133
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Not available Available Not available Available To send Not sent To send Not sent Change from Internal to External Ringing when caller goes on-hook or presses RLS key See CM08>138 CM15 Y=83, 84 External Ringing See CM35 Y=33, 34 As per CM08>392 pattern 1 As per CM08>396 2s ON-4s OFF 1s ON-2s OFF MW for My Line and sub-lines MW for My Line only Start automatically Not available To allow Not allowed Continued on next page
135 136 137
1 138 Ringing signal for Station to Station connection [Australia/Other Countries] Ringing signal for Station to Station connection [North America Only] 140 141 142 Message Wait Indication VM for My Line only or My Line and sub-line on Dterm Recording Station to Station calls automatically See CM13 Y=23 CM76 Y=13 Attendant access capability from the stations belonging to a tenant with no Attendant Console See CM62 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
54
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 143 Individual attendant access from a station within another tenant See CM20>A095 Lamp color on Dterm when Message Waiting is set Outgoing call preset and call answer preset of Dterm Outgoing preset: Feature + OG Call answer preset: Feature + Answer Transferred C.O. call to a busy station is automatically Camped-on when transferring station goes on-hook When a station transfers a C.O. call to a busy station, and performes a switch hook ash 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 SETTING DATA Restricted Allowed (Recall transferring station) Green Red Available Not available Available Not available (Recall transferring station) The station hears Special Dial Tone and use of Camp-On access code is allowed The station returns to C.O. line call Switch Hook Flash Ineffective
144 145
146
147
1 148 When a station user, upon encountering the called station busy, has dialed the same last digit again while hearing busy tone NOTE: Effective only when CM08>069=1. See CM08>069 In delay-type paging, when the paged party encounters a busy paging circuit, Call Back is automatically set. (Applicable to both Radio Paging and Speaker Paging.) Restriction of a station to station call between tenants by CM63 Y=1 is temporarily cancelled by means of external key Dialing 1 for switch hook ash (DP telephone)/switch hook ash (DTMF/DP telephone) Howler Tone sent to locked-out stations Whether dialing digit 1 upon encountering trunk busy is effective as switch hook ash. (For DP telephone) NOTE: Effective only when CM08>151=1. 0 1
149
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Available Not available To cancel Not canceled Not available Available Not sent To send Effective as switch hook ash Ineffective Continued on next page
150
151 153 155
55
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 156 Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code while the calling station hears RBT, or performs a Voice Call 0 1 SETTING DATA Available Not available
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling station hears RBT. Calling Station Kind Access Code 1 2 6 Service Feature Voice Call Call Back-Dont Answer Message Reminder /Message Waiting Set Message Waiting Record Attendant Console Available Not Available Available Dterm Available Available NOTE 1 Available DP Telephone Available Available NOTE 1 Available DTMF Telephone Available after Hooking NOTE 2 Available after Hooking NOTE 2 Available after Hooking NOTE 2 Available after Hooking NOTE 2
Available
Available
Available
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: 157
While the Dterm or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available. While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available. 0 1 Same Different See CM20>A070-A079 CM30 Y=28 CM44>02XX
Whether the Paging Answer code and the Paging Access code are to be the same or not. If codes are the same, paging access codes must be set to trunk routes (in CM30 Y=00), as follows: Paging Answer Zone 0: Trunk Route 50
~
158 161 All Zone Internal Paging
9: Trunk Route 59 CM20>A070-A079, are used to set the combined access/ answer codes. See CM56 Y=00-05 CM20>A164 Transfer a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold (Hold Transfer) 0 1 0 1 Not available Available Available (Hold Transfer) Not available (Consultation Hold) Continued on next page
56
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 162 Multiple Radio Paging access after accessing a Radio Paging trunk with delay type Radio Paging NOTE: This is ineffective when CM08>157=0. Step Call for an incoming call from a Tie Line Replay timer for Attendant Delay Announcement 0 1 0 1 0 1 168 station dials # during When the DTMF station or D setting of Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) When the DTMF station or station dials * during setting of Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Automatic Idle Return on Dterm Dterm
term
SETTING DATA Not available Available Not available Available Replay at an interval See CM41 Y=0>47 Replay only once # is set as paused data (1.5 sec.) # is set as dialed digit * is set as programmable pause by CM41 Y=0>38 * is set as dialed digit Not available Available Available Not available Available Not available See CM20>A068
163 165
0 1
171
0 1
172 176
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
1000-Slot Memory Block number 2 for Speed CallingStation (Station Speed Dialing) is used as the Memory Block for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) /Stack Dial for internal calls NOTE: Effective only when CM08>177=0. Ringing cadence on Direct in Termination [Australia/Other Countries] Ringing cadence on Direct in Termination [North America Only]
177 178
See CM20>A069
Not available (Only available for external calls) Available As per CM35 Y=33 As per CM08>392 pattern 2 As per CM35 Y=33 0.4s ON-0.2s OFF0.4s ON-2s OFF As per CM08>392 pattern 2 As per CM35 Y=33 0.4s ON-0.2s OFF0.4s ON-2s OFF As per CM35 Y=33 Continued on next page
179
180
Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and Remote Access to System call [Australia/Other Countries] Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and DISA call [North America Only]
57
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 181 183 185 Dterm/DSS Console One-Touch key calling while another party being rung, or while talking with another party Music selection on MP card When the transferring station goes on-hook before the called station answers for Call Transfer-All Calls service, if the transferred call remains unanswered for a preprogrammed duration, the transferring station is recalled. Recall timing: See CM41 Y=0>07 Recall priority over Call Forwarding Sender prepause for C.O. outgoing call (Not used with LCR) Sender prepause for Tie Line outgoing call Line Preselection on a Dterm Speaker key is required after pressing the desired Line/ Trunk key. Wake-up time printout on Hotel printer and the report is sent to PMS, when setting wake-up time from guest station Do Not Disturb records print on Hotel printer and the report is sent to PMS, when setting Do Not Disturb from guest station Diversion display on Attendant Console LDN Diversion on Attendant Console See CM58 206 207 Trunk to Trunk transfer by an attendant before answer on the outgoing trunk Busy lamp eld-xed [For large type ATTCON] See CM60 Y=26 Continued on next page 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Not available Available Nocturne Minuet Not available Available
187 193 194 199
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Recall is higher Call Forward is higher To provide Not provided To provide Not provided Not required Required Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available
200
201
204 205
58
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 208 Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling station hears busy tone 0 1 SETTING DATA Available Not available
To activate Single Digit Feature Access Code, set CM08>050, 051, 069 and 148 to 1. 050 051 069 148 If the * button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Falsh If the # button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Flash When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy tone When a station user, upon encountering the called station busy, has dialed the same last digit again hearing busy tone 1 1 1 1 Ineffective Ineffective Step Call Ineffective
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling station hears busy tone. Calling Station Kind Access Code 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Service Feature Call Back/Outgoing Trunk Queueing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Station Camp-On (Camp-ON) Call Waiting Message Reminder/Message Waiting Set Step Call (7 + Last ont digit) Message Waiting Record Attendant Console Not available Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Dterm Available NOTE 1 Available NOTE 1 Available Available Available Available Available DP DTMF Telephone Telephone Available NOTE 1 Available NOTE 1 Available Available Available Available Available Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2 Available NOTE 2
NOTE 1: NOTE 2:
While the Dterm or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available. While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available. Continued on next page
59
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 212 When a caller encounters all ACD/UCD stations busy 0 1 0 1 214 When a ACD/UCD station dials ACD/UCD Busy out code after holding the call from a Tie Line/CCSA line on Consultation Hold See CM17 Y=6 When a ACD/UCD station dials ACD/UCD Busy out code after holding the call from C.O. Line (DDD/FX/WATS) on Consultation Hold See CM17 Y=5 Processor for Authorization Code/Forced Account Code Processor for Remote Access to System (DISA) Code Burst tone for Operator Monitoring [Australia Only] Tone sent to all parties on three party conference 0 SETTING DATA Busy Tone is to be sent out Caller is placed into queuing mode Feature access code + Feature key Feature access code + * key ACD/UCD station hears Service Set Tone, and returns to the call by Switch Hook Flash The call is disconnected ACD/UCD station hears ROT ACD/UCD station hears Service Set Tone, and returns to the call by Switch Hook Flash The call is disconnected ACD/UCD station hears ROT MP See CM2A Y=00-14, A0 AP (PN-AP01) See CM05 MP See CM2A Y=00-14, A0 AP (PN-AP01) See CM05 Only Once Every 4 sec. Tone is not sent Every 4 sec. Continued on next page
213
Method to cancel Call Forwarding-All Calls/-Busy Line/Dont Answer (No Answer)
1 0
215
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
216 217 220 221
60
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 222 To complete the operation for setting Call Forwarding-All Calls-Outside/Busy Line-Outside/Do Not Answer-Outside 0 SETTING DATA Setting when the station goes on hook/when receiving Service Set Tone (ORT time out) Setting when receiving Service Set Tone (ORT time out) The call is placed into queueing mode Recall to the transferring station when the call is transferred from station, or Attendant Camp-On is set when the call is transferred from Attendant Start at preset time Start at the time 5 minute before preset time Available Not available Restricted to C.O. only Restricted to all Trunk Route Available Not available See CM13 Y=13
1 227 Whether the transferred C.O. call from station or attendant is placed into queuing mode when all ACD/UCD stations are busy NOTE: Effective only when CM08>212 is set to 1. 0 1
228
Ringing start time for Wake Up call/Timed Reminder call
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
229 232 233 234
Choice of Night Service via ATTCON Programming Mode Trunk access from station in Room Cut Off status Message Waiting lamp of calling station is extinguished when an attendant answers Message Waiting/Message Reminder is reset (turning the MW Lamp off) irrespective of answering of calling station when the called station calls to retrieve the message Message Waiting/Message Reminder is reset (turning the MW Lamp off) by answering at the called station when the calling station calls again after setting this feature Special Dial Tone sending for Attendant Console or station dialing a Message Waiting access Set/Cancel code Automatic Intercom to station set for Do Not Disturb Ringing of Manual Intercom call on station set for Do Not Disturb
Available Not available (Reset by answering of calling station) Available Not available (As per CM08>234) Not tone Tone is sent Restricted (ROT connection) Allowed Not ring on Ring on Continued on next page
235
236 237 238
61
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 239 240 241 Dial Intercom to station set for Do Not Disturb Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Station Hunting for station with Do Not Disturb set Destination of call transfer by CM51 Y=10 in a system with multiple-tenants, when a station/DID/Tie Line call from another tenant is terminated to a station set to Do Not Disturb See CM51 Y=10 0 1 0 1 0 SETTING DATA Restricted (ROT connection) Allowed Allowed Restricted (ROT connection) The call is routed to a station within the tenant of the called station The call is routed to a station within the tenant of the calling station or within the tenant of the DID/Tie Line trunk The call is routed to Attendant within the tenant of the called station The call is routed to Attendant within the tenant of the DID/Tie Line trunk Available Not available Available Not available The call with STA-B is disconnected STA-B attends the conference (4 party conference) Same station as Off Hook Alarm See CM51 Y=12 Terminate to Attendant Console See CM46>54 Same station as Off Hook Alarm See CM51 Y=12 Terminate to Attendant Console See CM46>55 Available Not available Continued on next page
Destination of DID/Tie Line call transfer to an attendant by CM51 Y=00, 01, 03, 04 in the system with multiple-tenants and multiple-console operation See CM51 Y=00/01/03/04
244 245 246
Terminating system of all incoming trunks is changed by Day/Night Mode change by station dialing Trunk Restriction class assigned by CM12 Y=01 is changed by Day/Night Mode change by station dialing When the station (STA-A) presses the Transfer key, after holding conference and makes an inquiry call with another station (STA-B) Destination of Priority Call 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
250
251
Destination of Priority Call 1
0 1
253
Ring transfer for Call Transfer-All Calls to a trunk when a station holds another station
0 1
62
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 254 255 258 Whether the Hold key of the Dterm is used as the Call Park-Tenant Set key for an internal or external call Name Display-station/trunk and Guest Name Display on Dterm and ATTCON/DESKCON When the temporary service class returns to proper service class (Forced Account Code and Authorization Code) Warning tone sent to connected parties when monitoring Station-to-Station or Station-to-Trunk call NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws. Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations. Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptone (s), to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations. Dterm ringer volume control and sending of Ring Test Tone To ring the ringer: press Feature and dial 0 To adjust the ringer volume: press or Display of Busy Out from ACD/UCD group on DSS Console Hotel feature (Wake-up, Do Not Disturb, Message Waiting, Room Cut Off) records printout on Hotel printer, and the report is sent to PMS when setting or resetting the hotel feature from Hotel Console or Administrative station 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Call Park-Tenant Set key Hold key Not provided To provide When called number has been dialed When station goes on hook Not sent To send (only once)
259
262
0 1
Available Not available
265 267
0 1 0 1
To provide Not provided Available Not available
63
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 268 269 270 271 274 279 280 281 282 283 284 286 287 289 Call termination to My Line while the station user makes a call with a Sub line or trunk line on Dterm NOTE 1 Busy indication on BLF of large type ATTCON, DSS Console or Dterm by station base or extension base NOTE 1 Voice Call when calling Dterm set to Voice First from single line telephone or Dterm without LCD Voice Call when calling Dterm set to Voice First from Attendant Console Line lockout indication on DSS Console Voice Call when called Dterm goes on-hook while receiving Off-Hook Voice Announcement Time Display for Message Reminder/Message Waiting (System/Individual) on Dterm Maid Identication number used for Maid Status NOTE 2 Message RING ON OK is printed out when wake up call starts NOTE 2 Message STATION BUSY is printed out when the station is busy on Wake Up call NOTE 2 Message CONNECTION BLOCK is printed out when Wake Up call is unsuccessful NOTE 2 Message STATION ANSWER is printed out when the station answer Wake Up call NOTE 2 Message STATION NO ANSWER is printed out when the station does not answer Wake Up call NOTE 2 Room Cutoff 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Restricted Allowed Station base Extension base Not provided (Busy Tone) To provide Not provided (Busy Tone) To provide Available Not available Not provided (Ring Tone) To provide (Voice Call) 24-Hour (Military format) 12-Hour Available Not available Not printed To print Not printed To print Not printed To print Not printed To print Not printed To print Not Allowed To allow Continued on next page
NOTE 1: When CM08>268=0 (restricted), set 0 (station base) by CM08>269. NOTE 2: CM08>281, 282, 283, 284, 286, 287 are required for Hotel printer.
64
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 293 294 301 311 319 Wake Up time display on Front Desk Terminal MW lamp indication on Dterm to which Message Waiting/ Message Reminder is set When system is initialized Display last calling station number On a Tie Line outgoing call with answer signal, transferring/holding the call before distant called station answers. NOTE: Effective only when CM35 Y=00 is 03 or 04 and CM35 Y=04 is 02. Answering method of Camp-On (Call Waiting Method) 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA 24-Hour (Military format) 12-Hour Flashing (60 IPM) Steady lighting Dterm MIC lamp ON Dterm MIC lamp OFF 6 seconds Until next call Not available Available
322
1 324 Direct-In Termination-Outside In the case of no release signal on incoming trunk and both answer and release signals on outgoing trunk Sender Prepause for outgoing call via attendant Mail box number sent to VMS when VMS is recalled after transferring the call to an unanswered station Call to station set with a Return Message Schedule Display, receives ringing Station number and name display when incoming call begins ringing in INITIAL 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Same as Camp-On transfermethod (Switch Hook Flash + Call Hold access code/Answer key) Alternating between two calls by Switch Hook Flash/Answer key Allowed Restricted To provide Not provided To send Not sent Available (Ringing) Not available (ROT connection) Display when incoming call terminates to the Prime Line Display when incoming call terminates to the Prime Line or My Line Continued on next page
331 333 334 335
65
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 352 When a call is transferred by Remote Access to System (DISA) to predetermined station and time-out occurs, the call is continued or dropped See CM30 Y=30 CM41 Y=0>39 Buzzer sound when terminating incoming call to attendant that is in Attendant Console Lockout Diversion display on Dterm/ATTCON/DESKCON when originating/terminating a call When a call is transferred by Automated Attendant to predetermined station and time out occurs, the call is continued or dropped See CM30 Y=30, 31, 32, 33 CM41 Y=0>39 Dial ** is automatically added to the digits sent to Radio Paging System Conrmation tone after dialing access code for Account Code/Authorization Code/Forced Account Code For Automated Attendant call, caller dials while receiving message or music 0 1 SETTING DATA Disconnect call Continue call
353 357 359
0 1 0 1 0 1
Not provided To provide Available Not available Disconnect call Continue call
361 362 363
0 1 0 1 0
Allowed Restricted No tone Service Set Tone Not allowed (Allowed after receiving the message or music) Allowed To send Not sent Longer Ringing than CM41 Y=2>40: External call Shorter Ringing than CM41 Y=2>40: Internal call Longer Ringing than CM41 Y=2>40: Internal call Shorter Ringing than CM41 Y=2>40: External call Continued on next page
1 365 366 Send Dial Tone when holding trunk by Hold key See CM90 Y=00>F0058 Ringing distinction by detecting the ringing signal from main PBX or Centrex 0 1 0
66
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 367 Camp-On (Call Waiting) Tone sent to busy station by Call Waiting-Station/-Terminating (Camp-On Call Waiting method) Camp-On (Call Waiting) Tone sent to busy station by Call Waiting-Station/-Terminating [New Zealand Only] 368 Centralized Billing-CCIS for Center Ofce INITIAL 369 Automatic return of originating station to the held C.O. line call, after the inquiry call is hanged up. Call Forwarding-Outside-CCIS on incoming call from CCIS Call Forwarding Override-CCIS Alternative Routing when outgoing trunks of tandem ofce are all busy Send Call Forwarding station information through CCIS When forwarded call is terminated to VMS via CCIS, whether Message Waiting from VMS is provided for the called station Send calling party information to SMDR on CCIS tandem calls 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 378 379 Centralized Billing-CCIS for Local Ofce Maximum number of dialed digits sent to the CCIS When a call is terminated via CCIS, whether Caller ID Display/Name Display (Attendant Called/Calling Name Display) is provided for the called station. 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Every 4 sec. Only once Only once Every 2 min. To provide (for Center Ofce) Not provided (for Local Ofce) Automatic return to C.O. line call Return to C.O. line call via hooking, when receiving ROT Restricted Allowed Not available (BT connection) Available Available Not available To send Not sent To provide Not provided Station number and Ofce number Trunk Route number and Trunk number To provide (for Local Ofce) Not provided (for Center Ofce) 24 digits 16 digits To provide Not provided Continued on next page
370 371 372 373 376
377
67
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 380 Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the main PBX or Centrex. Ringing is sent from Dterm until detection of the ringing frequency. Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the main PBX or Centrex. Ringing is sent from Dterm until detection of the ringing frequency. NOTE: Effective only when the 2nd data of CM08>380=0. Lamp indication of Dterm until detecting the kind of incoming call from main PBX or Centrex. The lamp is lit until detection of the ringing frequency. Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer-Outside or Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No AnswerOutside Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer-Outside or Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No AnswerOutside checks the trunk restriction class of the forwarded station Holding/held party control for Music on Hold tenant basis Dterm tone ringer selection INITIAL NOTE 1: Set 0 (Available) by CM08>262 to allow the ring test tone to be heard when using the Feature + 3 operation. When the ring tone 600 + 700 (Hz) is specified in CM15 Y=83, 84 and/or CM35 Y=34, the ring tone selection key of Dterm is ineffective. 1 0 1 SETTING DATA As per CM08>381 As per CM35 Y=33
381
0 1
No Ringer Ringing Tone (0.5 sec.) is sent once
382
0 1 0 1 0 1
Red steady light 120 IPM ash (As per CM35 Y=32) Restricted Allowed Follow the trunk restriction class No check
386
387
388 390
0 1 0
Held party control (tenant) Holding party control (tenant) By pressing Feature key and dialing 3 NOTE 1 As per CM15 Y=83, 84, CM35 Y=34 NOTE 2
NOTE 2:
391
Lamp indication on Dterm INITIAL
0 1
Special Standard Continued on next page
68
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 392 Ringing signal patterns for internal/external call [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL 0 1 SETTING DATA See the following Table
PATTERN Pattern 1 0 1 Pattern 2 0
SETTING DATA 2 s ON-4 s OFF (Dterm or Single Line Tel.)
RELATED COMMAND
CM08>138 CM35 Y=33 0.4 s ON-0.2 s OFF-0.4 s ON-2 s OFF (Dterm or Single Line Tel.) 0.5 s ON-0.5 s OFF 0.5 s ON-1.5 s OFF (Dterm) 0.4 s ON-0.2 s OFF 0.4 s ON-2 s OFF (Single Line Tel.) CM08>179 CM08>180
0.2 s ON-0.2 s OFF-0.2 s ON-0.2 s OFF 0.2 s ON-2 s OFF (Dterm or Single Line Tel.) 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 sec. ON-4 sec. OFF (For Dterm) 1 sec. ON-5 sec. OFF (For SLT) 1 sec. ON-2 sec. OFF To provide Not provided To send Not sent Station call Terminating system assigned by CM30 Y=02/03/40/41 Flashing display Fixed display
396
Station ringing cadence selection for Internal call [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL
398 400 401
Provide PAD for Dterm at all times NOTE: For UK, be sure to set the data to 0. Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network Terminating system for Called Party Subaddress
402
Advice of Charge (AOC) display on Dterm when the charge has been summed over $9999.99 (After 6 sec., the display goes off.) [Australia/France] Timing start when making ISDN call from attendant Advice of Charge is sent out to SMDR [Australia/France]
403 404
0 1 0 1
Not available Available Not sent To send Continued on next page
69
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 405 407 420 Consecutive Speed Dialing when making ISDN call Busy tone is sent to calling party of ISDN when called party is busy in tandem connection (ISDN to COT) Frequency of metering pulse for COT [Australia Only] INITIAL 421 Transmission level for AUC/DIT [Brazil (900 ohm)/New Zealand] Dterm speaker volume control (6dB gain) in on-hook speaker mode [Australia Only] Method of charging a transferred call 0 1 0 1 0 1 For Brazil/New Zealand For other than Brazil/New Zealand Available Not available Charging to transferring station or transfer destination station Split charging to both transferring station and transfer destination station Charging to transferring station Charging to transfer destination station 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Available Not available Available (BT) Not available (RBT) 16 kHz 50 Hz/12 kHz
422
424
425
Charging to the transferring station or transfer destination station
0 1
Shown below are stations to which call is to be charged in the case of various transfer patterns. STA: station ATTCON: Attendant Console Transfer Pattern CM08>424=1 From STA A STA ATTCON ATTCON A To STA B ATTCON STA ATTCON B Split charging to STA A and STA B STA STA Split charging to ATTCON A and ATTCON B CM08>424=0 CM08>425=1 STA B STA STA ATTCON B CM08>424=0 CM08>425=0 STA A STA STA ATTCON A Continued on next page
70
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 426 SMDR for incoming calls if the account code is not entered NOTE: When CM08>426 is 1, SMDR for incoming call is not provided even if CM13 Y=05 and CM35 Y=49 are 0 (To provide). Send additional DTMF signals when called station answers, if assigning station number and additional DTMF signals to One-Touch key on Dterm. VMS transfer from attendant, if Camp-On is set and not answered Automatic setting of OAI SMFR for Dterm Sub line [Cintech Jazz ACD only] Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network when making call from ISDN Terminal ISDN Calling Party Subaddress when making call from ISDN Terminal Forced release when called ISDN Terminal does not answer during 3 minutes ISDN CPN (Calling Party Number) when making a call from ISDN Terminal Recall display on Attendant Console UCD Busy Out from Sub line Type of Voice Mail System (VMS) Message Waiting lamp control from VMS with MCI to all stations NOTE: MW lamp control is only available to stations in the opposite PBX connected with CCIS via MCI. Station dialing MW access codes are not allowed over CCIS. Pressing Paging key on ATTCON/DESKCON when the attendant is in idle 0 1 SETTING DATA To provide Not provided
427
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
To send Not sent To provide Not provided Available Not available To send (As per CM08>431) Not sent ISDN line station No. assigned by CM10 ISDN Terminal No. Not available Available CPN entered in ISDN Terminal CPN assigned by CM12 Y=12/13 Available Not available Available Not available VMS with MCI VMS with DTMF signaling Available Not available
428 429 430 431
432 434 441 442 443 444
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
445
0 1
Available Not available Continued on next page
71
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 448 When Dterm station dials *# during setting of One-Touch keys 0 1 SETTING DATA *# is set as dialed digit *# is set as a delimiter mark between dialed number and DTMF signal Ring continuously at forwarded DID station Drop to busy signal after time set by CM41 Y=0>01 Not stored To store No fault information is registered in case of Fault Memory overow Fault information is overwritten in case of Fault Memory overow SMFN STS=7 SMFN STS=0 To send Not sent Available Not available Available Not available Same as IMX system (recommended setting) SMFN Off-Hook indication sent To send Not sent Called station control Called station idle (charge) Called station control Called station idle (charge) Continued on next page
449
DID call to station with Call Forwarding-Dont AnswerCCIS set to a busy destination station. Destination has no call forwarding set. Fault Information Storing Fault Information Memory overow
0 1 0 1 0 1
450 451
460 461 462 463 464
Send OAI SMFN STS (status) for Call Transfer from station Send OAI SMFN when answering held call Send ANI/Caller ID/CPN to OAI terminal Send ANI/Caller ID/CPN to SMDR terminal OAI TSAPI SCF facility OAI Facility Error detail information from PBX to computer Send Backward GB signal when terminating to Attendant Console on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] Send Backward GB signal when terminating by tandem connection or converting received digits on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries]
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
465 470
0 1 0 1 0 1
471
72
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 472 473 Request ANI signal/Caller ID from network when incoming call terminates Connecting method when receiving Backward Signal meaning Line Busy/Unallocated No./Congestion on DOD MFC call [Other Countries Only] Send ANI signal to PSTN on DOD MFC call/Enhanced 911 Sender Tone sending on DOD MFC call/Enhanced 911 Selection of Backward signal for ANI signal on DOD MFC call [Other Countries Only] INITIAL NOTE: 478 The setting data of CM08>477 and 487 must be same. 0 1 Not available Available 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA Available Not available Not released trunk (Tone/Announcement from C.O.) Release trunk (BT/ROT from PBX) To send Not sent Not sent (No tone) To send Backward GC Backward GA
474 475 477
Supervision of receiving timing for Backward signal on DOD MFC call (for Pulse Form signal) [Other Countries Only] INITIAL
479 487
Kind of MFC Signaling [Chinese No. 1] Selection of Backward signal for ANI signal on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL NOTE: The setting data of CM08>477 and 487 must be same.
0 1 0 1
Chinese No. 1 Other than Chinese No. 1 Backward GC Backward GA
503
Timing of RBT sending for PS outgoing calls
0 1
Not sent when the called PS is out of cell (zone) or the power is off To send Available Not available Continued on next page
504
PS No-Answer
0 1
73
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM08

: Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE 702 Ringing signal/Live Record Start signal which includes caller information (such as station number and kind of calling party) is sent to VMS Ringing signal/Live Record Start signal which includes calling/forwarding party information (such as station number and kind of calling party) of opposite ofce is sent to VMS, when a call is terminated to VMS via CCIS NOTE: 1st data=0 is effective only when CM08>379=0. The following signal is sent to VMS Busy signal When the VMS forwards a call to a station/trunk and the station/trunk is busy Answer signal When the VMS forwards a call to a station/trunk and the station/trunk answers Release signal When a station/trunk hangs up while accessing the VMS MW lamp control on a station of opposite ofce from VMS via CCIS NOTE: 1st data=0 is effective only when CM08>702=0 and CM08>703=0. Built-in SMDR of MP card for Centralized Billing-CCIS 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA To send Not sent To send Not sent
703
704
0 1
To send Not sent
706
0 1
Available Not available
800
0 1 0 1
To provide Not provided (AP00 is effective) To send Not sent
801
Send Ofce Number to Center Ofce for Centralized Billing-CCIS NOTE: When the network adopts Open Numbering Plan, set the office number by CMA7 Y=06. When the network adopts Closed Numbering Plan, set the office number by CMA7 Y=07. See CMA7 Y=06, 07 Selection of RS-232C port used for downloading the VMS Soft Key data NOTE: When Port 1 is used for Built-in MODEM, the Port 1 can not be used for downloading the VMS Soft Key data.
900
0 1
Port 1 Port 0
74
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91048-20
CM09
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADDITIONAL SERVICE FEATURES 09 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign additional features on a system-wide basis. PRECAUTION: This command requires the system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ADDITIONAL SERVICE + DE + DATA (0/1) + EXE FEATURE (1 digit) (2 digits)
INITIAL
ST + 09 + DE +
: Initial Data ADDITIONAL SERVICE FEATURE 52 MF/MFC Signaling/Enhanced 911 0 1 SETTING DATA To provide Not provided
75
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91075-20
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER 10 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign station numbers, trunk numbers, and card numbers to LEN (Line Equipment Number: PIM No. + Port No.). PRECAUTION: (1) When deleting a station number (Single Line or Dterm), be sure to delete Call Pickup data (CM16), ACD/UCD Group data (CM17) and Station Hunting Group data (CM18) in advance. When assigning Conference Trunk (ED00-ED03), a system reset is required after data setting. After assigning the data for PN-8RSTA (DTMF receiver), PN-2CSIA/2CSIA-A (CSI), PN2ILCA (ISDN line), you must unplug the circuit cards, then plug them again. Data station numbers should be assigned by CM1A. 5 or more digits station number should not be assigned when the following features are used. SMDR/PMS/OAI Front Desk Terminal/Dterm TIMS (CIS) For LEN assignment, see Location of Each LEN and LEN Assignment on Each Line/Trunk Card.
(2)
(3)
(4) (5)
(6)
page 80 page 82
CARD STATION TRUNK LEN (PIM No. + PORT No.) + DE + NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER + EXE ST + 10 + DE + (3 digits) (1-10 digits)
76
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER 10 DATA TABLE:
SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) LEN DATA 000 763 (PIM No. 0-7 + Port No. 0063) X-XXXXXXXX C100 C163 MEANING OF DATA Single Line station number (1-8 digits) x=0-9, A (*), B (#) Virtual PS station number (1-8 digits) Card number of AMP trunk (PN-2AMP) When installed in PIM 0/1............. C100-C115 When installed in PIM 2/3............. C116-C131 When installed in PIM 4/5............. C132-C147 When installed in PIM 6/7............. C148-C163 RELATED COMMAND CM12 CM13 CM38
~
D000 D255 DA00 DA09 DB00 DB09 E000 E007 E100 E131
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Trunk number (C.O./Tie Line, Paging, Radio Paging, BGM, Virtual CM07 trunk, VCT) CM30 For COT..................................... Max. 64 lines per PIM CM35 For DIT ...................................... Max. 48 lines per PIM For LDT/ODT/AUC .................... Max. 24 lines per PIM For TNT (BGM).......................... Max. 10 lines per system NOTE: Trunk numbers already assigned by CM07 should not be used. Card number of External Hold Tone Interface (0-9) for Music on Hold (TNT/COT) Card number of External Announcement Machine Interface (0-9) for Wake Up service CM44 CM48 CM12 Y=04 CM44 CM48
CM90 ATTCON/DESKCON number (0-7) NOTE: ATTCON/DESKCON number should be different from CM60 Large type ATTCON numbers assigned by CM06. CM96 DSS Console number (00-31) CM97 When installed in PIM 0/1............. E100-E107 When installed in PIM 2/3............. E108-E115 When installed in PIM 4/5............. E116-E123 When installed in PIM 6/7............. E124-E131 NOTE: The same number (the last two digits of the data) should not be used, for both DSS Console (E100-E131) and Add-on Module (EC00-EC31). Continued on next page
77
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER 10
SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) LEN DATA 000 763 (PIM No. 0-7 + Port No. 0063) E201 E215 MEANING OF DATA Card number of PB receiver (PN-8RSTA) When installed in PIM 0/1............. E201-E203 When installed in PIM 2/3............. E204-E207 When installed in PIM 4/5............. E208-E211 When installed in PIM 6/7............. E212-E215 (Max. 32 PB receivers per system.) NOTE: E200 is dedicated to built-in PB receiver of MP card. TAS Indicator Interface number activated by station ringer (Use of LC card)
RELATED COMMAND CM45 Y=0, 1
E600 E663 E800 E831
E900 E963
EB002 EB127
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
CM30 Y=13, 14, 17
Card number of External Equipment Interface (PN-DK00) CM44 When accommodated in PIM 0/1 ........... E800-E807 When accommodated in PIM 2/3 ........... E808-E815 When accommodated in PIM 4/5 ........... E816-E823 When accommodated in PIM 6/7 ........... E824-E831 NOTE: Circuit No. 3 of E831 is used for built-in External Equipment Interface of MP card by setting CM44. Card number of External Key Interface (PN-DK00) CM61 When accommodated in PIM 0/1 ........... E900-E915 When accommodated in PIM 2/3 ........... E916-E931 When accommodated in PIM 4/5 ........... E932-E947 When accommodated in PIM 6/7 ........... E948-E963 NOTE: Circuit No. 3 of E963 is used for built-in External Key Interface of MP card by setting CM61. CM30 Card number of Digital Announcement Trunk CM49 (PN-2DATA/4DATA) When accommodated in PIM 0/1 ........... EB002-EB031 When accommodated in PIM 2/3 ........... EB032-EB063 When accommodated in PIM 4/5 ........... EB064-EB095 When accommodated in PIM 6/7 ........... EB096-EB127 NOTE: EB000 and EB001 are dedicated to built-in Digital Announcement Trunk of MP card. Continued on next page
78
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) LEN DATA 000 763 (PIM No. 0-7 + Port No. 0063) EC00 EC31 MEANING OF DATA
RELATED COMMAND
Add-on Module number CM90 When accommodated in PIM 0/1 ........... EC00-EC07 CM98 When accommodated in PIM 2/3 ........... EC08-EC15 When accommodated in PIM 4/5 ........... EC16-EC23 When accommodated in PIM 6/7 ........... EC24-EC31 NOTE: The same number (the last two digits of the data) should not be used, for both DSS Console (E100-E131) and Add-on Module (EC00-EC31). Card number of Conference Trunk (PN-CFT) INITIAL Card number of CS/ZT Interface XXX represents CS/ZT number (000-127). CMAD CM15 Y=69
ED00 ED03 EE3 XXX EFX
ISDN line station number X-XXXXXXXX represents ISDN line station number. EFXXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) FX FXXXXXXXX
~ ~ ~ ~
Dterm/Analog Terminal station number X-XXXXXXXX represents My Line number. X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
79
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
Location of Each LEN

307 306 305 304 303 302 301 300 (LT00) 315 314 313 312 311 310 309 308 (LT01) 323 322 321 320 319 318 317 316 (LT02) 331 330 329 328 327 326 325 324 (LT03) 339 338 337 336 335 334 333 332 (LT04) 347 346 345 344 343 342 341 340 (LT05) 355 354 353 352 351 350 349 348 (LT06) 363 362 361 360 359 358 357 356 (LT07)
PIM3
339 338 337 336 (LT08)
347 346 345 344 (LT09)
355 354 353 352 (LT10)
363 362 361 360 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM2
239 238 237 236 (LT08)
247 246 245 244 (LT09)
255 254 253 252 (LT10)
263 262 261 260 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM1
139 138 137 136 (LT08)
147 146 145 144 (LT09)
155 154 153 152 (LT10)
163 162 161 160 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM0
039 038 037 036 (LT08)
047 046 045 044 (LT09)
055 054 053 052 (LT10)
063 062 061 060 (LT11)
NOTE
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX (LTXX) Level 7 Level 6 Level 5 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Level 0 Card Slot Number
NOTE: In Slot 08-11, the following 8-port line/trunk circuit cards are not mountable. PN-8COT, PN-8DLC, PN-8LC, PN-4DAT, PN-CFT, PN-2ILC, PN-8RSTA, PN-2CSI When the above line/trunk cards are mounted in Slot 04-07, only application processer cards are mountable in Slot 08-11.
80
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
Location of Each LEN

PIM7
739 738 737 736 (LT08)
747 746 745 744 (LT09)
755 754 753 752 (LT10)
763 762 761 760 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM6
639 638 637 636 (LT08)
647 646 645 644 (LT09)
655 654 653 652 (LT10)
663 662 661 660 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM5
539 538 537 536 (LT08)
547 546 545 544 (LT09)
555 554 553 552 (LT10)
563 562 561 560 (LT11)
NOTE
PIM4
439 438 437 436 (LT08)
447 446 445 444 (LT09)
455 454 453 452 (LT10)
463 462 461 460 (LT11)
NOTE
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX (LTXX) Level 7 Level 6 Level 5 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Level 0 Card Slot Number
NOTE: In Slot 08-11, the following 8-port line/trunk circuit cards are not mountable. PN-8COT, PN-8DLC, PN-8LC, PN-4DAT, PN-CFT, PN-2ILC, PN-8RSTA, PN-2CSI When the above line/trunk cards are mounted in Slot 04-07, only application processer cards are mountable in Slot 08-11.
81
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
LEN Assignment on Each Line/Trunk Card

: Available : Not available LEN TO BE ASSIGNED ON EACH LTXX CARD NAME PN-2AMP NOTE 1 PN-AUCA PN-8COT PN-4COT PN-CFTA PN-CFTB PN-2CSI PN-4DAT PN-4DIT PN-DK00 PN-8DLC PN-4DLC NOTE 2 PN-2DLC PN-2DPC PN-2ILC PN-8LC PN-4LC PN-2LDT LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CIRCUITS TIME SLOTS 2 2 8 4 1 1 2 4 4 8 8 4 2 2 2 8 4 2 2 2 8 4 10 10 8 8 4 0 8 4 2 4 8 8 4 2
82
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM10
LEN Assignment on Each Line/Trunk Card

: Available : Not available LEN TO BE ASSIGNED ON EACH LTXX CARD NAME PN-2ODT PN-8RSTA PN-TNT PN-4VCT PZ-VM00 (with VM01) LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 () () () () NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CIRCUITS TIME SLOTS 2 8 2 4 4 (8) 2 8 4 4 8
NOTE 1: For PN-2AMPA card, the card number must be assigned to all two Levels, which are the first LEN (Level 0) and third LEN (Level 2), regardless of the number of used circuit. NOTE 2: For PN-4DLCM/PN-4DLCQ card, station number/ATTCON number must be assigned to each LEN of all four Levels, regardless of the number of used circuit.
83
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91076-20
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER 11 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign station numbers, Intercom numbers, Loop Line numbers and ICI/OPR Line numbers (for Dterm Attendant Position) to Virtual Lines assigned on Dterm. PRECAUTION: (1) Virtual Line station numbers must be different from station numbers assigned by CM10. (2) The virtual LEN has no relation to the LEN used in CM10. Therefore, any virtual LEN can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number. The following station data can be assigned to the Virtual Line station numbers. Station Class-1 (CM12) Station Class-2 (CM13) Service Restriction Class (CM15) Call Pickup Group/Group Diversion Group (CM16) ACD/UCD Group (CM17) Station Hunting Group (CM18) Direct-in Termination in Day/Night Mode (CM30 Y=04, 05) Call Forwarding-Busy Line Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (-No Answer) Call Forwarding-Im here (-Destination) Call Pickup Call Back (In this setting, My Line number is called back.) Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) (In this setting, My Line number is called back.) Maximum of 256 lines can be assigned as the Virtual Line, regardless of the number of Dterms accommodated. When less than 512 Dterms accommodated, more Virtual Line can be assigned for the less of Dterm numbers. The total of Dterm numbers and Virtual Line numbers can only equal 768, maximum. The same condition as My Line is applied to calls from the virtual line station. Billing of virtual line station is executed to its My Line number. Data station number cannot be assigned by this command. The maximum number of monitored numbers is 128 without the MP memory expansion card, and 256 with the MP memory expansion card (PZ-M537).
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6) (7)
84
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91084-20
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER 11 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:

Virtual VIRTUAL LINE LEN + DE + NUMBER (3 digits) (1-9 digits) INTERCOM NUMBER + EXE (4 digits)
ST + 11 + DE +
DATA TABLE:
VIRTUAL LEN 000 255 X XXXXXXXX A000 A031 A100 A131 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 Continued on next page Manual Intercom number AX YY X : Serial number in a Group (2-7) YY: Manual Intercom Group number (00-24) NOTE 2 CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=11 CM90 Automatic Intercom number AX YY X : 0/1 to be made one pair YY: Automatic Intercom Group No. (00-31) NOTE 1 CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=10 CM90 VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER Station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) RELATED COMMAND CM20 CM90
...
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
85
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91084-20
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER 11
VIRTUAL LEN 000 255 B000 B900 B001 B901 B024 B924 AA01 AA05 AA11 AA15 AA71 AA75 AB00 AB99 CX CXXXXXXXX
VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER Dial Intercom number BX YY X : Intercom Code (0-9) YY: Dial Intercom Group number (00-24) NOTE 3
RELATED COMMAND CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=12 CM90
...
...
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ICI/OPR Line number for Dterm Attendant Position
Loop Line number for Dterm Attendant Position CM12 Y=03 CM90 AAX Y X: Attendant Position number (0-7) Y: Loop number (1-5) NOTE 4
CM12 Y=02 CM15 Y=73 CM17 Y=1, 2 CM90 Y=00 CM13 Y=28 CM90 Y=00 Continued on next page
~ ~
Virtual Line station number for Off-hook Voice Announcement X-XXXXXXXX: My Line No. of Dterm
86
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91084-20
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER 11 NOTE 1: Automatic Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below: AUTOMATIC INTERCOM GROUP 00 01 31 ~ MANUAL INTERCOM GROUP 00 01 24 ~ DIAL INTERCOM GROUP 00 01 24 ~ ATTENDANT POSITION 0 1 ~ 7 AUTOMATIC INTERCOM No. (A) A000 A001 A031 ~ AUTOMATIC INTERCOM No. (B) A100 A101 A131 ~
87
NOTE 2: Manual Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below:
INTERCOM NUMBER A200, A300, A400, A500, A600, A700 A201, A301, A401, A501, A601, A701 A224, A324, A424, A524, A624, A724 ~ INTERCOM NUMBER B000, B100, B200, B900 B001, B101, B201, B901 B024, B124, B224, B924 ~ LOOP LINE NUMBER AA01, AA02, AA03, AA04, AA05 AA11, AA12, AA13, AA14, AA15 AA71, AA72, AA73, AA74, AA75 ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91084-20
NOTE 3: Dial Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below:
NOTE 4: Loop Line numbers are assigned as shown below:
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 12 FUNCTION: The features for each station are determined by assigning Station Class-1 to each station number. PRECAUTION: (1) When assigning Station Class-1 to Dterm by this command, enter X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number) of FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10, as the rst data. The data for Single Line station number, My Line number of Dterm, Virtual Line station number, Data station number, Automatic/Manual/Dial Intercom number, Loop Line number and ICI/OPR Line number are shown in the table on next page. After setting CM12 Y=17, system reset is required.
(2)
(3)
88
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 12

: To assign : Not assigned Y STATION NUMBER 00 Single line station number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm My line number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm Virtual line station number (Assigned by CM11) Automatic Intercom number (Assigned by CM11) Manual Intercom number (Assigned by CM11) Dial intercom number (Assigned by CM11) Loop Line number for Dterm Attendant Position (Assigned by CM11) ICI/OPR Line number for Dterm (Assigned by CM11) Data station number (Assigned by CM1A)
01

02

03
() () ()
04

05
()
07
11

12

13

16

17

19

22

23

24
()
()
() () () ()
()
()
()
()
() ()
()
()
( ): FAX Incoming Call Lamp Indication only. : CM12 Y=17, 22, 23 are effective for Dterm 70/Dterm 75 with 75 mode. Dterm 70 = Elite Terminal Dterm 75 = Dterm E
89
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 12 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:

STATION Automatic/ Loop Manual/ No. Line ST + 12YY + DE + (1-8 digits) Dial Intercom No. No. (4 digits) (4 digits) ICI/OPR DATA Line No. + DE + (1-4 + EXE (4 digits) digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING DTMF or DP NOTE: This data setting is not required for a Dterm. Trunk Restriction Class DATA 1 2 3 DP DTMF DP/DTMF SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM45 Y=0
01
XZ 11
X: Day Trunk Restriction Class Z: Night Trunk Restriction Class Contents of Day/Night Trunk Restriction Class 1: Unrestricted (RCA) Restriction of 2: Non-Restricted 1 (RCB) Connection 3: Non-Restricted 2 (RCC) Trunk: 4: Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD) CM35 5: Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE) Y=51>58 (OG) Y=61>68 (IC) 6: Restricted 1 (RCF) Toll Restriction: 7: Restricted 2 (RCG) CM81, CM8A 8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
CM60 Y=02 CM61 Y=01 CM35 Y=11 Y=51>58 Y=61>68 CM81 CM20>A043 CM90>F0043
02
Service Restriction Class A, B
XX ZZ 1515
XX: Service Restriction Class A (00-15) CM15 ZZ: Service Restriction Class B (00-15) NOTE: The features available in each class are programmed in CM15. Continued on next page
90
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM12

: Initial Data Y No. 03 MEANING Kind of Telephone DATA 00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 04 House Phone 0 House Phone 1 House Phone 2 House Phone 3 FAX Call Station Group No. 0 FAX Call Station Group No. 1 FAX Call Station Group No. 2 FAX Call Station Group No. 3 Hot Line SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM51 Y=14
CM51 Y=14
CM52 Y=XX: Calling Side (0) CM11 CM56 Y=10 CM11 CM56 Y=11 CM11 CM56 Y=12 CM11
05 06 07 08 15 04 Tenant 00 01 63 05 Accommodation of Single line telephone/FAX call station to Dterms Multiline Service Restriction Class C Kind of idle status of called station on DID MFC call 0 1
Automatic Intercom Manual Intercom Dial Intercom Dterm Attendant Position Loop Lines Ordinary Station (Other than data 00-08) Tenant 00 01
CM30 Y=01
Tenant 63 Accommodated Not accommodated CM10 CM90 CM13 Y=08
07
00
15 11 0 1 2 3
Service Restriction Class C (00-15) CM15 NOTE: The features available in each Class are programmed in CM15. Called station idle (No Charge) Called station control (Charge) Called station idle (Charge) Called station idle (Charge) Continued on next page
91
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM12

: Initial Data Y No. 12 MEANING Calling Party Number displayed on called side DATA X XXXX NONE 13 Local Ofce Code Table 00 14 15 16 Trunk to be seized as Private Line on per station basis NOTE: D000 D255 NONE SETTING DATA MEANING ISDN subscriber number (ISDN Indial No.) /Station number (ANI/Enhanced-911) No data Local Ofce Code Table number 00 Local Ofce Code Table number 14 No data Trunk number CM35 Y=18 CM42>09 CM35 Y=28 CM15 Y=25 CM50 Y=05 RELATED COMMAND
When assigning Private Line on a per station basis, Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing- Outgoing) and Timed Queue features are not available. To restrict Outgoing Trunk Queuing, set the second data 0 by CM35 Y=28. Also to restrict Timed Queue, set the second data 0 by CM15 Y=25. 0 1 3 Dterm 75 with 65 mode (Dterm III) CM12 Y=22 [Soft Key is not available] Dterm 70 (Elite Terminal) [Soft Key is available] Dterm 75 with 75 mode (Dterm E) [Soft Key is available]
~ ~ ~
No data
17
Kind of Dterm accommodated in DLC Card INITIAL
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2: NOTE 3: NOTE 4:
For PN-2DLC/4DLC cards, this data must be assigned to the first LEN (Level 0) of each card. For PN-8DLC cards, this data must be assigned to the first LEN (Level 0) and fifth LEN (Level 4) of each card. When using Dterm 65 TAPI ADAPTER on Dterm 75, set 0 (Dterm 75 with 65 mode). For Dterm 60/65, CM12 Y=17 setting is not required. Dterm 60/65 = Dterm III Dterm 70 = Elite Terminal Dterm 75 = Dterm E Continued on next page
92
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM12

: Initial Data Y No. 19 MEANING Combination of the main station and sub station for WCS Number Sharing NOTE 1: DATA X SETTING DATA MEANING Main station number/Sub station number RELATED COMMAND
XXXXXXXX NONE No data
Assign the data as follows. 1st data: Main station (Dterm My line) 2nd data: Sub station (PS) 1st data: Sub station (PS) 2nd data: Main station (Dterm My line)
NOTE 2:
As the main station number, Dterm My line number must be assigned. As the sub station number, the station number assigned to the LC, which is connected to the Wireless system, must be assigned. 0 1 Available Not available CM12 Y=17 CM9A
22
Dterm Soft Keys NOTE:
Effective only when CM12 Y=17=3. CM12 Y=22 is automatically set to 0 when CM93 (Prime Line) is assigned. 0 1 2 3 0 7 Pattern number 0 Pattern number 1 Pattern number 2 Pattern number 3 24 Line/Trunk/Feature keys + 8/12 One Touch keys 16 Line/Trunk/Feature keys + 16/20 One Touch keys or Attendant Position CM9A
23
Dterm Soft Key Pattern number
24
Kind of Dterm
CM94
93
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91088-20
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 13 FUNCTION: The features for each station are to be designated by assigning Station Class-2 for each station number. PRECAUTION: (1) When assigning Station Class-2 to a Dterm by this command, enter X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number) of FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10, as the rst data. When a station has been set as an analog data station (CM13 Y=07), the following limitations are applied to that station. Periodic Time Indication tone is not given to the line. Override by other stations is restricted. Camp-On is restricted. Ringing interval is xed to 1 sec. ON-2 sec. OFF. After setting CM13 Y=28, 33, system reset is required. The data for a Single Line station number, My Line number of a Dterm, Virtual Line station number and Data station number are shown in the table below.
Y STATION NUMBER Single line station number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm My line number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm Virtual line station number (Assigned by CM11) Data station number (Assigned by CM1A) : To assign : Not assigned 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 21 22
(2) (3) (4)
94
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91094-20
CM13
Y STATION NUMBER Single line station number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm My line number (Assigned by CM10) Dterm Virtual line station number (Assigned by CM11) Data station number (Assigned by CM1A) : To assign : Not assigned
23 24 25 28 29 32 33 34 35 36 37 39
STATION ST + 13YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (1 digit) (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 01 02 03 04 05 MEANING Do Not Disturb-System Room Cut Off-System Off-Hook Alarm Message Waiting/Message Reminder Howler tone automatic sending SMDR for incoming call DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 To provide Not provided To provide Not provided To provide Not provided See CM51 Y=12 SETTING DATA MEANING
To provide (for the station with MW lamp) Not provided Not provided To provide To provide Not provided See CM08>153 See CM35 Y=49 Continued on next page
95
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91094-20
CM13

: Initial Data Y No. 06 07 MEANING SMDR/Centralized Billing-CCIS for outgoing call Analog data station (FAX, MODEM, etc.) or ordinary station See PRECAUTION Send or not ringing signal to the single line telephone accommodated on multiline of Dterm Intra-ofce connection PAD Ordinary station or VMS station DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 11 12 13 BLF indication for Automatic Intercom Secretary station (Boss Secretary Transfer/Override) Ordinary station or Front Desk Terminal/Administrative station 0 1 0 1 0 1 Not provided To provide Data station Ordinary station Not send ringing signal Send ringing signal Without PAD With PAD (6 dB) VMS station See CM41 Y=0>44, 48, 49, CM50 Y=00 Ordinary station To provide Not provided Secretary station Ordinary station or Boss station Message Waiting Front Desk Terminal/Administrative station Ordinary Station NOTE: MW Lamp of calling station is turned off when Message Waiting Front Desk Terminal answers. See CM08>233 Ineffective Effective Ineffective Effective To send Not sent To provide Not provided Continued on next page See CM35 Y=49 SETTING DATA MEANING See CM35 Y=14
08
See CM12 Y=05
09 10
14
Station Hunting for incoming calls other than Direct-in Termination calls Station Hunting for Direct-in Termination calls Reverse signal sending to stations VIP Class for Executive Calling/ Call Waiting
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
15 18 21
96
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91094-20
CM13

: Initial Data Y No. 22 23 MEANING Momentary Open NOTE: Set 0 to VMS. Automatic live recording NOTE: DATA 0 1 0 1 To provide Not provided To provide Not provided SETTING DATA MEANING See CM41 Y=1>08
When this feature is activated, be sure to set CM08>141, CM35 Y=22, and/or CM76 Y=13. See CM08>141 CM35 Y=22 CM76 Y=13 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 NEAX Mail digital port Ordinary Dterm port To provide Not provided To provide Not provided To provide Not provided
24 25
Ordinary station or NEAX Mail digital station Sending of ANI signal on DOD MFC call [Other Countries Only] Facility control of ISDN Calling Party Number (CPN)
28
Voice Call (Off-Hook Voice Announcement) INITIAL
29 32 33
Designation of FAX call stations Connection of Analog Port Adapter to Dterm Port mode of Analog Port Adapter INITIAL
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
FAX call station Ordinary station To connect Not connected Dual port mode Single port mode Station connected to Dual port mode of Analog Port Adapter Station not connected to Analog Port Adapter Not send ringing signal Send ringing signal TAPI station Ordinary station Continued on next page
34
Designation of station connected to Dual port mode of Analog Port Adapter Send or not ringing signal to the single line telephone connected to Analog Port Adapter Connection of TAPI Adapter
35
36
97
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91094-20
CM13

: Initial Data Y No. 37 MEANING VMS Soft Key feature NOTE: Set this data to VMS station number. WCS Roaming for virtual LC of Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] DATA 0 1 0 1 To provide Not provided Available Not available SETTING DATA MEANING
39
98
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91094-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS 15 FUNCTION: Restriction of each service feature is to be set for each service restriction class assigned to the stations. There are three kinds of Service Restriction Class, A, B and C. The service features to be restricted by these Service Restriction Classes are different. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A/B/C ST + 15YY/YYY + DE + (00-15: As assigned in + DE + DATA + EXE (1 digit) CM12 Y=02, 07)
99
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A 15 DATA TABLE:

Service Restriction Class A Y No. 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MEANING Call Forwarding-All Calls Call Hold Outgoing Trunk Queuing Call Back Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Calling side Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Paging Access (External Speaker and Radio) Executive Right of Way (Executive Override)/Busy Verication/Attendant Override Called side Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Call Forwarding-Busy Line Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Dont Answer (No Answer) Wake Up/Timed Reminder Call Pickup-Direct Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination) Station Camp-On (Transfer method) Priority Call 0 Priority Call 1 Do Not Disturb set from station/Return Message Schedule Automatic Wake Up set from guest or administrative station (Same wake up time is set to multiple stations) Automatic Wake Up set from guest or administrative station (Different wake up time is set to multiple stations) Continued on next page SERVICE REST. CLASS (A) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow
100
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A 15

Service Restriction Class A Y No. 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 MEANING Trunk to Trunk Transfer Message Waiting Lamp set/reset from station Timed Queue Call Forwarding-All Calls-Outside Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer)-Outside Call Forwarding-Busy Line-Outside Call Forwarding-Busy Line-Outside/Dont Answer (No Answer)-Outside Account Code Authorization Code/Forced Account Code BGM on Dterm Digital Announcement Trunk Access Record/Replay/Delete Announcement Service Replay No. 0 Announcement Service Group Announcement Service Replay No. 1 Announcement Service Group Announcement Service Replay No. 2 Announcement Service Group Announcement Service Replay No. 3 Announcement Service Group Announcement Service Replay No. 4 Announcement Service Group Announcement Service Recording Continued on next page SERVICE REST. CLASS (A) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow
101
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15

Service Restriction Class A Y No. 40 41 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 MEANING Message Waiting Lamp Control from predetermined station or attendant Voice Message Waiting-System/Individual Set/Cancel/Retrieve Voice Message Waiting-System Recording Call Waiting Set-Calling Side Call Waiting Answer-Called Side Call Back-Multiple Assignment Message Reminder Setting Side Message Reminder Set Side Internal Zone Paging Access/All Zone Internal Paging SERVICE REST. CLASS (A) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow
100 Voice Message Waiting-Individual Called Side 102 Voice Message Waiting-Individual All clear when the called station does not answer Calling/Called Side 103 Station to Station/Station to Trunk Call Monitoring Monitoring Side NOTE 104 Station to Station/Station to Trunk Call Monitoring Monitored Side NOTE 110 Digital Announcement Trunk Access Record/Replay/Delete 0 1 Allow Restricted Continued on next page 0 1 0 1 Allow Restricted Restricted Allow
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws. Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations. Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptone(s), to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations.
102
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15

Service Restriction Class A Y No. MEANING SERVICE REST. CLASS (A) 00 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Main station number is informed Own station number is informed Allow Restricted Continued on next page
111 Whisper Page Whispering Side 112 Whisper Page Whispered Side 115 PS Call Forwarding-Not Available 116 Voice Guide Validity of data set by CM48 Y=2>12, 13, 14. 117 WCS Roaming [North America/Latin America] 119 Simultaneous Paging Class 120 Dynamic Dial Pad 123 Calling Name Display-PS [North America/Latin America] 124 Remote Hold 127 WCS Number Sharing Station number which is informed to calling/called party, SMDR and MCI NOTE: Set 0 to sub station. Set 1 to main station. 128 WCS Number Sharing set/cancel from sub station NOTE: Set 0 to sub station. Set 1 to main station.
15
0 1
103
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15

Service Restriction Class A Y No. MEANING SERVICE REST. CLASS (A) 00 15 1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 MEANING Main station and sub station are controlled Only main station is controlled Allow Restricted Allow Restricted
129 WCS Number Sharing Sub station is controlled as same as main station, by Message Waiting lamp control signal sent to main station NOTE: Effective only when the system is Integrated type WCS. 131 Set Relocation Setting Side 132 Being moved and changed by Set Relocation Set Side NOTE NOTE
NOTE: Set Relocation is not available for the following combination. Single Line Telephone and Dterm PS and PS/Single Line Telephone/Dterm Single Line Telephone (DP) and Single Line Telephone (PB) Dterm (4-wire type) and Dterm (2-wire type) Combination of Dterms with different number of Line/Trunk keys Also, Set Relocation should not be set to Dterms which accommodate the following peripherals or function. DSS Console Add-on Module Analog Port Adapter Voice Call (Off-Hook Voice Announcement)
~
0 1 0 1
104
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91099-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B 15

Service Restriction Class B Y No. 53 55 56 59 60 61 62 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 TAS Service Individual Trunk Access from Station Change of mode for CAT Starting up OAI MSF from PB telephone/Dterm by using access code Day Night Mode Change by Station Dialing Periodic Time Indication Tone Sending Front Desk Terminal/Dterm TIMS Privacy Release Dual Hold Privacy (Inhibit Override by Do Not Disturb) Voice Call (Off-Hook Voice Announcement) Called Side Off-Hook Ringing Conference Trunk (PN-CFT) Access for conference leader Group Listening Attendant Terminal Class (Attendant Position) NOTE: 0 1 0 1 Allow Restricted Attendant Terminal Ordinary station MEANING SERVICE REST. CLASS (B) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow
To provide the Dterm Attendant Terminal, set 0 to a different Service Restriction Class number than for regular Dterm stations. Example: CLASS No. 00 (ATT Terminal) 0 0 CLASS No. 15 (STATION) 1 1 Continued on next page
CM15 Y=71 CM15 Y=73
105
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91105-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B 15

Service Restriction Class B Y No. 72 73 75 76 78 Automatic Hold Attendant Terminal ICI/OPE Key See CM15 Y=71 Maid Status Collect Call Called Side [Brazil Only] Voice Call (Off-Hook Voice Announcement) Voice rst or Ring rst for station to station calls MEANING SERVICE REST. CLASS (B) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 MEANING Allow Restricted ICI/OPE Key Regular station Restricted Allow
0 1
Voice rst Ring rst
106
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91105-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C 15

Service Restriction Class C Y No. 80 81 82 83 84 MEANING Immediate Ringing on Single Line Telephone One hit ringing for Call Forwarding-All Calls Ringing Line Pick up Dterm Tone Ringer The tone indication pattern is assigned by the combination of CM15 Y=83, 84. SERVICE REST. CLASS (C) 00 15 : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 MEANING Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Allow Restricted See below
: Initial Data 83 0 1 0 1 86 84 0 0 1 1 600 + 700 [Hz] 1024 + 1285 [Hz]/16 [Hz] 480 + 606 [Hz]/8 [Hz] 480 + 606 [H]/16 [Hz] MEANING OF DATA Modulating Signal Modulating Signal Modulating Signal Modulating Signal 0 1 0 1 0 1 Allow Restricted (Prime Line Pickup) Restricted Allow See below
Ringing Line Pickup by Speaker key
87 88 89
Off-Hook + Dial Tone is provided when pressing OneTouch key while terminal is idle Switch Hook Flash during internal call Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a station to station call is specied by the combination of CM15 Y=88, 89.
: Initial Data 88 1 0 0 89 1 1 0 MEANING OF DATA Effective (Special Dial Tone Connection) Ineffective Attendant Recall Continued on next page
107
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91105-20
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C 15

Service Restriction Class C Y No. 90 91 MEANING Switch Hook Flash during C.O. line connection Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a C.O. line connection is specied by the combination of CM15 Y=90, 91. SERVICE REST. CLASS (C) 00 15 : Initial Data 90 1 0 0 95 96 91 1 1 0 MEANING OF DATA Effective (Special Dial Tone Connection) Ineffective Attendant Recall 0 1 0 1 0 1 24 digits 16 digits Without LCD With LCD See below : Initial Data SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING See below
Number of digits on the LCD of the Dterm Type of Dterm Automatic Allocation is available by Dterm with LCD for Call Park-System. Service for overowed Off Hook Alarm call Service for an Off Hook Alarm call which encounters the terminating station busy is specied by the combination of data for CM15 Y=97, 98.
97 98
: Initial Data 97 0 0 1 1 99 98 0 1 0 1 MEANING OF DATA UCD-Call Waiting (CM08>212=0) Call Waiting is automatically set, when UCD is not set. UCD (CM08>212=1) Call Waiting Hunting 0 1 0 1 Available Not available Available Not available
Voice Call Mike Off Called Side
182 Non private extension
108
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91105-20
CM16
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP 16 FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate stations to each Call Pickup group and Group Diversion group. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) (3) (4) The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Call Pickup group is 60. There is no limitation to the number of Call Pickup groups. An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Call Pickup group. A maximum of 31 Group Diversion groups can be assigned. There is no limitation to the number of stations within a Group Diversion group. Group Diversion does not work for stations that are not in the Call Pickup group.
(5)
ST + 16Y + DE + STATION NUMBER (A) DATA + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE (1-8 digits)
109
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91109-20
CM16
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP 16 DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Station numbers to be included in Call Pickup Group STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING Station number (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX NONE SETTING DATA MEANING Station number (B)
When assigning station numbers to a Call Pickup group, only two station numbers can be assigned per operation. Thus, by repeating the operation as often as required, all the station numbers to be included in a Call Pickup group can be assigned. The two station numbers to be assigned by one operation are dened as Station number (A) and Station number (B). For example, when dening a Call Pickup group with station numbers 300, 301, and 302, three operations are performed. Station number (A) Station number (B) 300 301 301 302 302 300
1st Operation 2nd Operation 3rd Operation
By these three operations, a chain of three lines is set up. As seen from above, one station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is used for identifying which of the two station numbers is to be set rst. 2 Station number included in Group Diversion X XXXXXXXX Station numbers to be included in a Group Diversion 00 Group Diversion Group 00 Group Diversion Group 30 See CM19 Y=6 No data
~ ~
30
NONE 3 Display of station numbers included in Call Pickup group
By entering a station number as the rst data, the station numbers included in the group are displayed by pressing the DE key. OPERATION STN A + DE + DE + DE DISPLAY STN A: STN B STN B: STN C STN C: END
~
No data
1st 2nd 3rd
110
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91109-20
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP 17 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene ACD (Automatic Call Distribution)/UCD (Uniform Call Distribution) groups. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) (3) A maximum of 16 ACD/UCD groups can be assigned per system. A maximum number of 60 stations can be assigned to a ACD/UCD group. Prior to changing or deleting the station number within a ACD/UCD group, in CM17 Y=0, it is necessary to change the data for CM17 Y=1-7 to the initial data.
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Station numbers to be included in ACD/UCD group NOTE 1: STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING Station number (A) SETTING DATA DATA X MEANING Station number (B) RELATED COMMAND
Station numbers should be individually assigned to an ACD/UCD group, as shown below. STATION No. (A) STATION No. (B) 1st operation STN 1 STN 2 2nd operation STN 2 STN 3 Last operation STN n STN 1 (STN 1-STN n: Station numbers included in a ACD/UCD group) After data setting, lift the handset once, to activate the ACD/UCD function, at each ACD/UCD station. Continued on next page
NOTE 2:
111
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91111-20
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP 17

: Initial Data Y No. 1 MEANING Pilot station in ACD/UCD group Pilot station and Member station for OAI SCF STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X MEANING SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 2 MEANING Member station Pilot station OAI Member station (Off Hook suppress) OAI Pilot station (Monitor Pilot) ACD/UCD group 00 CM41 Y=0 CM49 Y=00-10 CM17 Y=2 CM44>14XX CM90 F1280-F1295 RELATED COMMAND
Station number to be assigned as XXXXXXXX Pilot Station number to be assigned to XXXXXXXX queuing for SCF
~
X
3 2 ACD/UCD Group number X XXXXXXXX Pilot and Member station numbers 00
15 NONE 3
Display of station After entering number (A), other station numbers included in the numbers included same ACD/UCD group are displayed one after another. in ACD/UCD group Example: OPERATION Station Number (A): + DE + DE DISPLAY Station Number (A): Station Number (B) Station Number (B): Station Number (C)
ACD/UCD group 15 No data
4 5
Pilot station number of ACD/UCD ACD/UCD service XXXXXXXX group for C.O./DID incoming call
ACD/UCD service for internal call
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Not provided To provide Not provided To provide Not provided To provide Not provided To provide Continued on next page
ACD/UCD service for Tie Line incoming call ACD/UCD service for DID/Automated Attendant
112
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91111-20
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP 17

: Initial Data Y No. A MEANING ACD/UCD Delay Announcement Service Designation of number of queuing in each ACD/ UCD group STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X MEANING SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 0 1 MEANING To send periodically To send only once To provide Not provided (No limitation) RELATED COMMAND CM49 Y=00 CM41 Y=0>47 CM42>16
Pilot station number of ACD/UCD XXXXXXXX group
113
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91111-20
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP 18 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign stations to a Station Hunting group. There are three hunt types; Station Hunting-Terminal, Station Hunting-Circular and Station Hunting-Secretarial. PRECAUTION: (1) When a Station Hunting group requires a secretary station, it is necessary to assign CM18 Y=2. The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Station Hunting group is 60. There is no limitation to the number of Station Hunting groups. An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Hunting group. Only one hunting system (Station Hunting-Terminal/Station Hunting-Circular/Station Hunting-Secretarial) can be assigned to a Hunting group. A Station Hunting group can also be assigned to data stations.
(2) (3) (4) (5)
(6)
114
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP 18 DATA TABLE: (1) Station Hunting-Terminal
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Station numbers included in Station Hunting group STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING Station number (A)/ Data station number (A) DATA X SETTING DATA MEANING Station number (B)/ Data station number (B)
When assigning station numbers to a Station Hunting group, only two station numbers can be assigned per operation. By repeating the operation as often as required, all the station numbers to be included in a Station Hunting Group can be assigned. The two station numbers to be assigned with one operation are dened as Station Number (A) and Station Number (B). Example: When you dene a Station Hunting-Treminal group using Station Numbers 300, 301, and 302, designate 300 as the pilot station number, and perform the following two operations: Station No. (A) 300 301 Station No. (B) 301 302
1st Operation 2nd Operation
As seen above, one station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Station Number (A)/(B) is used to identify which of the two station numbers is to be assigned rst. 1 Kind of station numbers included in Station Hunting group X XXXXXXXX Station number/ Data station number 0 1 Member station of Station Hunting-Terminal Pilot station of Station Hunting-Terminal Continued on next page
~ ~
115
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP 18

: Initial Data Y No. 2 MEANING Secretary station Secretary station should be Pilot station. Operation: A B C D STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING Secretary station number DATA 00 30 31 SETTING DATA MEANING Secretary station serial numbers Not assigned
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by CM19. The data can be set only to Pilot stations, and thus cannot be set to any of the member stations.
Call terminated (Pilot station)
NOTE: 3
If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station. If station numbers are entered as the rst data, the station numbers included in a Station Hunting group are displayed one after another by depressing the DE key. Example: Operation Station No. A + DE + DE
Display of station numbers included in Station Hunting group
Display Station No. A: Station No. B Station No. B: Station No. C
116
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP 18 (2) Station Hunting-Circular

Example: When you dene a Station Hunting-Circular group which consists of station numbers 310-312, the following three operations are required: Station No. (A) 310 311 312 Station No. (B) 311 312 310
1st Operation 2nd Operation 3re Operation
The above operations produce a chain comprised of three lines. As seen above, a station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). 1 Hunting direction X XXXXXXXX 5 Station number/ Data station number 0 1 Not used If station is busy, hunt in original direction If station is busy, hunt in reverse direction Continued on next page
~ ~
117
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18

: Initial Data Y No. 2 MEANING Secretary station: Operation: A B C D
Secretary
STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING Secretary station number DATA 00 30 31
SETTING DATA MEANING Secretary station serial numbers Not assigned
Call terminated
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by CM19. The data can be set all the stations of the Station Hunting-Circular. Also, each of the stations belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its own Secretary station.
NOTE: 3
If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station. If station numbers are entered as the rst data, the station numbers included in a Station Hunting group are displayed one after another by depressing the DE key. Example: Operation Display Station No. A + DE Station No. A: Station No. B + DE Station No. B: Station No. C
118
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP 18 (3) Station Hunting-Secretarial

Example: When you dene Station Hunting-Secretarial group which consists of station numbers 320-323, the following four operations are required: Station No. (A) 320 321 322 323 Station No. (B) 321 322 323 320
1st Operation 2nd Operation 3rd Operation 4th Operation
The above operations produce a chain comprised of four lines. As seen above, a station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is used for identifying which of the two station number is to be assigned rst. 1 Kind of station numbers included in Station Hunting group X XXXXXXXX Station number/ Data station number 0 1 Not used Station number other than the last station number for Station Hunting-Secretarial Last station number of Station Hunting-Secretarial Continued on next page
~ ~
~
5
119
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM18

: Initial Data Y No. 2 MEANING Secretary station Operation: STATION NUMBER (A) DATA X XXXXXXXX D
Secretary Call terminated
SETTING DATA DATA 00 30 31 MEANING Secretary station serial numbers Not assigned
MEANING Secretary station number
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by CM19. The data can be set all of the stations belonging to the Station Hunting-Secretarial. Also, each station belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its own Secretary station.
NOTE: 3
If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station. If station numbers are entered as the rst data, the station numbers included in a Station Hunting group are displayed one after another by depressing the DE key. Example: Operation Station No. A + DE + DE
Display Station No. A: Station No. B Station No. B: Station No. C
120
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91114-20
CM19
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER 19 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign Secretary station numbers. And also, to assign transferred stations for Group Diversion. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
SECRETARY STATION SERIAL NUMBER (00-30) GROUP DIVERSION + DE + DATA (1-8 digits) GROUP (00-30)
ST + 19Y + DE + + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Setting of Secretary station number SECRETARY STATION SERIAL NUMBER 00 30 SETTING DATA DATA X MEANING Secretary station number/Data station number
Setting of Secretary Hunting method
XXXXXXXX NONE No data See CM18 Y=2 0 Not used 5 Hunting (As per CM19 Y=2) 7 No hunting 00-30 31 Secretary station serial number (B) Not used
Setting of order of Secretary Hunting 00-30: Secretary station serial number (A) NOTE:
The Secretary Station serial number should be assigned individually in the order of the desired secretary hunting, as shown below. Secretary Station Serial No. (A) Secretary 0 Secretary 1 Secretary Station Serial No. (B) Secretary 1 Secretary 2 Continued on next page
1st operation 2nd operation
121
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91121-20
CM19
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER 19

: Initial Data Y No. 6 MEANING SECRETARY STATION SERIAL NUMBER SETTING DATA DATA MEANING
Transferred station of Call 00: Group Diversion X Station number transForwarding-Dont Answer (No group 00 ferred. Answer) for each Group Diversion XXXXXXXX Data E000 (ATTCON) is group 30: Group Diversion not provided. See CM08>026 group 30 NONE No data See CM16 Y=2
122
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91121-20
CM1A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DATA STATION NUMBER 1A FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command is used to assign the Data Station numbers for accommodating the data terminals. PRECAUTION: This command requires the system initialization after setting the data. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MY LINE DATA STATION + EXE ST + 1A + DE + NUMBER + DE + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE: (1) (2) My Line numbers are given by CM10 (FX-FXXXXXXXX). Data Station number should be different from station number, My Line number and Multi Line station number assigned by CM10 and CM11.
123
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91123-20
CM1B
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ISDN TERMINAL MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER 1B FUNCTION: This command is used for an ISDN Terminal Multipoint station number. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ISDN LINE ST + 1B + DE + STATION No. + (1-8 digits) ISDN DATA + EXE , + MULTIPOINT No. + DE + (1-8 digits) (0-7)
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA DATA XXXXXXXX , Z MEANING XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line Station No. (EFXXXXXXXX assigned by CM10) Z: ISDN Multipoint No. (0-7) DATA X 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM10 CMAC Y=01
ISDN Terminal Multipoint Station No. XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
124
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91124-20
CM1C
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS STATION NUMBER 1C FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the PS station numbers for providing the Wireless Communication System. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 1C + DE + VIRTUAL PS LEN + (3 digits) DE + PS STATION No. + EXE (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA DATA 000-255 (000-127) MEANING Virtual PS LEN DATA X NOTE 1 NOTE 2 XXXXXXXX CCC NONE 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
PS Station No. NOTE 3 CM1D X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM5A Clear No data
NOTE 1: When the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) is not mounted on the MP card, 1st data is 000-127. NOTE 2: By CM1C setting, Virtual Trunk No. is determined as follows; Virtual Trunk No.=Virtual PS LEN plus 256 Example: Virtual PS LEN: 000 (CM1C>000) Virtual Trunk No.: 256 (CM5A Y=00>256) NOTE 3: Maximum 5-digit is available for the PS station number of Roaming PS.
125
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91125-20
CM1D
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD 1D FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the PS-ID and to download the PS operation data. PRECAUTION: (1) When a PS is set up initially, set the PS in Data Download Mode by applying power to the PS while pressing the SEND key, and then execute the CM1D Y=20 in Calling Area No. 00. It takes 10 seconds to load the PS operation data to the PS. The following items display on the MAT. STATUS Loading succeeded PS is busy PS is out of area Lack of PS data DISPLAY OK WAIT BUSY NOW WD ERROR DATA ERROR
(2) (3)
NOTE: This data is effective only for North America/Latin America. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 1DYY + DE + PS STATION No. SETTING DATA + DE + + EXE (1-8 digits) (1-9 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y PS STATION No. No. 00 MEANING Individual PS station number to each Primary PS station Subline PS number to each Primary PS station [North America/Latin America] X-XXXXXXXX (Primary PS station No.) DATA MEANING X-XXXXXXXX Individual station No. SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND
01
X-XXXXXXXX Subline PS station No.
126
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91126-20
CM1D
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD 1D

: Initial Data Y PS STATION No. No. 15 MEANING Terminal kind of PS [North America/Latin America] NOTE: Set this data also to Subline PS station number, if provided. PS Operation Data Download [North America/Latin America] PS-ID [North America/Latin America] X-XXXXXXXX (Primary PS Station No.) DATA 00 15 Dterm MEANING PS II Former Dterm PS SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND
20
Execute
CM1C
21
XX...XX
PS-ID (Max. 9 digits, Decimal)
127
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91126-20
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN 20 FUNCTION: Trunk routes and features are assigned by developing access codes. For Route Advance and Tenant development, see CM22 and CM23. The following gure shows the relationship between commands:
Numbering Plan Group For each tenant CM29 CM20 (4 groups) Tenant Block For each Tenant Access Code for Service Feature Trunk Route For each access code Numbering Plan Route Advance Block Trunk Route Route Advance Block
Station No. Access Code for Service Feature Trunk Route
CM22 (32 blocks)
CM23 (24 blocks)
Special Terminal Block Trunk Route CM25 (16 blocks) For each ordinary Station or Data Station
PRECAUTION: (1) If 7XX (XX=20-83) is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, the access code which was entered is the leading digit(s) of another access code consisting of more digits. Add a digit to the entered access code and try again (to determine the other access code). Then decide which one to use or delete/change (not enough digits entered). If WRONG is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, another access code already exists with the same leading digits. Delete the last digit and try again (to determine the other access code). Then decide which one to use or delete/change (too many digits entered).
(2)
ST + 20Y + DE + DATA ACCESS CODE + DE + (3/4 digits) + EXE (1-4 digits)
128
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN 20 DATA TABLE:

Y ACCESS CODE No. 0 1 2 3 MEANING Numbering Plan Group 0 Numbering Plan Group 1 Numbering Plan Group 2 Numbering Plan Group 3 X XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM29 RELATED COMMAND
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A000 A001 A002 A003 A004 A005 A006 A007 A008 A009 A010 A011 A012 A013 MEANING Outgoing Trunk Queueing Set Outgoing Trunk Queueing Cancel Call Back Set Call Back Cancel Outgoing Trunk Queueing/Call Back Set Outgoing Trunk Queueing/Call Back Cancel Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Camp-On by Station (Transfer method) Call Park-System Set Call Park-System Retrieve Call Forwarding-All Calls Set Call Forwarding-All Calls Cancel CM20 A012, A013 are used when Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) and Busy Line share the Call ForwardingDont Answer (No Answer)/Busy Line Can- same access code. For the different access code, set CM20 A014cel A017. Call Forwarding-Busy Line Set Call Forwarding-Busy Line Cancel Call ForwardingDont Answer (No Answer)/Busy Line Set For Single Line Attendant Console Station/Dterm/ When Outgoing Trunk Queueing and Call Back share the same access code.
RELATED COMMAND CM15 Y=02 CM35 Y=28 CM15 Y=03
CM15 Y=02, 03 CM35 Y=28
CM15 Y=05-09 CM15 Y=16 CM15 Y=96
CM15 Y=00, 26
CM15 Y=10, 11, 28, 45
A014 A015
CM15 Y=11 CM15 Y=11 Continued on next page
129
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN 20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A016 A017 A018 A019 A020 A021 A022 A023 A024 A025 A027 A028 A029 A033 MEANING Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Set Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Cancel Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination) Set Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination) Cancel Call Pickup-Group Call Pickup-Direct Do Not Disturb Set Do Not Disturb/Return Message Schedule Cancel Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Set Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Cancel Wake Up Call Set from Predetermined Station (Single Wake Up time operation) Wake Up Call Set from Predetermined Station (Multiple Wake Up time operation) Maid Status Monitor NOTE From station
RELATED COMMAND CM15 Y=10
CM15 Y=15
CM16 CM15 Y=14 CM15 Y=19
CM15 Y=13
CM15 Y=20 CM15 Y=21
CM08>259 CM15 Y=103, 104 Continued on next page
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws. Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations. Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptone (s), to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations.
130
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A034 A035 A037 A039 A040 A041 A042 A043 A044 A045 A046 A047 A048 A049 A050 A051 A058 A059 A062 A064 A065 A066 MEANING Intra-ofce termination on Tandem connection Intra-ofce termination on Tandem connec- DT Sending (Mark out System) tion Call Pickup-Designated Group BGM on Dterm Set/Reset MW Lamp Control Set MW Lamp Control Reset Choice of Night Service from Attendant Day Night Mode Change by Station Dialing ACD/UCD Station Busy Out Set ACD/UCD Station Busy Out Reset Call Hold TAS Answer A TAS Answer B TAS Answer C TAS Answer D TAS Answer E Trunk Hold Trunk Answer Call Park-Tenant Set/Retrieve Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Origination Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Entry Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Cancel For single line station/Dterm
RELATED COMMAND
CM15 Y=14 CM16 CM15 Y=32 CM48 CM15 Y=24, 40 CM90 CM30 Y=02, 03 CM15 Y=60 CM08>244, 245
CM15 Y=01 CM15 Y=53 CM53
CM73, 74 CM15 Y=07
131
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A067 A068 MEANING Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Origination Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Origination Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) Paging Answer Zone 0 Paging Answer Zone 1 Paging Answer Zone 2 Paging Answer Zone 3 Paging Answer Zone 4 Paging Answer Zone 5 Paging Answer Zone 6 Paging Answer Zone 7 Paging Answer Zone 8 Paging Answer Zone 9 Speaker/Radio Paging Cancel (Delay Operation) Individual Trunk Access OAI Terminal Mode Set Facility (MSF) Account Code Authorization Code For 300 memories Maximum of 26 digits For 1000 memories (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 2) Maximum of 26 digits
RELATED COMMAND CM71, 72 CM15 Y=06 CM08>176=0
A069 A070 A071 A072 A073 A074 A075 A076 A077 A078 A079 A080 A081 A084 A085 A086
CM08>177, 178 CM30 Y=28 CM44 CM15 Y=08 CM08>157
CM41 Y=0>20 CM30 Y=19 CM15 Y=55
CM15 Y=30 CM42>10 CM08>216 CM15 Y=31 CM42>11 CM08>216 CM15 Y=31 CM42>12, CM2A Continued on next page
A087
Forced Account Code
132
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A088 A089 A090 A091 A092 A093 A094 A095 Priority Call 0 Priority Call 1 Special Operator Call 0 Special Operator Call 1 Special Operator Call 2 Special Operator Call 3 Emergency Call Individual Attendant Access/Inter Position Transfer Direct Data Entry MEANING
RELATED COMMAND
These calls are routed to the oper- CM46/CM90 ator. CM15 Y=17, 18 CM08>250, 251 CM46 CM90
CM06 CM10>E00X CM46/CM90 CM90 CMD001 >252, 253 CMD016>XX24 CM46 CM90
A097
800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808
Operator Call 1 digit Station 2 digits Station 3 digits Station 4 digits Station 5 digits Station 6 digits Station 7 digits Station 8 digits Station When the following features are used, do not assign 5 or more digits station number. SMDR/PMS/CIS (AP00) Front Desk Terminal (AP00) OAI (AP01)
133
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 823 824 825 826 827 828 A100 A101 A102 A103 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 A109 A110 MEANING 1 digit Network Station 2 digits Network Station 3 digits Network Station 4 digits Network Station 5 digits Network Station 6 digits Network Station 7 digits Network Station 8 digits Network Station 2-3 digits Station 2-4 digits Station 2-5 digits Station 2-6 digits Station 2-7 digits Station 2-8 digits Station Digital Announcement Trunk Access Record Digital Announcement Trunk Access Replay Digital Announcement Trunk Access Delete Announcement Service Record Announcement Service Group 0 Replay Announcement Service Group 1 Replay Announcement Service Group 2 Replay Announcement Service Group 3 Replay Announcement Service Group 4 Replay Announcement Service Delete Name Display For Dterm, Attendant Console
RELATED COMMAND CM8A Y=A000>3
CM41 Y=0>13
CM10 CM15 Y=33
CM10 CM15 Y=34-39 CM49 Y=0 CM35 Y=69-73
CM08>255 Continued on next page
134
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A113 A114 A115 A116 A118 A119 MEANING Voice Message Waiting Service-System (Setting of station numbers to be sent) Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual (Setting of station numbers to be sent) Voice Message Waiting Service-System Record Voice Message Waiting Service-System Replay Voice Message Waiting Service-System Delete Voice Message Waiting Service-System/ Individual Reset of station numbers to be sent Voice Message Waiting Service-System/ Individual Retrieve Call Waiting (Camp-On by station-Call Waiting Method) LCR Group 0 LCR Group 1 LCR Group 2 LCR Group 3 Assign A129 only when the LCR Group access code is included in the area code table in CM8A (Closed Numbering).
RELATED COMMAND CM13 Y=03 CM15 Y=41, 42 CM49 Y=00
A120 A125 A126 A127 A128 A129
CM13 Y=21 CM15 Y=43, 44 CM8A Y=A000
A130 A131 A132 A133 A134
Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Internal Zone Paging Group 1 Internal Zone Paging Group 2 Internal Zone Paging Group 3 Internal Zone Paging Group 4 Paging Access
CM56 Y=00-07 CM15 Y=49 CM90
135
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A135 A136 A137 A138 A139 A140 A141 A142 A143 A144 A145 A146 A147 A148 A149 A150 A151 A152 A154 A155 A156 MEANING Internal Zone Paging Group 5 Internal Zone Paging Group 6 Internal Zone Paging Group 7 Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Internal Zone Paging Group 1 Internal Zone Paging Group 2 Internal Zone Paging Group 3 Internal Zone Paging Group 4 Internal Zone Paging Group 5 Internal Zone Paging Group 6 Internal Zone Paging Group 7 Message Waiting/Message Reminder Search Message Waiting/Message Reminder Retrieve Message Reminder Set Message Reminder Cancel Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Origination Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Origination Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Origination Return Message Schedule Set Day/Night Mode change, Attendant Lockout from ATTCON Attendant Programming for Remote Access to System (DISA), Speed CallingSystem (System Speed Dialing), Date/ Time Change and Tone Ringer Change from ATTCON/DESKCON For 1000 memories (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 3) For 1000 memories (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 1) For 1000 memories (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 0) Cancel Code: Set data A023. For ATTCON without MODE key For ATTCON/DESKCON without PROG key Meet-me Answer Paging Access
RELATED COMMAND CM56 Y=00-07 CM15 Y=49 CM90
CM15 Y=47, 48 CM13>03 CM90
CM08>110=0 CM74 CM08>111=0 CM74 CM08>112=0 CM74 CM15 Y=19 CM90
136
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A157 A158 A159 A160 A161 A162 MEANING Access Code to recognize Authorization Code for OAI FLF Sending of Hooking Signal to C.O. line/ Centrex from PB telephone 6-Party Conference Trunk Access 10-Party Conference Trunk Access 6/10-Party Conference Trunk Control (To set up a conference) 6/10-Party Conference Trunk Control (To release designated party from a conference) Voice Call/Ring Tone Programming All Zone Internal Paging Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All Clear when the called station does not answer Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Set Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Cancel Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/-Dont Answer (-No Answer) Set Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/-Dont Answer (-No Answer) Cancel Whisper Page Call Forwarding-Not Available Set Call Forwarding-Not Available Cancel Call Forwarding-Not Available Replay Number Sharing Set from sub station Number Sharing Cancel from sub station For Dterm For calling
RELATED COMMAND
CM15 Y=69 CM10
A163 A164 A165
CM08>158
A180 A181 A182 A183 A188 A189 A190 A191 A192 A193
137
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM20
SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA A194 A195 A196 A200 MEANING Number Sharing Set from main station Number Sharing Cancel from main station Set Relocation Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for 6/10 party Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for 6/10 party Re-participation Group 0 for 6/10 party
RELATED COMMAND
CM15 Y=119 CM56 CM90
A207
A210 A217 A220
A227 100 163 200 231
300 323 500 515
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Re-participation Group 7 for 6/10 party Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for Group Call-2Way Calling Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for Group Call-2Way Calling Trunk Route Trunk Route 00 63 00 Data is to be assigned for Trunk Routes corresponding to the access codes for outgoing trunk calls (COT, LDT, ODT, etc.) Data is to be assigned in the following two cases; there are two or more trunk routes for outgoing call, and for determining the seizing order of the trunk route. Data is to be assigned when the purpose and method of the same access code varies with each tenant. 00 CM30 CM15 Y=119 CM56 CM90
~ ~ ~
Route Advance Block Route Advance Block Tenant Block Tenant Block Kind of Special Terminal Block Kind of Special Terminal Block
~ ~ ~ ~
00 23
~
31
CM22
CM23
~
15
CM25 Data is to be assigned when the purpose and method of the same access code varies with each special terminal (single line station/ analog data station.)
138
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91128-20
CM21
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE 21 FUNCTION: This command sets a single digit code to be recognized under timing start condition. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ACCESS DATA ST + 21Y + DE + CODE + DE + (3/4 digits) + EXE (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y ACCESS CODE No. 0 1 2 3 MEANING Numbering Plan 0 1 2 3 X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) DATA A047 A051 100 163 200 231 800 801 MEANING TAS Answer A TAS Answer E See CM20 Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 See CM22 Operator Call Single digit station No. SETTING DATA
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
139
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91139-20
CM22
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE ADVANCE 22 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign alternative trunk routes to each Route Advance Block. PRECAUTION: A maximum of seven consecutive priorities can be assigned. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
PRIORITY DATA ST + 22YY + DE + ORDER + DE + (3 digits) + EXE (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y PRIORITY ORDER No. 00 31 MEANING Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 0 1 2 3 1st Priority 2nd Priority 3rd Priority 4th Priority NOTE DATA 100 163 200 231 MEANING Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 SETTING DATA
NOTE: In the following example, seven priorities are defined by using a priority (Priority 3 of Route Advance Block 00) to point to another Route Advance Block 01.
PRIORITY ORDER 0 Route Advance Block 00 1 2 3 0 Route Advance Block 01 1 2 3 DATA 100 101 102 201 103 104 105 106 4th 5th 6th 7th 1st 2nd 3rd To Route Advance Block 01
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
140
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91140-20
CM23
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TENANT DEVELOPMENT 23 FUNCTION: Trunk routes and service features are assigned by developing access codes for each tenant. For further development, use CM22 Route Advance. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
TENANT DATA ST + 23YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + (3 digits) + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y TENANT No. 00 23 MEANING Tenant Block 00 Tenant Block 23 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 DATA A000 A099 800 818 A100 A199 100 163 200 231 Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 CM22 CM30 MEANING SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND CM20
141
~
Service Features (Refer to CM20)
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91141-20
CM25
COMMAND CODE TITLE: KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT 25 FUNCTION: For each access code assigned to a special terminal block, a trunk route can be assigned based on which type of special terminal (ordinary station or analog data station) is placing the call. For special terminal assignments requiring development of route advance data for trunk route assignment, route advance development and the corresponding trunk routes are assigned using CM22. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
KIND OF CALLING + DE + DATA + EXE ST + 25YY + DE + (3 digits) TERMINAL (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 00 15 MEANING Kind of Special Terminal Block 00 Kind of Special Terminal Block 15 0 1 KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL Ordinary station Analog data station (FAX or MODEM) See CM13 Y=07 Speech/3.1 kHz audio Unrestricted digital information Attendant Console SETTING DATA DATA 100 163 200 231 MEANING Trunk Route 00 Trunk Route 63 Route Advance Block 00 Route Advance Block 31 CM22 RELATED COMMAND CM30
~
2 3 4
142
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91142-20
CM29
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP 29 FUNCTION: When each tenant has its own numbering plan in a multiple-tenant system, all the tenants are divided into four groups. Numbering Plan Group data is then assigned on a tenant basis. PRECAUTION: If the data is not assigned (NONE), then Numbering Plan Group 0 is used for all tenants. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
TENANT DATA ST + 29 + DE + NUMBER + DE + (3 digits) + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
TENANT NUMBER 00 63 Tenant 00 SETTING DATA 710 Numbering Plan Group 0 711 Numbering Plan Group 1 712 Numbering Plan Group 2 713 Numbering Plan Group 3 RELATED COMMAND CM20 Y=0 CM20 Y=1 CM20 Y=2 CM20 Y=3 REMARKS
~
Tenant 63
143
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91143-20
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP 2A FUNCTION: This command assigns ID codes used for the Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Remote Access to System (DISA) features without using an AP card. PRECAUTION: These ID codes are effective when CM08>216/217 are set to 0. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 2AYY + DE + (1-16 digits) + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Continued on next page MEANING ID Code Development number 00-09 NOTE: CM2A Y=00-09 is determined by CM2A Y=A0 2nd data 0-9. DATA X-X..XXX (Max. 16 digits) 1ST DATA MEANING ID Code for Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Remote Access to System (DISA) DATA 0000 2999 2ND DATA MEANING ID Code Pattern number
144
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91144-20
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP 2A

: Initial Data Y No. 10 MEANING Purpose of ID Code DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 0 2ND DATA MEANING Validate the ID code entered from stations; Authorization Code, Forced Account Code, and from trunks; Remote Access to System (DISA) Validate the ID code entered from stations; Authorization Code, Forced Account Code Validate the ID code entered from trunks; Remote Access to System (DISA) Invalidate the ID code entered from stations and trunks Unrestricted (RCA) Non-Restricted-1 (RCB) Non-Restricted-2 (RCC) Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD) Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE) Restricted-1 (RCF) Restricted-2 (RCG) Fully-Restricted (RCH) Service Restriction Class A 00-15 NOTE: Available features in each class are assigned by CM15. Continued on next page
0000-2999 ID Code Pattern number
11
Trunk Restriction Class for ID Code Pattern number
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 00 15
12
Service Restriction Class A for ID Code Pattern number
145
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91144-20
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP 2A

: Initial Data Y No. 13 MEANING Service Restriction Class B for ID Code Pattern number DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 00 15 2ND DATA MEANING Service Restriction Class B 00-15 NOTE: Available features in each class are assigned by CM15. Service Restriction Class C 00-15 NOTE: Available features in each class are assigned by CM15. ID Code Development Number 00-09 No data
0000-2999 ID Code Pattern number
14
Service Restriction Class C for ID Code Pattern number
00 15
A0
ID Code Development number NOTE: CM2A Y=00-09 is determined by this data
0 1 2
Authorization Code Forced Account Code Remote Access to System (DISA) Code
0-9 NONE
NOTE: Authorization Code and Forced Account Code are both available for changing class of service. The only difference is that Forced Account Code appears in the account code field in the SMDR data stream. Authorization Code appears in a separate field designated specifically for Authorization Code.
146
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91144-20
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA 30 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign characteristics to trunk lines which have been dened with CM10. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
TRUNK DATA ST + 30YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE (000-255)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Trunk route allocation DATA 00 63 NONE 01 Allocation of tenants to trunks 00 01 63 SETTING DATA MEANING Trunk route number 00 Trunk route number 63 No data Tenant number 00 CM63 Y=0, 2 CM49 Y=01-07 CM51 CM65 Continued on next page RELATED COMMAND CM35
~ ~
147
Tenant number 63
~ ~ ~
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA 30

: Initial Data Y No. 02 MEANING Terminating system in Day Mode for incoming C.O. calls NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 or 12 is assigned, set CM30 Y=18 to 0. NOTE 2: For DIDs and Tie Lines, set CM30 Y=02 and CM30 Y=03 to 31. DATA 02 03 04 08 09 11 13 14 16 18 21 22 31 03 Terminating system in Night Mode for incoming C.O. calls (See NOTE 1, NOTE 2 on CM30 Y=02) 02 31 Continued on next page SETTING DATA MEANING Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS Direct-In Termination Dial-in Automated Attendant Attendant Console + Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance TAS Attendant Console Remote Access to System (DISA) ISDN Indial Dial-in for WCS Roaming Termination [North America/Latin America] DID, Tie Line and the call which is not handled by the PBX Same as CM30 Y=02 RELATED COMMAND CM30 Y=18
CM30 Y=04 CM49 CM64
~
148
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 04 MEANING Direct-In Termination in Day Mode DATA X XXXXXXXX CXX Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40 DIT-Outside (XX=00-31) Digital Announcement Trunk number (XXX=000-127) CM10 CM15 Y=33 CM20>A100, A101, A102 CM49 Y=00>03000 SETTING DATA MEANING Station number for Direct-In Termination in Day Mode RELATED COMMAND CM10, CM11, CM1A, CM1C
EBXXX
NONE 05 Direct-In Termination in Night Mode X
Station number for Direct-In Termination in Night Mode: Night ConXXXXXXXX nection-Fixed CXX
EBXXX
NONE
~ ~
No data CM10, CM11, CM1A, CM1C CM08>179
Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40 DIT-Outside (XX=00-31) Digital Announcement Trunk number (XXX=000-127) CM10 CM15 Y=33 CM20>A100, A101, A102 CM49 Y=00>03000
No data Continued on next page
149
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 07 MEANING CIC (Circuit Identication Code) used for ISDN-Primary Rate Interface voice channels NOTE Restriction of outgoing connection during Night Mode DATA 000 029 NONE 0 1 CIC000 CIC029 No data Restricted Allow CM60 CM61 Continued on next page SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM07 Y=01
08
NOTE: Assign CIC to voice channels only. Do not assign CIC to the trunk number of D channel as follows: Example for 30DTI TRK No. D100 Bch CIC 000 TRK No. D114 TRK No. D115 TRK No. D116 TRK No. D130 ~ ~ ~ ~ Bch Dch Bch Bch ~ ~ CIC 014 ~ Example for 24DTI TRK No. D100 Bch CIC 000 TRK No. D122 TRK No. D123 ~ ~ Bch Dch ~ CIC 022 ~
CIC 015 CIC 029 ~
150
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 09 MEANING Trunk group number NOTE: Paging trunks cannot be assigned to the Trunk Group Busy Lamp. DATA 01 62 SETTING DATA MEANING Identication of Trunk Group Busy Lamps on an external display device Identication of Trunk Group Busy Lamps on Dterm/ATTCON/ DESKCON NONE 13 Handing of busy/not available Direct-In Termination destination in Day Mode. 01 04 06 15 No data Forward to TAS BUZZER indication CM44 CM53 Forward to Attendant Console Automatic Camp-On Keep the call ringing (Wait until the station becomes idle) Forward to TAS BUZZER indication CM44 CM53 Forward to Attendant Console Automatic Camp-On Keep the call ringing (Wait until the station becomes idle) Attendant Console TAS Keep the call ringing Attendant Console TAS Keep the call ringing TAS group number CM41 Y=0>01 RELATED COMMAND CM44>11XX
CM90>F1201F1262
14
Handing of busy/not available Direct-In Termination destination in Night Mode
01 04 06 15
15
Handling of unanswered calls to Direct-In Termination destination in Day Mode Handling of unanswered calls to Direct-In Termination destination in Night Mode Trunk Answer Any Station (TAS) group
01 03 15 01 03 15 00 63 NONE
16
CM41 Y=0>01
17
No data To provide Not provided
CM44>13XX CM10>E6XX XX: TAS group No. 00-63 CM30 Y=02, 03 Continued on next page
~
0 1
18
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance-Dterm
151
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 19 MEANING Trunk number ISDN subscriber number 28 Paging Answer Zone/Kind of Paging DATA XXXX XXXX XZ SETTING DATA MEANING Trunk ID code ISDN subscriber number NOTE X: Paging Answer Zone 0: Paging Answer Zone 0 9: Paging Answer Zone 9 Z: Kind of Paging 0: Speaker Paging, no answer 1: Radio Paging no answer 2: Speaker Paging, non-delay answer 3: Radio Paging, non-delay answer 4: Speaker Paging, non-delay and delay answer 5: Radio Paging, non-delay and delay answer 6: Radio Paging, no answer and calling partys station number sent automatically NONE No data Continued on next page NOTE CM30 Y=34 CM50 Y=05 CM20>A070 A079 CM44>02XX RELATED COMMAND
NOTE: For Individual Trunk Access, assign the trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number by CM30 Y=19. The assigned trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number is displayed on the Attendant Console or Dterm.
CM35 Y=08
CM35 Y=08, 13
152
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 30 MEANING Handling of busy/not available Automated Attendant/ Remote Access to System (DISA) destination in Day Mode NOTE 1 NOTE 2 DATA 00 01 03 04 05 06 08 SETTING DATA MEANING C.O. line release Forward to TAS indicator Forward to Attendant Console Forward to DIT station Music + DT connection for Redial DT connection for Redial Automated Attendant: 2nd Answering message + DT connection for Redial or Remote Access to System (DISA): C.O. line release C.O. line release Same as CM30 Y=30 RELATED COMMAND CM41 Y=0>34 CM45 CM30 Y=04, 05 CM49 Y=02 CM48 Y=2
15 31 Handling of busy/not available Automated Attendant/ Remote Access to System (DISA) destination in Night Mode NOTE 1 NOTE 2 00 15
Same as CM30 Y=30
NOTE 1: For Remote Access to System (DISA), CM30 Y=30, 31 are effective only for a station call. NOTE 2: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the 2nd Answering Message which is assigned by CM49 Y=00 2nd data 02XX is used for the Night Message. In that case, the 2nd data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31 cannot be assigned for handling of Busy/Not Available Automated Attendant destination.
~
153
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 32 MEANING Handling of timed-out Automated Attendant/Remote Access to System (DISA) call in Day Mode DATA 00 01 03 04 06 15 00 01 03 15 SETTING DATA MEANING C.O. line release Forward to TAS indicator Forward to Attendant Console Forward to DIT station DT connection for Redial C.O. line release C.O. line release Forward to TAS indicator Forward to Attendant Console C.O. line release RELATED COMMAND CM41 Y=0>43 CM45 CM30 Y=04, 05 CM48 Y=2
33
Automated Attendant Handling of all PBR busy when 2nd announcement and DT are connected. See CM30 Y=30/31 data 08 ISDN Local Ofce Code Table number
CM45 CM30 Y=30, 31
34
00 14 15
Local Ofce Code Table No. 00 Local Ofce Code Table No. 14 Not assigned CIC 001
CM50 Y=05
35
CIC (Circuit Identication Code) used for No. 7 CCIS voice channels Handling of timed-out Automated Attendant call in Night Mode
001 254 NONE 00 15
CM30 Y=02, 03
CIC 254 No data Same as CM30 Y=32 Same as CM30 Y=32 Continued on next page
37
~
154
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 40 MEANING Terminating System in Mode A for incoming C.O. calls NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 or 12 is assigned, set CM30 Y=18 to 0. NOTE 2: For DIDs and Tie Lines, set CM30 Y=02 and CM30 Y=03 to 31. DATA 02 03 04 08 09 10 11 12 14 16 18 22 31 41 Terminating System in Mode B for incoming C.O. calls (See NOTE 1, NOTE 2 on CM30 Y=40) 02 31 Continued on next page SETTING DATA MEANING Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS Direct-In Termination Dial-in Automated Attendant Attendant Console + TAS Attendant Console + Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance Attendant Console + Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS Termination to Attendant Console Remote Access to System (DISA) ISDN Indial Roaming Termination [North America/Latin America] DID, Tie Line and the call which is not handled by the PBX Same as CM30 Y=40 RELATED COMMAND CM30 Y=18
CM30 Y=05 CM49, CM64
Same as CM30 Y=40
~
155
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 42 MEANING Direct-In Termination in Mode A DATA X XXXXXXXX CXX Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40 DIT-Outside (XX=00-31) Digital Announcement Trunk card number (XXX=000-127) CM10 CM15 Y=33 CM20>A100, A101, A102 CM49 Y=00>03000 SETTING DATA MEANING Station number for Direct-In Termination in Mode A RELATED COMMAND CM10, CM11, CM1A
EBXXX
NONE 43 Direct-In Termination in Mode B X
Station number for Direct-In Termination in Mode B: Night ConnecXXXXXXXX tion-Fixed CXX
EBXXX
NONE
~ ~
No data CM10, CM11, CM1A CM08>179
Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40 DIT-Outside (XX=00-31) Digital Announcement Trunk number (XXX=000-127) CM10 CM15 Y=33 CM20>A100, A101, A102 CM49 Y=00>03000
156
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM30

: Initial Data Y No. 44 MEANING VCT circuit number for IP Trunk DATA 01 16 NONE SETTING DATA MEANING Circuit number of PN-4VCT NOTE No data RELATED COMMAND CM10
NOTE: Assign VCT circuit number for the IP trunk according to the following table.
SETTING DATA VCT 0 01 02 03 04 VCT 1 05 06 07 08 VCT 2 09 10 11 12 VCT 3 13 14 15 16
Level No. FOR VCT CARD 0 1 2 3
157
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91147-20
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA 31 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the attribute data to MFC/MF-ANI trunk lines. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + 31Y + DE + (1-2 digits) + DE + (1-2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 0 0 Nation code MEANING INITIAL DATA 01 03 04 15 MEANING Australia North America Other Countries New Zealand 2ND DATA
NOTE:
CM31 Y=0>0 initial data depends on each nation code of the MP program. For North America: 03 For Australia/NZ: 01 For Other Countries: 04 0 1 2 3 4 8 dBm 10 dBm 11.5 dBm 9.13 dBm Not used Continued on next page
MFC PAD Control to Backward Signal [Australia/Other Countries] MF PAD Control to incoming signal [North America Only]
~
7
158
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA 31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 1 1 MEANING Sensitive Level of MFC Receiver [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00 14 15 NONE 01 MEANING 26 dBm 27 dBm 28 dBm 29 dBm 30 dBm 31 dBm 32 dBm 33 dBm 34 dBm (ITU-T Standard) 35 dBm 36 dBm 37 dBm 39 dBm 40 dBm 41 dBm 38 dBm 21 dBm 35 dBm 36 dBm (1 dBm increments) No data 1 digit 2ND DATA
Sensitive Level of MF Receiver [North America Only] INITIAL
Number of received digits of called number from PSTN/T1 network INITIAL
31 3 Number of received digits of ANI signal from PSTN INITIAL NONE 01 31
~ ~
31 digits No data 1 digit 31 digits Continued on next page
~ ~
159
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 2 0 AP number 0 MEANING DATA 0 MEANING Designation of MFC/MF Sender and Receiver, Caller ID Receiver, Enhanced 911 Sender to each circuit (No. 0-3) SENDER RECEIVER DATA 0 No. 0-3 1 No. 0, 1 No. 2, 3 2 No. 2, 3 No. 0, 1 3 No. 0-3 2ND DATA
~
3 3 00 15
AP number 3 INITIAL NOTE: AP number (0-3) corresponds to the AP numbers assigned by CM05 as shown below.
CM31 Y=2 CM05 Y=0 AP number 0: AP number X AP number 1: AP number Y AP number 2: AP number Z AP number 3: AP number W (X<Y<Z<W) Sending Backward GA signals on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL Send rst digit Send next digit Send last but one digit (n-1) Address complete, changeover GB Congestion Send calling partys category No. Address complete, set up speech conditions 07: Send last but two digits (n-2) 08: Send last but three digits (n-3) 09: Send last digit 10: Not used 15: 00: 01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06: NONE 01 15
~
3
No data Backward GA-1 Signal Backward GA-15 Signal NOTE: Assignment of Backward GA signals is different depending on the specifications of each country.
160
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 3 00 MEANING Signal pattern received from T1 network [North America Only] INITIAL DATA NONE 01 02 03 MEANING ANI + Called number Called number + ANI ANI Called number NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, set the data to NONE. When the signal pattern from T-1 network is ANI format, assign 02. No data Backward GB-1 Signal 2ND DATA
00 15
Sending Backward GB signals on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] 00: 01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06: 07: 08: 09: 10: INITIAL Not used Called line idle (charge) Called line busy Not used Congestion Called line idle (no charge) Called line idle (calling subscriber control) Vacant No. Station make busy [Chinese No. 1] Called line busy (Bleak In) [Chinese No. 1] Called line busy (Toll, International) [Chinese No. 1] Not used
NONE 01 15
Backward GB-15 Signal NOTE: Assignment of Backward GB signals is different depending on the specifications of each country.
11: 15: Continued on next page
161
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 5 00 15 MEANING Sending Backward GC signals on DID MFC call [Other Countries Only] INITIAL 00: Send GI rst digit, change over to GA 01: Send GI next digit, change over to GA 02: Not used 03: Send GII, change over to GB 04: Congestion 05: Send GIII next digit 06: Not used 08: 09: Send GI same digit, change over to GA 10: Not used 15: DATA NONE 01 15 MEANING No data Backward GC-1 signal Backward GC-15 signal 2ND DATA
~
6 01 15
Received Backward GA signals on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only] 01: Backward GA-1 signal 15: Backward GA-15 signal
~ ~
NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 15
No data Send rst digit Send next digit (n+1) Send last but one digit (n-1) Address complete, change over GB Congestion Send calling partys category No. Address complete, set up speech conditions Send last but two digits (n-2) Send last but three digits (n-3) Send last digit Not used Continued on next page
~
162
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA 7 01 15 MEANING Received Backward GB signals on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only] 01: Backward GB-1 signal 15: Backward GB-15 signal DATA NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 15 8 01 15 Received Backward GC signals on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only] 01: Backward GC-1 signal NONE 00 01 02 03 15: Backward GC-15 signal 04 NOTE: Backward GC signals are 05 used only when CM08>474, 06 477=0. 08 09 10 No data Send GI rst digit, change over GA Send GI next digit, change over GA Not used Send GII, change over GB Congestion Send GIII, next digit Not used Send GI same digit, change over GA Not used Terminating to Attendant Console MEANING No data Not used Line free (charge) Line busy Not used Congestion Line free (no charge) Line free (call under control) Unallocated No. Not used 2ND DATA
~ ~
9 01 15
Forward GII signal to terminate DID MFC call to Attendant Console [Australia/Other Countries] 01: Forward GII-1 signal 15: Backward GII-15 Signal NOTE: Effective only when CM08>020=1 (Terminating to Attendant Console by receiving Forward GII).
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
163
15 00 01 Not used Terminating to station 14 15
~ ~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA A 00 MEANING Backward signal meaning request of next digit toward sending ANI signal on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only] NOTE: 01 ANI function is effective when CM08>474=0. NONE 01 15 NOTE: 02 ANI function is effective when CM08>474=0. NONE 01 15 03 Forward signal when originating from station, Attendant Console or by Tandem connection on DOD MFC call [Other Countries Only] Forward signal when originating from data station on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only] NOTE: The data station is assigned by CM13 Y=07. Continued on next page NONE 01 15 NONE 01 15 No data Forward GI-1 signal No data Forward GI-1/GIII-1 signal DATA NONE 01 15 MEANING No data Backward GA-1/GC-1 signal 2ND DATA
Backward GA-15/GC-15 signal
Forward signal meaning the end of sending ANI signal on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only]
~ ~ ~
Forward GI-15/GIII-15 signal
Forward signal meaning the end of digit code on DOD MFC call INITIAL [Other Countries Only]
Forward GI-15 signal Forward GII-1 signal Forward GII-1 signal Forward GII-15 signal Forward GII-1 signal Forward GII-1 signal Forward GII-15 signal
~ ~
04
164
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA A 05 MEANING DATA MEANING Pulse Form signal is sent immediately without sending Backward GA-1 signal (Send next digit) Backward GA-1 signal Backward signal meaning Pulse Form NONE signal on DID MFC call [Australia/Other Countries] NOTE 2 01 2ND DATA
INITIAL 06
15 Backward signal meaning Pulse Type-1 NONE signal on DID MFC call 01 [Australia/Other Countries] NOTE 1, NOTE 2 15
Backward GA-15 signal No data Backward GA-1 signal Backward GA-15 signal
INITIAL 07 Backward signal meaning Pulse Type-2 NONE signal on DID MFC call 01 [Australia/Other Countries] NOTE 1, NOTE 2 15 No data Backward GA-1 signal Backward GA-15 signal
INITIAL 14 Number of digits to be deleted from ANI [North America Only] NONE 00 01 10 No digit deletion No digit deletion Leading one digit deletion Leading 10 digit deletion Continued on next page
NOTE 1: Effective only when CM31 Y=A>05 is assigned. NOTE 2: Pulse Form/Pulse Type-1/Pulse Type-2 signals mean the signals to ignore incoming Forward signals for a predetermined time when address is completed. These signals are effective for the following Backward signals: Pulse Form signal: Backward GA-3 signal (Address complete, change over GB) Pulse Type-1 signal: Backward GA-4 signal (Congestion) Pulse Type-2 signal: Backward GA-6 signal (Address complete, set up speech condition)
~
165
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA A 16 MEANING Sending ACK-WINK signal to DTI on receiving MF signal [North America Only] DATA 0 1 MEANING To send Not sent NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 0. When the signal pattern from T-1 network is ANI format, assign 1. DP DTMF NOTE: 2ND DATA
17
Signal kind of called number sent from T1 network [North America Only]
0 1
When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 1. When the signal pattern from T-1 network is ANI format, assign 0.
18
Sending of ACK-WINK signal to DTI on receiving DP signal [North America Only]
0 1
To send Not sent NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, assign the data to 1. When the signal pattern from T-1 network is ANI format, assign 0. Continued on next page
166
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA B 00 MEANING Duration from sending start Forward signal to receiving Backward signal [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL 01 Duration from detecting Backward signal to receiving stop Backward signal [Australia/Other Countries] INITIAL 05 Duration from detecting call termination to receiving Forward signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL Supervisory timer of interdigital pause on incoming call [North America Only] INITIAL 06 Duration from sending start Backward signal to receiving stop Forward signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL 07 Duration from detecting receiving stop Forward signal to receiving next Forward signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL Continued on next page NONE 01 31 NONE 01 31 24 sec. 1 sec. Increment unit: 1 sec. NONE 01 31 24 sec. 1 sec. Increment unit: 1 sec. DATA NONE 01 31 NONE 01 31 12 sec. 1 sec. Increment unit: 1 sec. MEANING 2ND DATA
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
31 sec. 12 sec. 1 sec. Increment unit: 1 sec. 31 sec.
31 sec.
31 sec. 24 sec. 1 sec. Increment unit: 1 sec. 31 sec.
~ ~ ~ ~
167
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM31

: Initial Data 1ST DATA Y DATA B 11 MEANING Sending duration of Backward signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL NOTE: When this data is not assigned, system continue to send Backward signal until receiving Forward signal. DATA NONE 00 01 12 NOTE 0 msec. 50 msec. Increment unit: 50 msec. MEANING 2ND DATA
600 msec.
12
Waiting duration from sending last Backward signal to sending Pulse Form signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL NOTE: Effective when CM31 Y=A>05 is assigned.
NONE 00 01 12
200 msec. 0 msec. 50 msec. Increment unit: 50 msec. 600 msec.
13
Sending duration of Pulse Form signal [Other Countries Only] INITIAL NOTE: Effective when CM31 Y=A>05 is assigned.
NONE 00 01 12
200 msec. 0 msec. 50 msec. Increment unit: 50 msec. 600 msec. 350 msec. 0 msec. 50 msec. Increment unit: 50 msec. 600 msec.
14
NONE Forbidding duration of receiving For00 ward signal for sending Pulse Form signal 01 [Other Countries Only] 12 INITIAL
~ ~
~ ~
NOTE: 15
Effective when CM31 Y=A>05 is assigned. 350 msec. 0 msec. 50 msec. Increment unit: 50 msec. 600 msec.
NONE Forbidding duration of receiving For00 ward signal for sending Pulse Type sig01 nal [Other Countries Only] 12 INITIAL
NOTE:
Effective when CM31 Y=A>05 is assigned.
168
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91158-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign trunk route characteristics. A trunk route is a group of trunks with common characteristics used for a common purpose. PRECAUTION: (1) The table below shows the value of the Central Ofce trunk or Tie line trunk (COT/DID/ ODT/LDT/DTI/BRT) PAD assigned by CM35 Y=19, Data 4-7. (T: Transmitter PAD [dB], R: Receiver PAD [dB]) [Australia]
CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) Station-ODT Tone-ODT COT/DID/LDT-ODT ODT-ODT DTI/BRT-ODT Station-COT/DID/LDT Tone-COT/DID/LDT COT/DID/LDT-COT/DID/LDT ODT-COT/DID/LDT DTI/BRT-COT/DID/LDT Station-DTI/BRT Tone-DTI/BRT COT/DID/LDT-DTI/BRT ODT-DTI/BRT DTI/BRT-DTI/BRT T/R: Transmit/Receive + : Gain : Loss Continued on next page PAD DATA OF B TRUNK DATA=4 (T/R) DATA=5 (T/R) 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/+6 0/+6 0/+6 0/+6 0/+6 DATA=6 (T/R) 0/0 0/0 8/8 8/8 8/8 0/+6 0/+6 6/+6 6/+6 6/+6 DATA=7 (T/R) 0/0 0/0 8/8 3/3 3/3 0/+6 0/+6 6/+6 0/+6 0/+6 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0
169
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 [North America/Other Countries]

CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) Station-ODT (4W E&M) Tone-ODT (4W E&M) COT/DID/LDT-ODT (4W E&M) ODT (4W E&M)-ODT (4W E&M) DTI/BRT-ODT (4W E&M) Station-COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M) Tone-COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M) COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M)-COT/ DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M) ODT (4W E&M)-COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M) DTI/BRT-COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M) Station-DTI/BRT Tone-DTI/BRT COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M)-DTI/ BRT ODT (4W E&M)-DTI/BRT DTI/BRT-DTI/BRT T/R: Transmit/Receive + : Gain : Loss Continued on next page 3/8 0/0 0/0 +3/3 0/6 3/3 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 PAD DATA OF B TRUNK DATA=4 (T/R) DATA=5 (T/R) DATA=6 (T/R) 3/3 0/0 2/2 0/0 0/0 0/+6 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/3 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/6 DATA=7 (T/R) 3/3 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/+6 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/8 0/0 0/0 +3/3 0/0
170
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 [For 900 ohm Line/Trunk Connection]
CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) Station-COT/DID Tone-COT/DID COT/LDT/DID-COT ODT/DTI-COT/DID Station-LDT Tone-LDT COT/LDT/DID-LDT ODT/DTI-LDT Station-ODT Tone-ODT COT/LDT/DID-ODT ODT/DTI-ODT T/R: Transmit/Receive + : Gain : Loss Continued on next page PAD DATA OF B TRUNK DATA=4 (T/R) DATA=5 (T/R) DATA=6 (T/R) DATA=7 (T/R) 1/1 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/7 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/10 0/0 0/0 0/0
171
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 (2) When assigning a Tie line, the data in CM35 Y=09 (Incoming connection signalling) should be similar to that of CM35 Y=20 (Sender starting condition). The table below shows the assignment of the sender starting condition in relation to the incoming connection signalling .
INCOMING CONNECTION SIGNALING (CM35 Y=09) Ground Start (01) Loop Start (15) Wink Start (03) Delay Dial (04) Immediate (05) 2nd DT/Timing (06) SENDER START CONDITION (CM35 Y=20) Ground Start (02) Loop Start (15) Wink Start (00) Delay Dial (01) Timing Start (15) Timing Start (15) REMARKS
NOTE: ( ) indicates the data to be assigned. (3) Table below shows the value of C.O, LD and DID trunk Gain PAD assigned by CM35 Y=47, Data=0-3 (T: Transmitter PAD (dB), R: Receiver PAD (dB)).
CM35 Y=47 DATA 0 1 2 3 COT (T/R) +1.5/6.5 None None +0.5/+5.5 LDT/DID (T/R) +1.5/6.5 0/0 +0.5/+2.5 +0.5/+5.5 REMARKS
(4)
After setting CM35 Y=100, system reset is required. After setting CM35 Y=113, DCH card reset is required. After setting CM35 Y=142, DBM card reset is required.
TRUNK DATA ST + 35YY/YYY + DE + ROUTE + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE (2 digits)
172
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35 DATA TABLE:

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Kind of Trunk Route DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 15 01 Dialing signal type 2 3 4 7 02 Call direction 1 2 3 00-14 15 16-63 Local Ofce Code table number used for tandem connection (for Enhanced 911) [North America Only] 00-14 15 SETTING DATA MEANING DDD (C.O., DID, ISDN) trunk FX trunk [North America Only] WATS trunk [North America Only] CCSA trunk [North America Only] TIE (Tie line) trunk Paging trunk/Interface with BGM tone source and Wake Up announcement Not used [Incoming] DP 10 PPS DP 10/20 PPS DTMF DP/DTMF Incoming trunk Outgoing trunk Bothway trunk Trunk name 00-14 Kind of trunk route assigned by CM35 Y=00 is displayed Trunk name 16-63 Local Ofce Code table No. 00-14 Not send calling number CM77 Y=2, 3 [Outgoing] DP 10 PPS DP 20 PPS DTMF DTMF RELATED COMMAND
03
Trunk name number
173
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA 35

: Initial Data Y No. 04 MEANING Answer signal from distant ofce for outgoing connection DATA 0 1 2 3 SETTING DATA MEANING Answer signal arrives (12 KHz, 50 Hz Metering signal) (C.O. line) Battery Reversal (C.O. line) Answer signal arrives (Tie line/ISDN) Answer signal does not arrive (Polarity Reversal is ignored and answer timing shall be set by CM41Y=0>03) Answer signal does not arrive (Tie line/No metered C.O. line, Answer timing shall be set by CM41 Y=0>03) Release signal does not arrive (Ground Start/Loop Start C.O. line without Release signal) Release signal arrives (Tie line/Ground Start/Loop Start with Release signal/DID/ISDN) No dial pulses are sent out (Speaker Paging) Dial pulses are sent out: For test (Release the resister/sender when the calling station is on-hook) Dial pulses are sent out (C.O. line/Tie line/ Radio Paging) Ring Down (Ground Start C.O. line) Wink Start Delay Dial Immediate Start 2nd DT/Timing Start-Tie line ISDN/Q931a Ring Down (Loop Start C.O. line) 2nd DT is not sent (DID, etc.) 2nd DT is sent Continued on next page CM35 Y=20 RELATED COMMAND CM41 Y=0
05
Release signal from distant ofce for outgoing connection or incoming connection
08
Sending dial pulse on outgoing call
1 2
3 09 Incoming connection signaling 01 03 04 05 06 08 15 0 1
10
2nd DT sending on call termination
174
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 11 MEANING Toll Restriction DATA 0 3 0 1 2 3
NONE
SETTING DATA MEANING To provide Not provided 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits Ordinary TRK Radio Paging TRK Determined by 2 digit + STN CM35 Y=76 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 Only dialed No. is sent 1 digit 1 digit + STN 2 digits 2 digits + STN 3 digits 3 digits + STN 4 digits 4 digits + STN 5 digits 2 digits + STN 254 digits
RELATED COMMAND CM81, CM8A CM85 CM35 Y=76 CM76 CM35 Y=18
12
Number of digits to be received on DID
13
Maximum number of sending digits allowed on outgoing connection For C.O. trunks, data assignment is not required.
CM30 Y=28 CM35 Y=76
000 001 002 003 004 005 254
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
When CM35 Y=76 is set to 15, this data setting is not required (release the sender by time out or by answer signal from the called distant office). When CM35 Y=76 is set to 0004, specify the dialed digits which is assigned by CM85. STN means the calling party s station number, and this number is sent automatically by CM30 Y=28>x6. CM13 Y=06 Continued on next page
14
SMDR/Centralized-Billing-CCIS for outgoing call
0 1
Not provided To provide
175
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 15 MEANING Kind of call termination indicator key/lamp on Attendant Console Call termination indicator lamps further categorized by the kind of calls (ex.C.O incoming call or Tie line incoming call). DATA 00 07 10 SETTING DATA MEANING C.O. Incoming Call 0 (Standard LDN key) C.O. Incoming Call 7 FX Incoming Call 0 (Standard FX key) [North America Only] FX Incoming Call 7 WATS Incoming Call 0 (Standard WATS key) [North America Only] WATS Incoming Call 7 CCSA Incoming Call 0 (Standard CCSA key) [North America Only] CCSA Incoming Call 7 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 (Standard TIE key) Tie Line Incoming Call 7 Call Termination via No. 7 CCIS No data RELATED COMMAND CM46 CM90 CM50
17 20
27 30
37 40
47 75 NONE NOTE 1: NOTE 2: 16
When the standard lamp indications are utilized, set the standard data. Set the correspondence between the key positions on Attendant Console and this assignment data by CM46 or CM90. 0 1 Not sending Sending CM90 Y=00>F1009 CM41 Y=2>17 Continued on next page
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Sending of Hook Flash to outside
176
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 17 MEANING Digit addition and deletion at the time of a Tie line incoming call: On an incoming call from a Tie line, if the number of digits arriving from the distant ofce does not coincide with the number, the number of digits is to be adjusted by this data assignment. DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 15 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 00 01 02 15 SETTING DATA MEANING 0 add 1 add 2 add 3 add 4 add 5 add 6 add 7 add 8 add 9 add 2-digit addition (CM50 Y=00>0) 1 digit deletion 2 digits deletion Addition/deletion is not performed. To provide Not provided RELATED COMMAND CM50 Y=00
18 19
Digit conversion on DID call PAD control of C.O. line or Tie line
CM76 CM42
Programmable PAD by CM42
Fixed PAD See PRECAUTION (1) Wink Start Delay Dial Ground Start Timing Start (Prepause per CM35 Y=21) CM35 Y=09
20
Sender start condition
177
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 21 MEANING Sender prepause timing DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 0 sec. 0.5 sec. 1.0 sec. 1.5 sec. 2.0 sec. 2.5 sec. 4.0 sec. 5.0 sec. 6.0 sec. 7.0 sec. 8.0 sec. 9.0 sec. 10.0 sec. 11.0 sec. 12.0 sec. 3.0 sec. Start automatically Not available NOTE: When this feature is activated, be sure to assign CM08>141, CM13 Y=23, and/or CM76 Y=13 300 ms. 400 ms. 500 ms. 600 ms. 700 ms. 900 ms. 1100 ms. 800 ms. Continued on next page SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM08>193, 194, 331 CM35 Y=43
22
Automatic live recording
CM08>141 CM13 Y=23 CM76 Y=13
23
DP Inter-digital pause
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
178
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 24 MEANING DTMF Inter-digital pause DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 32 ms. 64 ms. 80 ms. 96 ms. 160 ms. 192 ms. 240 ms. 128 ms. 39 % Make Ratio 33 % Make Ratio 64 ms. 128 ms. Not allowed Allow CM15 Y=02 SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
25 26 28 32
DP Make Ratio DTMF signal width Outgoing Trunk Queuing Distinctive LED indication on Dterm during external incoming call termination
Green (120 IPM) CM08>137 Red (120 IPM) NOTE: The LED indication for an internal incoming call is red (120 IPM flashing). For indicating the termination of transferred external incoming call, the flashing LED color depends on CM08>137. CM08>392 0.4 s ON-0.2 s OFF-0.4 s ON-2 s OFF 0.4 s ON-0.2 s OFF-0.4 s ON-2 s OFF 1 s ON-2 s OFF When CM08>392=0: 2 s ON-4 s OFF When CM08>392=1: 0.4 s ON-0.2 s OFF0.4 s ON-2 s OFF [Australia/Other Countries] 2 s ON-4 s OFF [North America Only] NOTE: For incoming calls to Trunk Line Appearance key on Dterm, the special ringing; 0.2 s ON-0.2 s OFF will be applied. Continued on next page
33
Interval of ringing signal to station on incoming calls
0 1 2 3
179
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 34 MEANING Ringer on incoming calls Dterm Tone DATA 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 00 SETTING DATA MEANING 1024 + 1285 16 (Hz) 480 + 606 8 (Hz) 600 + 700 (Hz) 480 + 606 16 (Hz) After dialing maximum number of digits After completing dialed digits entered in CM8A Y=4005-4007 Available Not available Available Not available Not released To release Abbreviated Codes for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) assigned by CM71>66 To detect Not detected Metering No Metering signal (C.O./Tie line) To connect Not connected NOTE: Maximum number digit analysis should be provided to prevent one way calls. When a trunk is seized by a Trunk Appearance key or LCR, one or two-digit code (00-99) is sent out to the SMDR. No data CM08>193, 194, 331 CM35 Y=76 CM85 CM8A Y=40004007 CMD000>60 CM71>66 CM72 RELATED COMMAND CM08>390 CM15 Y=83, 84
36
Trunk seizure facility
CM8A Y=4005-4007
37 38 39
MF/MFC Signaling on DID MFC Signaling on DOD/ Enhanced 911 Trunk release by detecting reversal of tip and ring on outgoing C.O. call Abbreviated Codes for speed calling for routing to C.O. line when all tie lines are busy Line Fault Detection [Australia Only] Metering [Australia Only] Both way path connection between PB station and PB trunk when providing sender prepause
40
~
31 0 7 0 7 00 15
41 42 43
44
Trunk Access Code sent to SMDR for outgoing call
0 or
00
9 99 NONE
180
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 45 MEANING DP sender release timing DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 sec. 4 sec. 6 sec. 8 sec. 12 sec. 14 sec. 16 sec. 10 sec. 2 sec. 4 sec. 6 sec. 8 sec. 12 sec. 14 sec 16 sec. 10 sec. Transmitter PAD: + 3dBr, Receiver PAD: + 5dBr Receiver PAD: + 5dBr Not used 0dBr (No amplication) See PRECAUTION (3) SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
46
DTMF sender release timing
47
C.O. LD, DID trunk Gain PAD [NZ/Other Countries]
48
Sending Backward signal when address is completed [Australia/Other Countries] Sending Busy/Idle information to network [North America Only]
Set up speech condition without waiting Forward GII signal Waiting Forward GII signal
0 1 0 1
Not available Available To provide Not provided CM13 Y=05 Continued on next page
49
SMDR for incoming call
181
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 51 MEANING Restriction of outgoing connection (Unrestricted) (RCA) Restriction of outgoing connection (Non-Restricted-1) (RCB) Restriction of outgoing connection (Non-Restricted-2) (RCC) Restriction of outgoing connection (Semi-Restricted-1) (RCD) Restriction of outgoing connection (Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE) Restriction of outgoing connection (Restricted-1) (RCF) Restriction of outgoing connection (Restricted-2) (RCG) Restriction of outgoing connection (Fully-Restricted) (RCH) Call Waiting for DID call Priority Queuing Restriction of incoming connection to station (Unrestricted) (RCA) DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM12 Y=01
52
53
54
55
0 1
Restricted Allow
56
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow To provide Not provided To provide Not provided Restricted Allow CM12 Y=01 CM08>367 CM42>18
57
58
59 60 61
182
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 62 MEANING Restriction of incoming connection to station (Non-Restricted-1) (RCB) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Non-Restricted-2) (RCC) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Semi-Restricted-1) (RCD) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Restricted-1) (RCF) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Restricted-2) (RCG) Restriction of incoming connection to station (Fully-Restricted) (RCH) Announcement service group 0 Announcement service group 1 Announcement service group 2 Announcement service group 3 Announcement service group 4 DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM12 Y=01
63
64
65
0 1
Restricted Allow
66
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Restricted Allow Continued on next page CM20>A103A109 CM49 Y=00>04XX CM15 Y=034-039
67
68
69 70 71 72 73
183
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 74 75 MEANING Attendant Delay Announcement DID incoming LDN display on Dterm/ATTCON/ DESKCON DATA 0 1 0 1 Allow Restricted SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM49 Y=00, 0A
Available CM30 Y=19 Not available (Trunk ID code assigned by CM30 Y=19 is displayed.) NOTE 1: Up to 4 digits LDN is available. NOTE 2: The DID incoming LDN is displayed irrespective of any digit conversion by CM76. Area Code Development Pattern No. 0 CM8A Y=4000-4007 CM85 Y=0-7
76
Designation of Area Code Development Pattern No. for Toll Restriction Analysis, and Maximum Digit Analysis. Digit conversion of leading 2-4 digits of DID incoming LDN Terminal connection form for ISDN Basic Rate Interface Trunk seizure sequence Centrex trunk Distinctive Ringing by detecting the ringing signal from main PBX or Centrex
00 07 15 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 Not used Available Not available (All digits of DID incoming LDN are converted by CM76.) Point to Point Point to Multi-point As per CM08>078 By allotter To provide Not provided
78
CM35 Y=12, 18 CM76
79
83 86 87
CM08>078
CM30 To provide Y=02, 03 Not provided NOTE 1: When this function is utilized, be CM30 Y=18 sure to set Trunk Line Appearance as the terminating method. Set CM30 Y=02, 03 to 02. NOTE 2: Tone Ringer is selected by CM35 Y=34, lamp control is set by CM35 Y=32 respectively. To provide Not provided Continued on next page
89
Cyclic Redundancy checking for DTI trunk
0 1
184
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 90 MEANING Special facilities DATA 0 1 2 3 5 6 SETTING DATA MEANING No. 7 CCIS, IP trunk Not used ISDN-Basic Rate Interface ISDN-Primary Rate Interface Q-SIG (ETS300 172) PBX-PBX Interface for Roaming (Q931a digital) [North America/Latin America] Not used CCH0 CM06 Y=07 CMA7 CMA8 RELATED COMMAND
7 91 Common Channel Handler (CCH) number used for No. 7 CCIS/IPT Digital Data Transmission via DDI/No. 7 CCIS 0 7 NONE 0 1 2 3 7 00 07 15 XZ
CCH7 No data Digital Data Transmission (48 Kbps) Digital Data Transmission (56 Kbps) Digital Data Transmission (Transparent) Reversal of F&S Bits Data Transmission via Modem DCH0 DCH7 Not used X: Day Trunk Restriction class Z: Night Trunk Restriction class Setting data is the same as CM12 Y=01. No data Allow Restricted 600 ohm (for regular/long line) Balanced Network Impedance: complex 900 ohm Balanced Network Impedance: complex 600 ohm (for short line/behind PBX) Balanced Network Impedance: 600 ohm 2-wire E&M Trunk
92
93
D Channel Handler (DCH) number used for ISDN Primary Rate Interface/Q-SIG Route class data on CCIS Route to Route Restriction Designated seizure of trunks for Private Lines Terminating Impedance for C.O. line INITIAL
CM06 Y=08
~
CM12 Y=01
97
NONE 98 100 0 1 00 01 02 14
CM12 Y=16 CM42>08
185
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 101 102 103 104 MEANING Call still Hold [Australia Only] Reversal on Idle [Australia Only] Auto Polarity Collection [Australia Only] Polarity of 2-wire E&M/4wire E&M trunk (ODT) DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 3 0 1 Available Not available Available Not available Available Not available E wire Open Ground Ground M wire Open Battery Ground SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
105
Purpose of 2-wire E&M/ 4-wire E&M trunk (ODT)
2-wire E&M Trunk 4-wire E&M Trunk NOTE: All circuits in one ODT card must be set as the same type interface. Not available Available Network Mode User Mode
106 113
Malicious Call Trace [Australia Only] LAPD Mode of D-channel route for WCS Roaming [North America/Latin America] DCH INITIAL LAPD Mode of D channel route for Q-SIG DCH INITIAL
0 1 0 1
0 1
Network Mode User Mode
115 117
Collect Call Blocking [Brazil Only] Forced release of tandem connection for incoming trunk Forced release for tandem connection
0 1 0 1 0 1
Available Not available Allow Not allowed Available Not available
CM15 Y=076 CM08>029
119
186
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 129 MEANING Sending method of calling number from/to network Indication of reason why the calling number is not informed from network ToS* eld priority for IP trunk audio packet *ToS: Type of Service for B channel Kind of trunk route for voice channel and common signaling channel DP Make Ratio [France Only] DATA 0 1 3 7 0 1 0 SETTING DATA MEANING CALLER ID (CLASS SM) T1-ANI [North America Only] Enhanced 911 [North America Only] MFC-R2 [Australia/Other Countries] To indicate Not indicated 1st priority RELATED COMMAND
133
134
~
7 15 0 1 0
8th priority 1st priority (Standard setting) Event Based CCIS route Other trunk route 50% Make Ratio (when CM35 Y=25 is set to 1) 33% Make Ratio (when CM35 Y=25 is set to 0) As per CM35 Y=25 Pulsed E&M Standard To send Not sent Available Not available CM30 Y=00
135
136
1 137 138 Pulsed E&M [France Only] Sending of received ANI information from network to VMS with MCI Roaming Service for Virtual COT route [North America/Latin America] Roaming Service [North America/Latin America] Pursuit function after Roaming PS [North America/Latin America] 0 1 0 1 0 1
139
140
0 1 0 1
Available Not available To provide Not provided NOTE: Set this data to C.O. line trunk route of called side PBX. Continued on next page
141
187
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM35

: Initial Data Y No. 142 MEANING Protocol type between PBXs for WCS Roaming [North America/Latin America] DBM INITIAL 143 Method to send CCIS channel number for virtual tie line on Event Based CCIS ISDN-BRI Layer 1 activation Kind of Call ForwardingDont Answer (No Answer) key assigned to ATTCON/DESKCON System operation when the station, after holding the other trunk (TRUNKA), has made a switch hook ash while talking with another trunk (TRUNK-B) Verication of Connection for Event Based CCIS ISDN answer signal sending timing for Event Based CCIS 0 1 By Subaddress By dialed-in digits DATA 0 7 Q931a-Digital None SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
144 147
0 1 0 1 0
Activated by call event Always activated Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) key assigned by CM90>F6068 Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) key assigned by CM90>F6063 Brokers Call TRUNK-B is held, and station returns to the connection with TRUNK-A. Three-way Calling CM90
148
152
0 1 0 1
To provide Not provided Send when the called party answers the call Send before the called party answers the call NOTE: Be sure to set the same data to opposite office. 3.1 kHz audio Speech Unrestricted digital information
153
154
Information Transfer Capability of ISDN line used for Event Based CCIS
5 6 7
188
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91169-20
CM36
COMMAND CODE TITLE: RESTRICTION DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION 36 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene restriction data for tandem connection within a system, for each combination of an incoming trunk route and an outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: Any incoming trunk route assigned to No release signal in CM35 Y=05, is restricted from tandem connection. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
INCOMING OUTGOING TRUNK TRUNK DATA ST + 36Y + DE + ROUTE + ROUTE + DE + (0/1) + EXE (2 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 0 INCOMING TRUNK ROUTE 00 63 OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE 00 63 0 1 SETTING DATA Allow Restricted RELATED COMMAND CM35 Y=05
~
189
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91189-20
CM38
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AMP TRUNK CONTROL 38 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the AMP trunk control data. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE ST + 38YY + DE + or AMP PATTERN NUMBER (4 digits or 2 digits)+ DE + DATA (1-2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 00 INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE No. / AMP PATTERN No. XX ZZ XX: Incoming trunk route No. ZZ : Outgoing trunk route No. SETTING DATA DATA 00 14 15 MEANING AMP pattern number 00 AMP pattern number 14 Not use the AMP trunk Continued on next page RELATED COMMAND
~
190
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91190-20
CM38
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AMP TRUNK CONTROL 38

: Initial Data Y 01 INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE No. AMP PATTERN No. AMP pattern number 00 AMP pattern number 14 SETTING DATA DATA XZ MEANING Assignment of Gain value X: AGC (Automatic Gain Control) 0 : 0 dbr 1 : + 4 dbr 2 : 4 dbr 3 : Through (Assigned by Fixed Gain) Z: Fixed Gain 0 : 12 dB 1 : 8 dB 2 : 4 dB 3 : 0 dB Echo Canceller function Through Normal Echo Canceller Gain Controller ON OFF Mode selection of Tone Disabler G164 G165 Detect time of Tone Disabler 0 sec. 2 sec. Channel to be connected Incoming Route: Tie Line Outgoing Route: C.O. Line Incoming Route: C.O. Line Outgoing Route: Tie Line Timing of AMP trunk connection When dialing is nished When answering NOTE: The data 0 is effective except ISDN and CCIS trunks. RELATED COMMAND
02 0 1 03 0 1 04 0 1 05 0 1 06 0 1 07 0 1
191
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91190-20
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FUNCTION OF MP RS-232C PORT 40 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the function of the RS-232C ports on the MP card. The MP card has two RS-232C ports, which are used for the following purpose.
PORT LOCATION NUMBER Port 0 Port 1
PURPOSE Built-in SMDR/Local MAT Remote Maintenance using external MODEM or built-in MODEM of MP card CS Report
CONNECTOR RS0 connector on the MP card RS1 connector on the MP card
PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:

DATA + EXE ST + 40YY + DE + PORT LOCATION NUMBER + DE + (0/1) (1-4 digits)
192
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91192-20
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP RS-232C PORT 40 DATA TABLE:

MP RS-232C port : Initial Data Y PORT LOCATION NUMBER No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 MEANING Data length Parity check Kind of parity Stop bit DTR signal sent to terminal RTS signal sent to terminal Data speed 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 Port 0 Port 1 DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 NONE MEANING 7 bit 8 bit Effective Ineffective Even parity Odd parity 1-Stop bit 2-Stop bit Low High Low High 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps 9600 bps SETTING DATA REMARKS
193
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91192-20
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP BUILT-IN MODEM 40

MP Built-In MODEM : Initial Data Y PORT LOCATION NUMBER No. 10 MEANING Station number of built-in MODEM 1 Port 1 DATA X XXXX XXXX NONE MEANING Station No. NOTE 1 X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) NOTE 2 SETTING DATA REMARKS
NOTE 1: Station number must be an unassigned number by either CM10 or CM11. NOTE 2: CM40 Y=10 is effective for Port 1 only.
~
194
No data
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91192-20
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP BUILT-IN SMDR 40

MP Built-in SMDR : Initial Data Y PORT LOCATION NUMBER No. 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 MEANING Function Data length Parity check Kind of parity Stop bit DTR signal sent to terminal RTS signal sent to terminal Data speed 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 Port 0 DATA 14 NONE 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 NONE MEANING Built-in SMDR No data 7 bit 8 bit Effective Ineffective Even parity Odd parity 1-Stop bit 2-Stop bit Low High Low High 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps 9600 bps NOTE SETTING DATA
NOTE: CM40 Y=00>14 should not be assigned when using Built-in SMDR in Local Office of Centralized Billing-CCIS.
195
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91192-20
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 41 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the System Timer data. PRECAUTION: Initial Data in the DATA TABLE represent the timing for the data NONE. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 41Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y 1ST DATA PURPOSE Attendant Recall for Ring Transfer, Camp-On, and unanswered call 00 INITIAL DATA 31.2 33.6 sec. 2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 04 05 06.....................13 0 14 2.4 sec. INCREMENT UNIT
~
32 36 sec.
2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 ................. 28.8 31.2
2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.014.4 ................. 31.2 33.6 15 16 17 18 19................................. 24 9.6 sec.
28.8 38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 .......................... 115.2
38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 76.8 .......................... 124.8 Elapsed time before Call ForwardingDont Answer (No Answer) for trunk incoming call/Automatic Change of Night Service (Attendant Overow)/Group Diversion Path on delay/single-line toll restrict defeat guard timer Timing for PseudoAnswer signal sent to SMDR 01 02 03 04 05 06.....................29 0 4 8 30
~ ~ ~
4
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
12 16 20....................112 116
~
8
12 16 20 24....................116 120 4 sec.
01
02
1040 ms. 20
01 02 03 ................................................... 14 80 160 240 .............................................. 1120 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 4 sec. 80 ms.
03
24 sec.
~
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 Continued on next page
196
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Guard Timing of trunk release
INITIAL DATA 0.96 01 02 03 04
2ND DATA TIMER 05 06 ................13 14
INCREMENT UNIT
04
1.44 sec. Recall Timing for Non-exclusive Hold/ Call Park 60 64 sec.
0 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 2.40 ............. 5.76 6.24 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 2.40 2.88 ............. 6.24 6.72 01 02 03 ..........................................98 0 4 8 ..........................................388 99
0.48 sec.
~ ~
05
4 8 NOTE:
12 .........................................392 When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not recalled. 99
4 sec.
06
Recall Timing for Exclusive Hold/ Remote Hold
236 240 sec.
01 02 03 04 05 06.....................98 0 4 8 12 16 20....................388
4 8 NOTE:
12 16 20 24....................392 When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not recalled. 30
4 sec.
0 07
Recall Timing after station release for call transfer
24 28 sec. 180
01 02 03 04 05 06.....................29 0 4 8
~ ~
12 16 20....................112 116
4 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 16 20 24....................116 120 12 28 sec. (01) 60 sec. (02-12)
09
Periodic Time Indication Tone
00 01 02 03 04 05.....................11
184 sec. Attendant Recall of held call 31.2 33.6 sec.
32 60 120 180 240 300...................660 720
36 64 124 184 244 304...................664 724 01 02 03 04 05 06.....................13 0 14
~ ~
2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 ................. 28.8 31.2
2.4 sec.
11
2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.014.4 ................. 31.2 33.6 15 16 17 18 19 .................................... 24 28.8 38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 .......................... 115.2 9.6 sec.
~ ~
38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 76.8 .......................... 124.8 Continued on next page
197
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Single digit dialing time-out (Timing Start)
INITIAL DATA 4
2ND DATA TIMER 03 04 05 06 07 08 2 3 4 5 6 7
INCREMENT UNIT
13
5 sec. 512 ms.
1 sec.
14
DTMF signal width of Out Pulse-Long from Attendant Console Call ForwardingDont Answer (No Answer) for internal call and assisted call
01 02 03 04 05 06 ............................ 50 64 128 192 256 320 384.......................... 3200 64 ms.
~
3 0
~
4
~
5
~
6
~
7
~
8
32 36 sec.
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................29 4 8
30
12 16 20 ...................112 116
15
4 8 NOTE:
12 16 20 24 ...................116 120 For the timer of the second call forwarding, see CM41 Y=0>46.
4 sec.
0 16
Unanswered timing for ACD/UCD Delay Announcement and Attendant Delay Announcement Maximum ACD/UCD call waiting time before either answer or abandonment for PEG count Automatic Cancel Time for unanswered Paging call Reorder tone timeout to enter Line Lockout or Off Hook Alarm
32 36 sec. 32 36 sec. 300 sec. 28
01 02 03 .................................................. 30 0 4 8 .................................................. 116
~ ~
01 02 03 .................................................. 30 0 4 8 .................................................. 116
01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................14
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 120 4 sec.
~ ~
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 120 15 60 sec.
20
60 120 180 240 300 360...................840 900 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
22
32 sec. 28
4 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 16 20 24 28 32
23
Ringing duration of Automatic WakeUp/Timed Reminder call
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 4 sec.
32 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 Continued on next page
198
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Automatic Recall Timing of Camp-On
INITIAL DATA 24
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 04 05 .................................... 15 8 16 24 32 40 ................................... 120
INCREMENT UNIT
26
32 sec. Interdigit Pause on outgoing call Duration of music connection before DT connection in Automated Attendant Timing before unanswered Automated Attendant call forwards Number of call attempts by Timed Queue Interval Time between attempts for Timed Queue 7 sec. 16
8 sec.
16 24 32 40
27
03 04 05 06 07 .................................... 14 3 4 5 6 7 ..................................... 14
01 02 03 04 05 .................................... 15 0 4 8 12 16 .................................... 56 4 sec.
48 .................................. 128 1sec.
33
24 sec. 32
01 02 03 04 ........................................... 30 0 4 8 12 .......................................... 116 4 sec.
~
4
~
8
12
16 20 .................................... 60
34
36 sec. 3 times 120
01 02 03 .................................................. 07 1 2 3 .................................................... 7 1 time
~
4
~
8
12 16 .......................................... 120
35
11 12 13 .................................................. 31 44 48 52 ................................................. 120 48 52 56 ................................................. 124 05 06 ......................................................... 31 16 20 ........................................................ 120 20 24 ........................................................ 124 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 4 sec. 4 sec.
36
124 sec. 28
37
Duration of call by Timed Queue
32 sec. Programmable Pause for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing)/Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) 1.5 sec.
38
1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.5 12.0 NOTE: This pause is available by setting D in CM72, CM74.
~
199
~
1.5 sec.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Timing of unanswered call after forwarding to predetermined station in Automated Attendant PBX Dial In ORT Timer before receiving any digit
INITIAL DATA 32 36 sec.
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 ......................................................... 30 0 4 ......................................................... 116
INCREMENT UNIT
39
4 sec.
8 ......................................................... 120
01 02 03 .................................................. 15 0 1 2 ................................................... 14 1 sec.
41
6 sec. 14 sec. 1 sec.
~
1
~
2
3 ................................................... 15 1 sec.
43
Dial Tone timeout in Automated Attendant Prepause Timer for VMS
01 02 03 .................................................. 14 0 2 3 ................................................... 14
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
44 0 Announcement Service Timer 60
09 10 11 12 13 9 10 11 12 0.5
1 sec. (01-12) -0.5 sec. (13)
01 02 ......................................................... 30 0 4 4 ......................................................... 116 8 ......................................................... 120 30 4 sec. 4 sec.
45
64 sec. Timing of Multiple Call Forwarding Dont Answer (No Answer) after second forwarding Interval Time of ACD/UCD Delay Announcement/ Attendant Delay Announcement DTMF Signal Width for VMS 32 36 sec. 32 36 sec. 128 ms.
01 02 03 .......................................... 29 0 4 4 8
~ ~
46
8 ..........................................112 116
01 02 ......................................................... 30 0 4 4 ......................................................... 116 8 ......................................................... 120 4 sec.
~ ~
12 .........................................116 120
47
48
01 02 64 128
~ ~
200
64 ms.
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE DTMF Interdigit Pause for VMS
INITIAL DATA 160 ms.
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 32 64 80 100 120 160 200 240
INCREMENT UNIT 32 ms. (01-02) 16 ms. (03-04) 20 ms. (04-05) 40 ms. (05-08)
49
50
Timing Start when making ISDN call from DP/PB station
NONE
03 04 05 3 4 NOTE:
............................................. 14 1 sec.
5 ............................................. 14 For the initial data, the timing start is not effective.
51 0 52
Message Replay Timer for Automated Attendant Message Replay Timer for Automatic Wake Up/Timed Reminder Message Replay Timer for Announcement Service Forced release timing for tandem connection
40 sec. 60 64 sec. 60
01 02 03 .................................................. 15 4 8 12 .................................................. 60 4 sec.
01 02 03 .................................................. 99 0 4 8 .................................................. 392 4 sec.
~ ~
01 02 03 .................................................. 99 0 4 8 .................................................. 392 4 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 396
53
64 sec. 96 128 min.
01 02 03 .................................................. 06 32 64 96 ................................................. 192
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 396
54
64 96 128 ................................................ 224 NOTE: With this timing, the tandem connection is released, unless the incoming trunk does not receive the release signal.
32 min.
201
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Forced release timing for unanswered call with tandem connection or trunk to trunk connection when a station holds another station/trunk Message replay timer/tone sending timer in the OAI terminal mode Timing Start when making an ISDN Tandem call
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 04 ........................................... 13 8 12 16 20 ........................................... 56
INCREMENT UNIT
55
12 16 20 24 ........................................... 60 NOTE: This data is available when the incoming trunk can not receive a release signal.
~
0
~
4 sec.
20
01 02 03 .................................................. 99 4 8 .................................................. 392 4 sec.
56
24 sec. NONE
03 04 05 .................................................. 14 3 4 NOTE: 5 ................................................... 14 For the initial data, the timing start is not effective. 1 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 396
57
0 58
Preservation time for a message set by Voice Message Waiting ServiceIndividual Time before answering by Automated Attendant
7 days
01 02 03 .................................................. 31 1 2 NOTE: 3 ................................................... 31 Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All Clear clears messages exceeding the term. 1 day
00 01 02 .................................................. 08 0.5 0 4 ................................................... 28 4 sec.
59
8 sec. 1120
~
4
8 ................................................... 32
60
Status Change Rebound Guard Timer
00 01 02 .................................................. 40 0 80 160 ............................................... 3200 80 ms.
1200 ms. 320
~ ~
80 160 240 ............................................... 3280 01 02 03 .................................................. 14 0 160 320 ............................................... 2080 160 320 480 ............................................... 2240 Continued on next page 160 ms.
61
Path On Delay timer when answering incoming trunk call
480 ms.
202
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE SST Sending Timer when accessing Paging Trunk
INITIAL DATA 1440
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 .................................................. 14 0 480 960 ............................................... 6240 480 960 1140 ............................................. 6720 00 No 01 02 03 ......................................... 30 0 80 160 ........................................ 2320
INCREMENT UNIT
62
1920 ms. 1360
480 ms.
63
Time Out Check when detecting ORT
1440 ms. 14 sec. 12
80 ms.
Check 80 160 240 .........................................2400 01 02 03 .................................................. 09 14 28 42 ................................................. 126 01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392 4 sec. 14 sec.
~ ~
64
ORT Timer when accessing trunk OAI SCF Ringing Timer
65
16 sec. Message duration of UCD Overow Announcement 60
0 66
01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392 4 sec.
~
4
8 ......................................................... 396
64 sec. 8
~ ~
67
UCD Delay Announcement/OAI Announcement Connection Timer Message duration for Announcement Service-PS No Answer/PS Busy Overlap Sending Mode timer for ISDN terminal
01 02 03 .................................................. 32 0 4 8 .................................................. 124 4 sec.
~
4
8 ......................................................... 396
12 sec. 116
01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392 4 sec.
~
4
~
8
12 ................................................. 128
75
120 sec. 6
03 04 05 .................................................. 60 2 3 4 ................................................... 59 1 sec.
~
4
8 ......................................................... 396
81
7 sec.
~
3
~
4
203
5 ................................................... 60 Continued on next page
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Message duration for Announcement Service-PS Out of Cell/PS Power Off
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392
INCREMENT UNIT
84
4 sec.
4 8 ......................................................... 396 NOTE: Effective only when CM08>086=0. 01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392 4 sec.
85
Message reply timer for PS Out of Cell/ PS Power Off
8 12 sec.
~
36 40 sec.
4 8 ......................................................... 396 NOTE: Effective only when CM08>086=0. 01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392
Message reply timer for PS No Answer 86
0 Event Based CCIS Virtual Tie Line Release Timer for Voice Channel 3 min.
4 8 ......................................................... 396 NOTE: Effective only when CM08>085 and 086=0. 02 2.4 30 69.6 24 936 1 min ... 28 min. 32 70 72 ........ 99
~ ~
~ ~
4 sec.
87
4.8
72.0
2.4 sec. (02-30) 24 sec. (32-70) 1 min. (72-99) 2.4 sec. (02-30) 24 sec. (32-70) 1 min. (72-99)
89
Event Based CCIS Virtual Tie Line Release Timer for Common Signaling Channel Simultaneous Paging Timer for Group Call-Automatic Conference (6/10 party)
3 min.
02 2.4 4.8
30 69.6
32 24
70 936
72 ........ 99 1 min ... 28 min.
~
32
72.0
01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392 4 sec.
95
36 sec.
~
4
~
204
8 ......................................................... 396 Continued on next page
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Retry timer of Fault Kind sending to IMX MAT
INITIAL DATA 32
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 ......................................................... 99 0 4 ......................................................... 392
INCREMENT UNIT
98
36 sec. 256 ms. 1024
4 sec.
~
4
8 ......................................................... 396 128 ms.
00
Off-Hook Detect Timer DP Telephone On Hook Detect Timer
01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 03 04 05 06 07 08......................... 15
01
1216 ms. PB Telephone On Hook Detect Timer 1024
384 512 640 768 896 1024..................... 1920 576 704 832 960 1088 1216..................... 2118 03 04 05 06 07 08......................... 15
128 ms.
02
1216 ms. DP Telephone Hookash Breaker Timer PB Telephone Hookash Break Timer Hookash Make Timer Maximum Dial Break Timer Dial Interdigit Pause Timer Momentary Open/ Reverse Timer 384 ms. 384 ms. 128 ms. 256 ms. 256 ms. 256
384 512 640 768 896 1024..................... 1920
128 ms.
576 704 832 960 1088 1216..................... 2118 01 02 03 .................................................. 16 384 512 640 ............................................... 2304 01 02 03 .................................................. 16 384 512 640 ............................................... 2306 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 96 128 ................................................ 480 01 02 03 64 128 192 01 02 03 .................................................. 10 128 256 384 ............................................... 1152 256 384 512 ............................................... 1280 Continued on next page 128 ms. 128 ms. 128 ms.
03
1
04
05
128 ms.
06
32 ms.
07
64 ms.
08
384 ms.
205
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA 09
PURPOSE Delayed Ringing Timer COT Ringing Detect Timer
INITIAL DATA 10 sec. 256
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 .................................................. 10 2 4 6 ................................................... 20
INCREMENT UNIT 2 sec.
06 07 08 09 ........................................... 10 160 192 224 256 ......................................... 288 192 224 256 288 ......................................... 320 01 02 .......................................................... 15 0 32 ......................................................... 448 32 ms. 32 ms.
00
288 ms. LD Trunk Termination Detect Timer 32
01
64 ms. OD Trunk Termination Detect Timer 32
~
0
32 64 ......................................................... 480 01 02 .......................................................... 15 32 ......................................................... 448 32 ms.
02
64 ms. COT Trunk Release Detect Timer

LD Trunk Release Detect Timer OD Trunk Release Detect Timer COT Answer Signal Detect Timer
32 64 ......................................................... 480 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 01 02 03 .................................................. 99 32 64 96 ................................................ 3168 01 02 .......................................................... 99 32 64 ........................................................ 3168 32 ms. 128 ms.
03 2 04
512 ms. 128 ms. 128 ms. 512 ms. 480
128 ms.
05
128 ms.
06
32 ms.
07
LD Trunk Answer Detect Timer
512 ms. OD Trunk Answer Detect Timer 480
~ ~
64 96 ........................................................ 3200 01 02 .......................................................... 99 32 64 ........................................................ 3168 32 ms.
08
512 ms.
64 96 ........................................................ 3200 Continued on next page
~
206
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA 09
PURPOSE
Incoming Ring Down Abandoning Detect Timer COT Re-termination Detect Guard Timer
INITIAL DATA 4096 ms. 256 01 02
2ND DATA TIMER 03 ................................................. 15
INCREMENT UNIT 512 ms.
512 10241536............................................ 7680 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 0 256 512 ............................................... 3584 .................................................. 256 512 768 ............................................... 3840
10
512 ms. Ground Detect Timer 256
256 ms.
01 02 03 04 05 .................................... 15 64 128 192 256 320 .................................. 960 64 ms.
11
320 ms. LDT/ODT Wink signal sending time for connection check Hook ash sending timer from COT 160 ms. 576
128 192 256 320 384 ................................. 1024 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 32 64 96 ................................................. 480 02 03 04 .................................................. 30 64 128 192 ............................................... 1856 128 192 256 ............................................... 1920 01 02 ......................................................... 14 32 64 ........................................................ 448 32 ms. 64 ms. 32 ms.
12
17
640 ms. Metering Pulse (12 KHz, 50 Hz) Detect Timer [Australia Only] AT & T 5 ESS Floating Battery Guard Timer for COT AT & T 5 ESS Floating Battery Guard Timer for LD Loop Momentary Open Guard Timer for COT Loop Start outgoing connection 448 ms.
21
23
2048 ms. 2048 ms. 1280 ms.
01 02 03 .................................................. 99 128 256 384 .............................................. 12672 01 02 03 .................................................. 99 128 256 384 .............................................. 12672 128 256 384 .............................................. 12672 128 256 384 .............................................. 12672 128 ms. 128 ms. 128 ms.
24
25
207
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Release Detect Timer for outgoing Loop Start trunk Release Detect Timer for outgoing Ground Start trunk Loop on Delay for outgoing Ground Start trunks
INITIAL DATA 256 ms. 0 ms. 640
2ND DATA TIMER 00 01 02 .................................................. 99 128 256 384 .............................................. 12672 00 01 02 .................................................. 99 0 128 256 .............................................. 12672 01 02 03 .................................................. 99 256 320 384 ............................................... 6528 320 384 448 ............................................... 6592 01 02 03 64 128 192 128 192 256
INCREMENT UNIT
28
128 ms.
29
128 ms.
31
704 ms. 0 ms.
64 ms.
37
Ground Detect Guard Timer
64 ms.
Main PBX (Centrex) Ringing Distinction Timer
1280 1408 ms.
01 02 ......................................................... 15 0 128 ...................................................... 1792 128 256 ...................................................... 1920 128 ms.
40
When Immediate Ringing is sent from the main PBX or Centrex, CM41 Y=2>40 plus CM41 Y=2>41 must be assigned as longer time than the time assigned by CM41 Y=2>00. When Immediate Ringing is not sent from the main PBX or Centrex, CM41 Y=2>40 must be assigned as longer time than the time assigned by CM41 Y=2>00. Check the main PBX or Centrex ringer cycle and set as shown below. Main PBX Ringing (Station termination) Main PBX Ringing (C.O. termination) B sec. < CM41 Y=2>40 A sec. B sec.
When the gap between the main PBX station terminating ringer and C.O. line terminating ringer is under 200 ms, distinction may be incomplete. Continued on next page
~
setting time < A sec.
208
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Immediate Ringing Guard Time in Centrex system Distinctive Tone Function
INITIAL DATA 384 512 ms. 00 0
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 .............................................. 99 0 03 ........................................... 12544
INCREMENT UNIT
41
128 256 ......................................... 12672 NOTE: When Immediate Ringing is not provided on main PBX, be sure to set CM41 Y=2>41 to 00. 01 02 ......................................................... 15 64 128 ....................................................... 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 04 ........................................... 15 32 64 96 128 ......................................... 480 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 04 ........................................... 15 64 96 128 160 ......................................... 512 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 .............................. 07 ...................... 15 1 2 ................................ 7....................... 15
128 ms.
Release Signal Detect Timing on DTI trunk 00
128 ms. NOTE:
64 ms.
Answer Signal Detect Timing on DTI trunk 01
128 ms. NOTE:
32 ms.
Wink Signal width on DTI trunk 02
32 ms. NOTE:
32 ms.
Wink/Delay Signal Timer out 03
7 sec. NOTE:
If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12.
1 sec.
209
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Ring Signal Detect Timing for DTI trunk
INITIAL DATA 192 ms. NOTE:
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 32 64 96 ................................................. 480 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 128 192 ................................................ 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 128 192 ................................................ 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 512 1024 1536 .......................................... 7680 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 128 256 384 ............................................... 1920 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12.
INCREMENT UNIT
04
32 ms.
Release Signal Detect Timing for C.O. trunk 05
512 ms. NOTE:
64 ms.
Answer Signal Detect Timing for DTI trunk 3 06
576 ms. NOTE:
64 ms.
Ring Signal Detect Timing for DTI trunk 07
7168 ms. NOTE:
512 ms.
Guard Timing for DTI trunk release 08
512 ms. NOTE:
128 ms.
210
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Hook ash Send Timing for DTI trunk
INITIAL DATA 640 ms. NOTE:
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 128 192 ................................................ 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 128 192 ................................................ 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 64 128 192 ................................................ 960 If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 .................................................. 15 1 2 3 ................................................... 15
INCREMENT UNIT
09
64 ms.
10
Ground Start Release (Loop Off) Detect Timing for DTI Trunk
384 ms. NOTE:
64 ms.
11
Ground Start Release (Ground Off) Detect Timing for DTI Trunk
384 ms. NOTE:
64 ms.
12
Ground Start (Return Ground) Detect Timing for DTI Trunk
7 sec. NOTE:
If CM35 Y=09 is set to 03, 04, 05 or 06, use CM41 Y=3>00-03. If CM35 Y=09 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3> 04-12. 01 02 03 04 .............. 16........................ 30 128 256 384 512 ........... 2048.................... 3840
1 sec.
13
Hook ash sending timer from DTI Process of Metering Signal Detect [Australia/Argentina]
2048 ms.
128 ms.
14
NONE 00: Process 1 (for Australia) (Pro- 01: Process 2 (for Argentina) cess 1) Continued on next page
211
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM41
1ST DATA
PURPOSE Metering Signal Detect timing on DTI trunk [Australia/Argentina]
INITIAL DATA 160 ms.
2ND DATA TIMER 01 02 ............... 05 ..................................... 15 32 64 .............. 160 ................................... 320
INCREMENT UNIT
15
32 ms.
212
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91196-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA/PAD DATA/TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 42 CONVERSION FUNCTION: This command is used to set the system counter data, the programmable PAD data and the Trunk Restriction Class data to convert the Restriction Class sent to or from the IMX as a Deluxe Traveling Class Mark-CCIS. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) Initial data in the DATA TABLE represent the value for the data NONE. After setting 1st data 66, system reset is required.
KIND OF SYSTEM PAD DATA ST + 42 + DE + COUNTER PATTERNS (2 digits) (2 digits) + DE + SETTING DATA + EXE (2 digits) TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS (2 digits)
213
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA 42 DATA TABLE:

System Counter Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER 00 Number of waiting calls which will cause attendants Call Waiting lamp to ash [Large type ATTCON] Number of waiting calls which will cause attendants CWXX on LCD to ash [ATTCON/ DESKCON] NOTE: XX represents the number of waiting calls. 01 Number of stations in Line Lockout to give MN (minor) alarm NOTE: No Lockout Alarm Display function if CM42>01 is not assigned. Number of Wake Up call/ Timed Reminder call attempts before abandonment Maximum number of stations that are able to set Wake Up call/Timed Reminder call at the same time Number of detected faulty trunks to give MN (minor) alarm on Attendant Console [Australia Only] NONE 01 99 Number of Lockout stations INITIAL DATA 06 01 48 SETTING DATA Number of waiting calls REMARKS
~ ~
03
05
01 05
Number of attempted Wake Up calls/Timed Reminder calls Max. number of stations
04
16
01 32
~
NONE 01 99
05
Number of Line Fault trunk
214
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA 42
KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER 06 Number of detected faulty trunks to give MN (minor) alarm [Australia Only] Number of detected faulty trunks to give MJ (major) alarm [Australia Only] Maximum number of trunks to be seized serially when a designated trunk is busy (for Private Lines) Maximum number of digits for Account Code Maximum number of digits for Authorization Code with AP01 Maximum number of digits for Authorization Code with MP 12 Maximum number of digits for Forced Account Code with AP01 Maximum number of digits for Forced Account Code with MP 13 Maximum number of digits for Remote Access to System (DISA) Code with AP01 Maximum number of digits for Remote Access to System (DISA) Code with MP
INITIAL DATA NONE 01 99 NONE 01 99 00 01 16 10 01 16
SETTING DATA Number of Line Fault trunk
REMARKS
07
Number of Line Fault trunk
08
Number of trunks
CM12 Y=16 CM35 Y=98
10
Max. number of digits
11
10
01 10
CM08>216=0
16
01 16
CM08>216=1
10
01 10
CM08>216=0
16
01 16
CM08>216=1
10
01 10
CM08>217=0
16
01 16
CM08>217=1
215
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA 42
KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER 14 Number of times of Call Forwards in Multiple-Call Forwarding Maximum number of calls in queue in each UCD group for controlling external indicator or Call Waiting lamp of D 16
term
INITIAL DATA 05 01 05 01 01 99 No limit 01 99 No limit NONE 01 99 02 04
SETTING DATA Number of times
REMARKS
15
Number of calls in queue in each UCD group Number of calls in queue in each UCD group before busy tone Number of times Effective when CM08>367=0.
Maximum number of calls in queue in each UCD group before busy tone is provided Number of times for CampOn tone/DID Call Waiting tone Transmission characteristic of analog trunk, LC [Brazil/UK] INITIAL
18
66
For Brazil For UK
69
Measured Rate for AOC Dollar/franc [Australia/France] Measured Rate for AOC Cent/centime [Australia/France]
NONE
00 99
00 Dollar/franc 99 Dollars/franc 00 Cent/centime
70
NONE
00 99
216
99 Cents/centimes
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) 42

PAD Data (Programmable) PATTERNS CM35 Y=19 2ND DATA=0 50 51 52 53 50 51 52 53 PAD DATA PATTERNS CM35 Y=19 2ND DATA=1 54 55 56 57 54 55 56 57 CM35 Y=19 2ND DATA=2 58 59 60 61 58 59 60 61 CM35 Y=19 2ND DATA=3 62 63 64 65 62 63 64 65 CONNECTING PATTERNS (A TRUNK-B TRUNK) STA-COT/DID/ODT/LDT TONE-COT/DID/ODT/LDT COT/DID/LDT-COT/DID/ ODT/LDT ODT/DTI/BRT-COT/DID/ ODT/LDT STA/TONE-DTI/BRT COT/DID/LDT-DTI/BRT ODT-DTI/BRT DTI/BRT-DTI/BRT
1ST DATA 50 65
[For Australia]
PATTERNS 2ND DATA 00 15 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Not Used 15 T/R: Transmit/Receive + : Gain : Loss Continued on next page PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] REMARKS ODT 0/0 3/3 8/8 6/6 0/0 0/6 6/0 0/0 COT/DID/LDT 0/+6 0/+6 6/+6 0/0 0/+6 0/0 0/0 0/0 DTI/BRT 0/0 3/3 8/8 6/6 0/0 0/6 6/0 0/0
~ ~
217
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) 42 [For North America/Other Countries]
PATTERNS ODT (4W E&M) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Not Used 15 T/R: Transmit/Receive + : Gain : Loss 0/0 0/0 0/0 2/2 3/3 12/11 16/11 6/6 PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] ODT (2W E&M) 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/3 0/0 6/6 0/0 0/0 REMARKS COT/DID/LDT 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/3 0/0 6/6 0/+5 +3/+3 DTI/BRT 0/0 2/2 3/3 0/6 3/8 +3/3 6/6 8/8
2ND DATA 00 15
218
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION 42

TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION IVS represents small model PBX system. IMX represents medium to large model PBX system. 1ST DATA DATA 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 79 MEANING IVS Trunk Restriction Class 1 (RCA) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 2 (RCB) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 3 (RCC) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 4 (RCD) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 5 (RCE) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 6 (RCF) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 7 (RCG) IVS Trunk Restriction Class 8 (RCH) IMX Trunk Restriction Class 0 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 1 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 2 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 3 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 4 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 5 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 6 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 7 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 8 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 9 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 10 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 11 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 12 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 13 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 14 IMX Trunk Restriction Class 15 Number of times for retrying to send fault kind 00 10 Continued on next page Number of times IVS 00 08 IVS Trunk Restriction Class (1-8) IMX IMX DATA 00 15 2ND DATA REMARKS MEANING IMX Trunk Restriction Class (0-15) IVS
219
~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION 42 NOTE 1: Initial Data in the DATA TABLE represents the value for the data NONE. In this case, the following conversion is performed in the Deluxe Traveling Class MarkCCIS. (1) IMX to IVS IMX TRK RESTRICTION CLASS 0: OG via ATT 1: Unrestricted-1 2: Unrestricted-2 3: Non-Restricted 4: Semi-Restricted 5: Restricted 6: Fully-Restricted 7: Not Dened 8:
~
IVS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS 1: Unrestricted (RCA) 1: Unrestricted (RCA) 2: Non-Restricted-1 (RCB) 3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC) 4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD) 5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE) 6: Restricted-1 (RCF) 7: Restricted-2 (RCG) 8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
15: (2) IVS to IMX IVS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS 1: Unrestricted (RCA) 2: Non-Unrestricted-1 (RCB) 3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC) 4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD) 5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE) 6: Restricted-1 (RCF) 7: Restricted-2 (RCG) 8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
IMX TRK RESTRICTION CLASS 1: Unrestricted-1 2: Unrestricted-2 3: Non-Restricted 4: Semi-Restricted 5: Restricted 6: Fully-Restricted 7: Not Dened 8:
NOTE 2: This command should be used when changing the initial setting shown above, or when receiving the IMX Trunk Restriction Class (9-15) as a Deluxe Travelling Class Mark.
220
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91213-20
CM43
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ALARM 43 FUNCTION: This command is used to output the periodic maintenance alarm. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 43Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (10/1 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 2 1ST DATA 00 MEANING Date and time setting for periodic maintenance alarm 2ND DATA YYYY MM DD HH MEANING YYYY: Year (1999-2050) MM : Month (01-12) DD : Day (01-31) HH : Hour (00-23) Minutes for alarm output: 30 minutes Battery exchange alarm Not used
NONE 3 00 Inspection kind No. 0 1 7 NONE
221
Not used No data
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91221-20
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS 44 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the relay circuit number of PN-DK00 or built-in External Equipment Interface of MP card used for controlling external equipment. PRECAUTION: (1) For built-in External Equipment Interface of the MP card, assign 313 (card No. 31, circuit No. 3). MP built-in External Equipment Interface can not be used for TAS indication control.
(2)
CIRCUIT ST + 44 + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA 1 + DATA 2 + EXE (2 digits) (2 digits) (3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
CIRCUIT NUNBER RELATED COMMAND NUMBER XX Y MEANING XX : Card Number (00-31) of CM10 PN-DK00 Card number: E8XX Y : Circuit Number (0-3) 313: Built-in External Equipment Interface of MP card Continued on next page REMARKS
222
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91222-20
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS 44
DATA 1 DATA 00 MEANING External Hold Tone Machine Start (TNT/COT Interface) External Announcement Machine Start (COT Interface) Speaker Paging Machine Start DATA 00 09 01 00
DATA 2 REMARKS MEANING External Hold Tone for Music on Hold External Announcement Machine for wake up calling/ Timed Reminder Calling Speaker Paging Zone 0 CM10 (DA00-DA09) CM48 CM10 CM48 CM30 Y=28
02
00 09
Speaker Paging Zone 9 Trunk Group 01 CM30 Y=09
11
Indication for Trunk All Busy
01 62
Trunk Group 62 TAS Group 00 CM30 Y=17
13
TAS Indication NOTE: MP built-in External Equipment Interface can not be used for TAS indication. Indication for ACD/UCD Call Waiting Relay Control Function Key
00 63
TAS Group 63
14
00 15
ACD/UCD Group 00 ACD/UCD Group 15 Relay Control (ON/OFF) via Dterm
CM17
~
CM90 Y=00> F7XXX Continued on next page
15
00
223
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91222-20
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS 44
DATA 1 DATA 30 MEANING External Alarm driver function for Call Record buffer overow DATA 00
DATA 2 REMARKS MEANING Activates when the call record has reached the value specied by CMD003>28 Activates when the call record has reached the value specied by CMD003>29 NOTE: Effective when CMD001>80/100/120/ 140 is set to 4. Activates when the call record has reached the value specied by CMD003>24 NOTE: Effective when CMD001>80/100/120/ 140 is set to 5. Activates when the call record has reached the value specied by CMD003>23 or 30 Activates when the call record has reached the value specied by CMD003>27 CCH No. 0-7 CMD003>28
01
CMD001>80/ 100/120/140 CMD003>29
02
CMD001>80/ 100/120/140 CMD003>24
03
CMD001>80/ 100/120/140 CMD003>30 CMD003>27
04
35
No. 7 CCIS Link Alarm Display
00 07
CM06 Y=07
36
No. 7 CCIS Day/Night Status Display when the day/night mode is changed by the main ofce
01
~
Tenant No. NOTE: An intraoffice Attendant Console should not be assigned for the tenant. Continued on next page
224
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91222-20
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS 44 The following table shows the interface condition of each external equipment.
EQUIPMENT KIND External tone source INTERFACE ODT Interface RELATED COMMAND CM10: DA00 CM48 Y=0 REMARKS Use ODT card Ground Start by M line of ODT RARB line of ODT for tone Use COT, DK of MP card/ DK00 card Loop Start by DK of MP card/ DK00 TipRing of COT for tone Use ODT card Ground Start by M line of ODT RARB line of ODT for tone Use COT, DK of MP card/ DK00 card Loop Start by DK of MP card/ DK00 Use COT, DK of MP card/ DK00 card Loop Start by DK of MP card/ DK00
COT Interface + External Equipment Interface
CM10: DA00 : E800-E831 CM44>0 CM48 Y=0 CM10: DB00 CM48 Y=1
Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder tone source
ODT Interface
COT Interface + External Equipment Interface Speaker Paging COT Interface + External Equipment Interface
CM10: DB00 CM44>01 CM48 Y=1 CM10: D000-D255 : E800-E831 CM20: A070-A079 CM30 Y=28 CM35 CM44>02 CM10: D000-D255 CM20: A070-A073 CM30 Y=28 CM35
Radio Paging
COT Interface (Loop Start)
Use COT card Loop Start by TipRing of COT Use DK of MP card/DK00 card
Relay control via Dterm
External Equipment Interface
CM10: E800-E831 CM44>15 CM90
225
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91222-20
CM45
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT 45 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the presence and purpose of PB (DTMF) Receiver (PN-8RST) and Conference trunk (CFT). This command is also used to make CFTs and PBRs busy. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
PBR/CFT ST + 45Y + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (1 digit) (2-3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Make busy condition of PBR No. PBR/CFT NUMBER MEANING SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Make busy In service RELATED COMMAND CM10>E2XX NOTE: E200 is dedicated to built-in PBR of MP card.
XX Z XX: PBR card number Built-in PBR of MP card: 00 PN-8RSTA: 01-15 Z : Circuit number (0-3) PBR for incoming call from Tie line/DID
Only for incoming CM10>E2XX call from Tie line/ CM35 Y=01 DID For both DTMF station and Tie line/DID Only for Automated Attendant For both DTMF station and Tie Line/DID/Automated Attendant Make busy In service Continued on next page CM30 CM41 Y=0>33, 43 CM10>E2XX
PBR for Automated Attendant only
0 1
Make busy condition of CFT
00 15
CFT circuit number
0 1
~
226
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91226-20
CM45
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT 45

: Initial Data Y No. 7 MEANING CFT is used exclusively for attendant Receiving dB level of PBR No. 00 15 XX Z XX: PBR card number Built-in PBR of MP card: 00 PN-8RSTA: 01-15 Z : Circuit number (0-3) PBR/CFT NUMBER MEANING CFT circuit number SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NONE MEANING For attendant only For both attendant and station 22.6 dBm 23.3 24.0 24.8 25.8 27.0 27.7 28.3 29.1 29.8 30.6 31.4 32.3 33.7 34.5 26.4 36.4 37.0 37.8 38.6 39.3 41.0 42.0 43.1 44.2 45.5 46.5 47.8 49.1 50.2 51.5 40.1 No data CM10>E2XX NOTE: E200 is dedicated to built-in PBR of MP card. RELATED COMMAND
227
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91226-20
CM46
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT CALL ANSWER KEYS 46 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the call identication and answer keys on the large type ATTCON. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) If no data is set, the key functions are automatically set by the initial data as shown below. If any standard key is changed, all keys must be re-programmed.
00 (SRL)
01
02
03
04
05
(EMG) (ICPT) (NANS) (BUSY) (TIE)
06
07
08
09
10
11
(RCL) (ATND) (LDN)
: C.O. INCOMING CALL LDN ATND : OPERATOR CALL RECALL: OPERATOR RECALL : TIE LINE INCOMING CALL TIE NANS : DO NOT ANSWER CALL
BUSY : BUSY LINE CALL ICPT : INTERCEPT CALL SRL : SERIAL CALL EMG : OFF HOOK ALARM
KEY ST + 46 + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (2 digits) (00-11)
228
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91228-20
CM46
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT CALL ANSWER KEYS 46 DATA TABLE:

SETTING DATA 00 07 40 47 50 53 54 55 STANDARD KEY SETTING LDN RELATED COMMAND CM35 Y=15
FUNCTION C.O. Incoming Call 0 (Standard) C.O. Incoming Call 7 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 (Standard) Tie Line Incoming Call 7 Special ATT Call 0 Special ATT Call 3 Priority Call 0 Priority Call 1
REMARKS As per CM35 Y=15
56 57 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 74
~ ~ ~ ~
Emergency Call Not used Operator Call Recall Serial Call Termination Not used Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Call Forwarding-Busy Line Call Forwarding-Intercept Off-Hook Alarm Inter-Position Transfer (TF) NANS BUSY ICPT EMG ATND RCL SRL
~
TIE As per CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15
~
CM20> A090-A093 CM15 Y=17, 18 CM20> A088-A089 CM08>250, 251 CM20>A094
~ ~
229
CM47 Data=05
CM51 Y=00, 01 CM51 Y=03, 04 CM08>032, 119 CM51 Y=12 CM20>A095
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91228-20
CM47
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT FUNCTION KEYS 47 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the function keys on the large type ATTCON. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) If no data is set, the key functions are automatically set by the initial data as shown below. The function assignment to Key Numbers 00, 01, 06, 07, and 08 cannot be changed.
00 SRC
01 DEST
02 OL SC
03
04
05
06 CANCL
07 TALK
08 HLD
09
10 (BV)
11
: Fixed
FUNCTION DATA KEY + DE + (2 digits) + EXE ST + 47 + DE + NUMBER (00-11)
230
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91230-20
CM47
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT FUNCTION KEYS 47 DATA TABLE:

SETTING DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 15 16 FUNCTION Room Cut Off Message Waiting Do Not Disturb Automatic Wake Up/DND Override Reset Serial Call Set/Overlapping [Australia Only] Flash over trunk Busy Verication Out pulse (PB signal)-Short Out pulse (PB signal)-Long BV SC/OL CM46 data=62 CM35 Y=16 CM08>012 CM15 Y=09 CM35 Y=26 CM41 Y=0>14 For Hotel ATTCON NOTE: START key or ANSWER key can be used as SET key for Hotel features. STANDARD KEY SETTING RELATED COMMAND
231
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91230-20
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE 48 FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command determines the kind of tone/tone source on various services; it also determines whether the Announcement Service is provided when a PS does not answer in a Wireless Communication System. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
SENDING ST + 48Y+ DE + PATERN + DE + DATA + EXE (1-4 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 0 MEANING Hold Tone Sending SENDING PATTERN PATTERN 00 01 02 MEANING C.O. Line Tie Line Station SETTING DATA DATA XX00: Kind XX 00 02 MEANING No Tone External Tone Source Hold Message Hold Tone Source on MP card Internal Tone Generator Continued on next page RELATED COMMAND CM08>183 CM10>DA00 -DA09 CM08>183 CM44>0000 CM10>EBXXX, CM49 Y=00
05 14
15
232
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91232-20
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE 48
INITIAL
: Initial Data
Y No. 1 MEANING Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder
SENDING PATTERN PATTERN 00 MEANING
SETTING DATA DATA XX 00 02 MEANING No Tone External Tone Source
RELATED COMMAND
Tone source of XX00 Wake Up Call/ XX: Kind Timed Reminder
CM10>DB00 CM08>183 CM44>0100
05
Digital CM10>EBXXX, Announce- CM41 Y=0>52 ment CM49 Y=00, 08 Trunk Hold Tone Source on MP card Internal Tone Generator CM64
14
15
Dial Tone sending
03
Progress Tone for Last Number Redial and Speed Dial when Using LCR 2nd DT sending on ISDN trunks Dial Tone connection with Automated Atten dant DTG Pattern 0 DTG Pattern 1 DTG Pattern 2 NOTE 1
0 1
Not provided To provide
04 06
0 1 0 1
To provide Not provided No Dial Tone Dial Tone CM64 CM41 Y=0>43
09 10 11 [Australia/ Other Countries]
0 1 NOTE 2
To provide Not provided
CM31 Y=0 NOTE 3
233
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91232-20
CM48
INITIAL
NOTE 1: Relationship between DTG Patterns and nations depends on the kind of the DTG (Dial Tone Generator) ROM provided on the MP card.
KIND OF DTG ROM SP-3510 SP-3511 SP-3512 SP-3513 SP-3527 DTG PATTERN 0 Hong Kong Thailand Others (A-law Standard) Others/NZ (A-law Standard) UK Taiwan Malaysia Mexico 1 China Singapore Brazil Australia Others (A-law Standard) 2
NOTE 2: Only one of the DTG Pattern 0-2 should be set to 0 (To provide). NOTE 3: If no data is set by CM48 Y=2, DTG Pattern is set as follows, depending on the Nation Code set by CM31 Y=0.
NATION CODE (CM31 Y=0) 01 (Australia) 03 (North America) 04 (Other Countries) 15 (NZ) DTG PATTERN PATTERN 2 PATTERN 1 PATTERN 0
234
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91232-20
CM48
INITIAL
: Initial Data
Y No. 2 MEANING Dial Tone sending
SENDING PATTERN PATTERN 12 MEANING Dial Tone on setting Message Waiting Dial Tone on setting Call Forwarding-All Calls/Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Dial Tone on setting Do Not Disturb Hold Tone sent to other party on answering Whisper Page BGM 0 0 1
SETTING DATA DATA 0 1 MEANING Special Tone Dial Tone
RELATED COMMAND
13
14
17
No Tone Hold Tone
Kind of BGM
00 09
D000
BGM 9
D255 NONE 0500 NONE 0500 NONE
Trunk number for each music source No data To provide Not provided To provide Not provided
CM10>DXXX CM20>A039 CM15 Y=032 CM35 Y=00 CM10>EBXXX CM12 Y=04 CM41 Y=0>01, 75 CM49 Y=00, 10
Announcement PS No Answer Announcement PS Out of Cell (Zone)/PS Power Off
00
02
235
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91232-20
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK 49 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the function of each Digital Announcement Trunk (DAT) accommodated into the system. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DAT ST + 49YY + DE + NUMBER (3 digits) TENANT NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 00 MEANING Function of Digital Announcement Trunk DAT No. /TENANT No. 000-001: Built-in DAT of MP card 002-127: DAT card number assigned by CM10 SETTING DATA DATA 01 XX MEANING RELATED COMMAND
02 XX
1st Answering Message of CM08 Automated Attendant CM10 XX: Message No. (00-63) CM64 2nd Answering Message/ CM30 Y=30, 31 Night Message of Automated Attendant XX: Message No. (00-63)
05 XX
Message on Hold Service Transfer Trunk Line XX: Message No. (00-63) Transferred Trunk Line Message Service (No Answer) XX: Message No. (00-63) Transferred Trunk Line Message Service (Busy) XX: Message No. (00-63)
CM48 Y=0
06 XX
CM65 Y=50
07 XX
CM65 Y=51
236
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91236-20
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK 49
Y No. 00 MEANING Function of Digital Announcement Trunk
DAT No. /TENANT No. 000-001: Built-in DAT of MP card 002-127: DAT card number assigned by CM10
SETTING DATA DATA 03000 MEANING
RELATED COMMAND
Night Announcement Ser- CM10 vice CM30 Y=02-05 CM41 Y=0>45 X: Announcement Service CM10 Group (0-4) CM15 Y=034-039 Z: Announcement Service CM35 Y=69-73 Message No. (0-9) Voice Message Waiting Service XX: Message No. (00-09) Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual Call Forwarding Intercept/ Announcement ACD/UCD Delay Announcement XX: ACD/UCD Group No. (00-15) Answering Message on Automatic Wake Up/ Timed Reminder XX: Message No. (00-63) Announcement Service when the called station does not answer DID/Tie Line call NOTE CM10 CM51 Y=06-08 CM10 CM41 Y=0>16, 47 CM17 Y=A CM10 CM41 Y=0>52 CM48 Y=1 CM10 CM30 Y=02-05 CM41 Y=0>01 CM51 Y=00, 01 CM10 CM15 Y=041, 042 CM20>A113-A120
04 X Z
08 XX
09 0A00 0B0 XX
0C XX
0D00
0E00
CM10 Announcement Service when DID/Tie Line call ter- CM30 Y=02-05 minates to busy station CM51 Y=03, 04 NOTE Continued on next page
NOTE: Announcement Service is not available for CCIS trunk.
237
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91236-20
CM49
Y No. 00 MEANING Function of Digital Announcement Trunk
DAT No. /TENANT No. 000-001: Built-in DAT of MP card 002-127: DAT card number assigned by CM10
SETTING DATA DATA 0F XX MEANING Attendant Delay Announcement XX: Message No. (00-63) Announcement Service for OAI
RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM49 Y=0A, CM35 Y=74, CM41 Y=0>16, 47 CM10 CM15 Y=59 CM41 Y=0>56 CMD7 Y=2 CM17 Y=2 CM41 Y=0>47 CM49 YY=00 -0B0XX CM10 CM17 Y=2 CM41 Y=0>66 CM10 CM41 Y=0>01, 75 CM48 Y=5 CM49 Y=10 CM10 CM41 Y=0>01, 75 CM48 Y=5 CM49 Y=10 CM10 CM41 Y=0>01, 75 CM48 Y=5 CM49 Y=10
10
11 XX
Second Announcement of UCD delay announcement XX: UCD Group No. (00-15) UCD Overow Announcement XX: UCD Group No. (00-15) Announcement-PS No Answer XX: Message Group No. (00-63) Announcement-PS Busy Line XX: Message Group No. (00-63) Announcement-PS Out of Cell (zone)/Power Off XX: Message Group No. (00-63)
12 XX
13 XX
14 XX
15 XX
238
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91236-20
CM49

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Function of Digital Announcement Trunk DAT No. /TENANT No. 000-001: Built-in DAT of MP card 002-127: DAT card number assigned by CM10 SETTING DATA DATA 16 XX MEANING Multi-connection Announcement Service for OAI XX: Message Group No. (02-63) Voice Guide XX: Message No. (00-63) RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM17 Y=1, A CM41 Y=0>67 CMD7 Y=2 CM15 Y=116 CM49 Y=13 CM48 Y=2 CM41 Y=0>53
17 XX
NONE 01 Message No. of 1st Answering Message of Automated Attendant Message No. of 2nd Answering Message/Night Message of Automated Attendant Message No. of Hold Service 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 NONE
No data Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00 No data CM49 Y=00
02
CM49 Y=00
05
CM48 Y=0 CM49 Y=00 Continued on next page
239
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91236-20
CM49

: Initial Data Y No. 06 MEANING Message No. of Transferred Trunk Line (No Answer) Message No. of Transferred Trunk Line (Busy) Message No. of Automatic Wake Up/Timed Reminder Message No. of Attendant Delay Announcement Message Group No. of PS No Answer Message Group No. of PS Busy Line Message Group No. of PS Out of Cell (Zone)/PS Power Off Message No. of Voice Guide 00: When Message waiting is set 01: When service is set 02: When service is canceled 03: When Call Forwarding-All Calls/Do Not Disturb is set 00-63 NONE Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00 No data DAT No. /TENANT No. 00-63: Tenant No. Tenant No. of transferring station should be set. SETTING DATA DATA 00-63 NONE MEANING Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00 No data RELATED COMMAND CM49 Y=00 CM65 Y=50 CM49 Y=00 CM65 Y=51 CM49 Y=00 CM48 Y=1
07
08
0A
CM49 Y=00
10
CM49 Y=00
11
CM49 Y=00
12
CM49 Y=00
13
CM48 Y=2 CM49 Y=00>17XX
240
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91236-20
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL 50 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign LDNs (Listed Directory Numbers) to common route indial lines. When these numbers are dialed into the system (either on an incoming tie line or an incoming C.O. line set up for indialing), the call will appear at a specied call identication key on the attendant console. The system allows digits to be added to or deleted from indialed numbers on a route basis.This command, in conjunction with CM35 Y=17, allows two extra leading digits to be specied. The common route indial facility allows up to eight LDNs to be identied. In addition, this command assigns the access code to be sent to a Voice Message System (VMS) before/after a Mail Box number. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 50YY + DE + KIND OF DATA DATA (1-3 digits) + DE + (1-16 digits) + EXE
241
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91241-20
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL 50 DATA TABLE:

: Initial Data Y 00 KIND OF DATA CODE 0 MEANING Two leading digits to be added NOTE 1: CM35 Y=17 allows digits to be added or deleted from indialed digit streams on a route basis. Access Code to be sent out before a Mail Box number NOTE 2, NOTE 3 Access Code to be sent out after a Mail Box number NOTE 2, NOTE 3 Effective data in CM35 Y=15 LDN 0 key (Data 00 in CM46 or CM90) DATA XX (2 digits) NONE XX XXXX (2-4 digits) NONE X XXXX (1-4 digits) NONE X XXXX (1-4 digits) NONE SETTING DATA MEANING Digits to be added No data Access Code to be sent out to a VMS X: 0-9, A (*), B (#), C/D (Pause) Not to be sent out Dialed number
3 4
01
0 1
~
8 02 0 1
LDN 7 key (Data 07 in CM46 or CM90) NOTE 4 Effective data in CM35 Y=15 TIE 0 key (Data 40 in CM46 or CM90)
NOTE 5 No data Dialed number
NOTE 2: C or D should not be assigned as the first digits of a access code to insert a prepause timing. Assign the prepause timing by CM41 Y=0>44. NOTE 3: If C is inserted in the access code, it can be used as a pause (1.5 sec). For providing the programmable pause, insert D instead of C. (Programmable pause; CM41 Y=0>38) NOTE 4: Data set by CM50 Y=01 and Y=02 are overridden by data set in CM58. NOTE 5: Assign different number from any number assigned by CM10 and CM11.
~
8
TIE 7 key (Data 47 in CM46 or CM90)
~
NOTE 4
242
NOTE 5 No data Continued on next page
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91241-20
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL 50

: Initial Data Y 05 KIND OF DATA CODE 00 14 06 000 255 MEANING Local Ofce Code Table No. 00 Local Ofce Code Table No. 14 Trunk No. 000-255 of Mate-Side Virtual Trunk for Event Based CCIS DATA XXXX SETTING DATA MEANING Local Ofce Code
(Max. 12 digits) NONE No data XXXX ISDN Subscriber num(Max. 16 digits) ber of own ofce which is sent to the opposite ofce for verication of connection, for Event Based CCIS
~ ~
~
243
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91241-20
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS 51 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene destinations for different types of diversion. PRECAUTION: If a transferred station number for a house phone call and a transferred station number for offhook alarm are the same, this service is not effective. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
GROUP ST + 51YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (1-8 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data GROUP NUMBER Y No. 00 00 63 01 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 MEANING For DID line, transfer destination of incoming call when a station does not answer the call within a predetermined time For Tie line, transfer destination of incoming call when a station does not answer the call within a predetermined time For DID line, transfer destination of the incoming call when a station is busy For Tie line, transfer destination of incoming call when a station is busy For DID line, transfer destination of incoming call when an unassigned number is dialed (When CM08>032 is 1) For Tie line, transfer destination of the incoming call when an unassigned number is dialed (When CM08>032 is 1) See CM49 Y=00, 06, 07 For station to station call, transfer destination of the call when an unassigned number is dialed Continued on next page DATA X MEANING Station No. SETTING DATA
~
03 04 06 07 08
XXXXXXXX or E000 Attendant Console or Digital AnnounceEB000 ment Trunk number EB127 set by CM10 NONE No data
~ ~
244
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91244-20
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS 51

: Initial Data GROUP NUMBER Y No. 10 00 63 11 00 63 12 00 63 13 00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 ATT Group 0 ATT Group 1 ATT Group 2 ATT Group 3 House Phone Group 0 House Phone Group 1 House Phone Group 2 House Phone Group 3 Transfer destination of the call when the Room Cut Off station dials C.O. access code Destination of Off Hook Alarm/Priority Call 0/1 See CM08>250, 251, CM13 Y=02, CM15 Y=17, 18 Transfer destination of the call when a station dials the operator access code of attendant console in night mode See CM60 Y=00 Destination of House Phone See CM12 Y=03 MEANING Transfer destination of the call when called station is set to Do Not Disturb DATA X MEANING Station No. SETTING DATA
~ ~ ~
14
X Station No. Destination of Fax Station FAX Call Station Group 0 Designation of House Phone called Side See CM12 Y=03 XXXXXXXX FAX Call NONE No data Station Group 1 FAX Call Station Group 2 FAX Call Station Group 3
~ ~ ~
XXXXXXXX or E000 Attendant Console NONE No data
~ ~
245
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91244-20
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS 51

: Initial Data GROUP NUMBER Y No. 15 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 MEANING DATA MEANING Destination of the call from the station to X Station No. which Message Waiting has been set. See CM13 Y=13 XXXXXXXX or E000 Attendant Console NONE No data SETTING DATA
~
16 01 02 17 00 63
Dterm1 for alarm display Dterm2 for alarm display NOTE: Assign the function key by CM90 Y=00>F5020. Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Destination of the call after the rst time interval of ACD/UCD Display Announcement.
~ ~
~
X
My Line No.
~ ~
18 00 63 20 00 63 21 00 63 22 00 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Destination station of Call Redirect Destination of Alternate Hold Recall for Enhanced Trunk Direct Appearance Destination VMS of a call that is set CampOn and not answered/Destination VMS of Call Redirect. Destination VMS station for PS Call Forwarding-Not Available
XXXXXXXX NONE No data X Station No.
XXXXXXXX or E000 Attendant Console NONE No data X VMS Station No.
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
X Station No. Only
246
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91244-20
CM52
COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOT LINE 52 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Hot Line to stations, Attendant Consoles and trunks. PRECAUTION: (1) Maximum number of Hot Lines is 100, and the connection is one way from calling side to called side. For connection in the opposite direction, the calling and called side must be assigned to another Hot Line number. If all the Hot Lines are to be made bothway lines, the maximum number of Hot Lines is 50. The station number to be assigned as Calling Side should have been set as Hot Line via CM12 Y=03. If Hot Line-Outside is assigned by CM52, data assignment via CM71 and CM72 are required.
(2)
(3)
CALLING SIDE/ DATA ST + 52YY + DE + CALLED SIDE + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE (1 digit)
247
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91247-20
CM52
COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOT LINE 52 DATA TABLE:

Hot Line : Initial Data Y CALLING/CALLED No. 00 99 MEANING Hot Line Pair number 00-99 0 Calling Side DATA X MEANING Station No./Data Station No./Virtual Station No. See CM12 Y=03 XXXXXXXX NOTE No data NONE SETTING DATA
FAX Incoming Call Lamp Indication : Initial Data Y CALLING/CALLED No. 00 99 1 Called Side MEANING Pair number 0099 0 Calling Side DATA X MEANING Fax Call Station No. NOTE SETTING DATA
NOTE: Do not assign station number with first digit 0.
~ ~
Called Side
X XXXXXXXX E00X CXX
Station No./Data Station No. NOTE Attendant Console No. (X: 0-7) See CM06 CM10 Trunk outgoing call XX: Abbreviated code of Speed Calling System (System Speed Dialing) See CM71 CM72 No data
NONE
XXXXXXXX No data NONE X Fax Station No. NOTE
XXXXXXXX No data NONE
~ ~ ~
248
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91247-20
CM53
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION 53 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the conditions for Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAS) service. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 53Y + DE + CONDITION CODE DATA + DE + (1 digit) + EXE (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING TAS Answer A (CM20>A047) TAS Answer B (CM20>A048) TAS Answer C (CM20>A049) TAS Answer D (CM20>A050) TAS Answer E (CM20>A051) See CM20 4 CODE 0 CONDITION MEANING Answering C.O. Ring-Down incoming Call See CM30 Y=02, 03 Answering DID Tie Line incoming Call See CM58 Y=02-07 Answering a C.O. incoming Call (Night) in the case of Day/Night Changeover System See CM30 Y=03 Answering an overow call of Direct-In Termination See CM30 Y=13, 14 Own and Other Tenant Answer, or Own Tenant Answer DATA 0 1 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA MEANING Not allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed
0 1 0
Not allowed Allowed Own and Other Tenant Answer See CM63 Own Tenant Answer
249
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91249-20
CM56
COMMAND CODE TITLE: INTERCOM ZONE PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP 56 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Dterm station number for Automatic/Manual/Dial Intercom and Internal Zone Paging. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 56YY + DE + SERIAL No. INTERCOM No. DATA + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE (2 digits) (4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 07 MEANING Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Internal Zone Paging Group 7 NOTE Simultaneous Paging Group 0 Simultaneous Paging Group 7 10 Automatic Intercom number A000 A100, A001 A101, A031 A131 Continued on next page 00-15: Serial number within the group INTERCOM No./ SERIAL No. 00-15: Serial number within the group SETTING DATA DATA X XXXXXXXX NONE MEANING My Line number of Dterm/Virtual PS station number No data RELATED COMMAND CM15 Y=49 CM20>A130A145 CM90
NOTE: A maximum of 6 zone (CM65 Y=0-5) internal paging groups are available for All Zone Internal Paging.
~ ~
X XXXXXXXX NONE X XXXXXXXX
My Line number of Dterm/Virtual PS station number No data My Line number of Dterm
CM15 Y=119 CM20>A200A227 CM90 CM11 CM12 Y=03 CM90 CM08>237
~ ~
...
250
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91250-20
CM56
COMMAND CODE TITLE: INTERCOM ZONE PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP 56
Y No. 11 MEANING Manual Intercom number
INTERCOM No./ SERIAL No. A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724
SETTING DATA DATA X MEANING My Line number of Dterm
RELATED COMMAND CM11 CM12 Y=03 CM90 CM08>238
~ ~
...
XXXXXXXX
~
CM11 CM12 CM90 CM08>239
12
Dial Intercom number
B000 B900 B001 B901 B024 B924
My Line number of Dterm
~ ~
...
XXXXXXXX
~
251
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91250-20
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION 58 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign information to each DID or TIE trunk for which incoming calls are to be redirected to an alternative destination. PRECAUTION: This data is valid when CM08>205 is assigned to 0. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
LDN/TIE DATA ST + 58YY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
LDN/TIE 00 01 08 NOTE Effective data in CM35 Y=15 LDN 0 Key LDN 7 Key LDN Key is assigned by CM46 or CM90 CM46 00-07 [Large type ATTCON] CM90 F6000-F6007 [ATTCON/DESKCON] Effective data in CM35 Y=15 TIE 0 Key MEANING
10 11 18
NOTE: Data set by CM58 is effective based on the data assigned by CM50 Y=01/02.
~ ~
TIE 7 Key TIE Key is assigned by CM46 or CM90 CM46 40-47 [Large type ATTCON] CM90 F6040-F6047 [ATTCON/DESKCON] Continued on next page
~ ~
252
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91252-20
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION 58

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Tenant number of LDN assigned by CM50 Y=01 DATA 00 63 NONE 01 TAS group number assigned by CM44>13 00 63 NONE 02 Day Mode destination of LDN 00 07 08 09 NONE 03 Night Mode destination of LDN 00 07 08 09 NONE 04 Day Mode diversion for busy destination station 00 01 07 08 09 NONE 05 Night Mode diversion for busy destination station 00 09 NONE Tenant 00 Tenant 63 No data TAS Group 00 TAS Group 63 No data Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 0 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 7 TAS See CM53 Station/Outside party assigned by CM58 Y=08 No data Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 0 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 7 TAS See CM53 Station/Outside party assigned by CM58 Y=09 No data Attendant Console Busy Key Not used TAS Camped on No data Same as CM58 Y=04 See CM53 SETTING DATA MEANING
253
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91252-20
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION 58

: Initial Data Y No. 06 MEANING Day Mode diversion for nonanswering destination station DATA 00 01 07 08 NONE 07 Night Mode diversion for nonanswering destination station 00 08 NONE 08 Day Mode station number/Abbreviate Code for outside party (LDN-Outside) X XXXXXXXX CXX SETTING DATA MEANING Attendant Console NANS Key Not used TAS No data Same as CM58 Y=06 See CM53
NONE 09 Night Mode station number/Abbreviate Code for outside party (LDN-Outside) X XXXXXXXX CXX
NONE 10 Company Name for Dialed Number Identication Service 20 5F NONE
254
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
No data Station No.
Abbreviated Code for outside party XX: 00-31 See CM71>66 No data Station No.
Abbreviated Code for outside party XX: 00-31 See CM71>66 No data Character Code (Max. 8 digits) See CM77 No data
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91252-20
CM59
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TAS/ACD/UCD RELAY INTERRUPTION PATTERN 59 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the interruption pattern on the TAS and ACD/UCD indicators controlled via PN-DK00 card. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
FUNCTION ST + 59 + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (2 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data FUNCTION NUMBER 00 PURPOSE TAS/ACD/UCD Relay Interruption Pattern See CM44>13XX 14XX DATA 01 02 03 07 NONE 30 IPM 60 IPM 120 IPM Steady on 120 IPM MEANING
255
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91255-20
CM5A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINEVIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING 5A FUNCTION:
INITIAL
Specify a path between the virtual line and virtual trunk for Wireless Communication System. PRECAUTION: The following data are set automatically by the virtual line-trunk path setting of CM5A Y=00. If you clear CM5A Y=00 setting data, the following data are also cleared automatically. (1) For Integrated/Adjunct CCIS
MEANINGS 1ST DATA Virtual Station No. Virtual Station No. 1 0 2ND DATA DP Send NOTE Trunk Route No. 63 DIT DIT Station No. of DIT destination Station No. of DIT destination DIT DIT Station No. of DIT destination Station No. of DIT destination MEANING
COMMAND CODE CM12 Y=00 DTMF/DP
CM13 Y=18 Reverse signal sending to station CM30 Y=00 Trunk route allocation CM30 Y=02 Terminating system in Day Mode CM30 Y=04 Destination of DIT in Day Mode CM30 Y=05 Destination of DIT in Night Mode CM30 Y=40 Terminating system in Mode A CM30 Y=41 Terminating system in Mode B CM30 Y=42 Direct-In termination in Mode A CM30 Y=43 Direct-In Termination in Mode B CM12 Y=16 Trunk seized
Virtual Trunk No. 63 Virtual Trunk No. 04
CM30 Y=03 Terminating system in Night Mode Virtual Trunk No. 04 Virtual Trunk No. PS Station No. Virtual Trunk No. PS Station No. Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511 Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511 Virtual Trunk No. PS Station No. 256-511 Virtual Trunk No. PS Station No. 256-511 PS Station No.
Virtual Trunk No. Trunk No.
NOTE: The trunk route data must be assigned by CM35, because the trunk route data are not automatically assigned. The trunk route of the Virtual Trunk is 63 by the default data setting. If you want other use for the trunk route 63, change the trunk route number of Virtual Trunk route by CM30 Y=00.
256
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91256-20
CM5A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINEVIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING 5A (2) For Multi-site Roaming Visitor PS [North America/Latin America]
MEANINGS DTMF/DP 1ST DATA Virtual Station No. assigned by CM10 Virtual Station No. assigned by CM10 1 2ND DATA DP
INITIAL
COMMAND CODE CM12 Y=00
MEANING
CM13 Y=18
Reverse signal sending to station
Send
CM30 Y=00 CM30 Y=02 CM30 Y=03 CM30 Y=40 CM30 Y=41
Trunk route allocation Terminating system in Day Mode
Virtual Trunk No. 63 256-511 Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511
NOTE 1 Trunk Route No. 63 NOTE 2 Direct-In Termination NOTE 2 Direct-In Termination NOTE 2 Direct-In Termination NOTE 2 Direct-In Termination
Terminating system in Night Mode Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511 Terminating system in Mode A Terminating system in Mode B Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511 Virtual Trunk No. 04 256-511
NOTE 1: The trunk route data must be assigned by CM35, because the trunk route data are not automatically assigned. The trunk route of the Virtual Trunk is 63 by the default data setting. Be sure to assign the separate trunk route number of Virtual Trunk for Home PS and Visitor PS by CM30 Y=00. NOTE 2: The second data of CM30 Y=02, 03, 40, 41 are set to 4 (Direct-In Termination) automatically by CM5A Y=00. Be sure to change these data to 22 (Roaming Termination), for Roaming service.
257
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91256-20
CM5A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINEVIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING 5A ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 5AYY + DE + VIRTUAL STATION No. VIRTUAL TRUNK No. + DE + + EXE (3 digits) (1-8 digits)
INITIAL
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 00 VIRTUAL TRUNK No. VIRTUAL STATION No. RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM1C
256-511 (256-383) X-XXXXXXXX (1-8 digits) assigned by CM10 NOTE 1, NOTE 2 NONE No data
NOTE 1: When the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) is not mounted on the MP card, the first data is 256-383. NOTE 2: By CM1C setting, Virtual Trunk No. is determined as follows; Virtual Trunk No.=Virtual PS LEN plus 256 Example: Virtual PS LEN: 000 (CM1C>000) Virtual Trunk No.: 256 (CM5A Y=00>256)
258
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91256-20
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS 60 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a number to an Attendant Console for access on a tenant basis, and dene the consoles night switching ability, off-hook ringing, tone ringer, password code for Attendant Lockout and Attendant Programming. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) After setting CM60 Y=00, 01, 02, 04, 06, 22, system reset is required. The data for each Attendant Console type is shown below.
: To assign : Not assigned

17 22 26 27 30
Y 00 KIND OF ATTCON Large type ATTCON ATTCON/DESKCON 01 02 04 06 16
(3)
When assigning a password code for ATTCON/DESKCON by CM60 Y=30, the Function number (0/1) is required as the rst data. The purpose of Function numbers is shown below. 0: To assign a password for Attendant Lockout 1: To assign a password for Attendant Programming the following features: Remote Access to System (DISA), Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing), Date and Time, Choice of Night Service and Tone Ringer
ATTCON ST + 60YY + DE + NUMBER (0-7) FUNCTION DATA NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE (0/1)
FUNCTION DATA + EXE ST + 6030 + DE + NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) (0/1)
259
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91259-20
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS 60 DATA TABLE:

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING ATT GROUP DATA 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 1 GROUP NUMBER MEANING ATT GROUP 0 ATT GROUP 1 ATT GROUP 2 ATT GROUP 3 Master ATT Not Master ATT Effective Ineffective NOTE 1 CM12 Y=01 RELATED COMMAND CM62 CM51 Y=13
INITIAL 01 02 Designation of Master ATT within ATT Group INITIAL Trunk Restriction Class change by NT Switch NOTE 2 INITIAL 04 Outgoing call restriction on night mode by NT Switch NOTE 2 INITIAL 06 Day/Night mode change by NT Switch NOTE 2 INITIAL 16 17 22 Off Hook Ringing for ATTCON/ DESKCON ATTCON/DESKCON Multi-Function Key Kind of Attendant Console INITIAL
0 1
Effective Ineffective
CM30 Y=08
0 1
CM30 Y=02, 03, 04, 05, 13, 14 CM76 Y=01, 02 CM58 Y=02-09
0 1 0 1 0 1
Effective Ineffective Ineffective Effective DESKCON ATTCON Continued on next page CM90 Y=00
NOTE 1: Master ATT must be assigned to a single Attendant Console within the ATT Group. NOTE 2: These data are effective for NITE key on large type ATTCON, and Day/Night Mode Change key on ATTCON/DESKCON. NT switch is effective only on the Master ATT assigned by CM60 Y=01.
260
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91259-20
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS 60

: Initial Data Y No. 26 MEANING Designation of Busy Lamp Field-Fixed displayed stations hundreds group for Large type ATTCON DATA 00 01 09 10 4-digit station (10XX-99XX) 600 + 700 480 + 606 8 (Hz) 1024 + 1285 16 (Hz) 480 + 606 16 (Hz) Password (Max. 8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) NOTE: In the initial data (NONE), the password is set to 12345678. 99 27 Tone Ringer for ATTCON/ DESKCON 0 1 2 3 X XX...XX NONE GROUP NUMBER MEANING 1 or 2-digit station (0-9, 00-99) 3-digit station (1XX-9XX) RELATED COMMAND CM08>207
~ ~
30
Password for ATTCON/ DESKCON
261
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91259-20
CM61
COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION 61 FUNCTION: This command is used to activate and specify the function of the switch closure detection circuit card (PN-DK00 or MP) when interfaced with external keys. PRECAUTION: For built-in External Key Interface of MP card, assign Key number 633 (Card No. 63, circuit No. 3). ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 61YY + DE + KEY NUMBER DATA + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE (3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Destination of Tenant No. KEY NUMBER MEANING SETTING DATA DATA 00 63 0 1 0 1 0 1 MEANING Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Effective Ineffective Effective Ineffective Effective Ineffective CM12 Y=01 RELATED COMMAND
01
03
05
XXZ XX: Card No. (00-63) of PN-DK00 Z : Circuit No. (0-3) NOTE: Card Number Change Day/Night trunk corresponds restriction class by exterto 00-63 of nal key CM10>E900Outgoing call restriction E963 on night mode by exter633: Built-in External nal key Key Interface of MP card Day/Night mode change by external key
~
CM30 Y=08 CM30 Y=02, 03, 04, 05, 13, 14, 26 CM76 Y=01, 02 CM58 Y=02>09 CM63 Y=1
06
Even if station to station call is restricted, calling tenant is allowed to cancel restriction by external key Service operation by external key
0 1
30
00 NONE
MJ/MN Alarm Clear key No data
262
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91262-20
CM62
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP 62 FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command is used to assign which tenants are handled by each ATTCON Group. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) This command requires a system reset after data setting. Multiple tenants can be assigned to one ATT Group, but one tenant cannot be assigned to more than one ATT Group.
ST + 62Y + DE + TENANT NUMBER DATA + DE + (1 digit) + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 1 2 3 MEANING ATT Group 0 ATT Group 1 ATT Group 2 ATT Group 3 No. 00 TENANT MEANING Tenant 00 No. 0 1 SETTING DATA MEANING To handle Not handled RELATED COMMAND CM60 Y=00
63
Tenant 63
~
263
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91263-20
CM63
COMMAND CODE TITLE: RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION 63 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the restrictions on inter-tenant access. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
TENANT-A TENANT-B DATA ST + 63Y + DE + (2 digits) + (2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING TAS answer from another tenant No. TENANT MEANING SETTING DATA No. 0 1 MEANING Allowed Restricted RELATED COMMAND CM53 Y=4 CM30 Y=17 CM12 Y=04 CM76 Y=0508 CM61 Y=06 CM08>150 CM12 Y=04
XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 Tenant number of TAS answer station ZZ: TENANT-B: 00-63 Tenant number of trunk XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 Tenant number of calling station ZZ: TENANT-B: 00-63 Tenant number of called station XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 Tenant number of called station ZZ: TENANT-B: 00-63 Tenant number of trunk
Restriction of Intra-ofce Connection
0 1
Restricted Allowed
Restriction of incoming DID/Tie line call/Automated Attendant
0 1
Restricted Allowed
CM12 Y=04 CM30 Y=01
264
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91264-20
CM64
COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATED ATTENDANT 64 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the answering system of the Automated Attendant feature. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 64Y + DE + TENANT NUMBER DATA + DE + (2 digits) + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y TENANT No. 0 MEANING Answering System for Day Mode 00-63 DATA 00 01 02 03 1 Tenant Number for Music on Hold 00 09 NONE 2 Answering System for Night Mode 00 01 02 MEANING DT connection SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND
CM30 Y=02, 03 CM48 Y=2>06 Hold Tone on MP card CM41 Y=0>33, 43 + DT connection CM45 Y=2 1st Answering Message CM49 + DT connection CM63 Y=2 DT connection External Hold Tone Source number assigned by CM10 No data DT connection Hold Tone on MP card + DT connection Night Message + DT connection NOTE 2 As per CM64 Y=0 CM10>DA00-DA09 CM48 CM44 CM30 Y=02, 03 CM41 Y=0>33, 43 CM49 Y=00>02XX, Y=02 CM64 Y=0
03
NOTE 1: If no tone connection is required, Dial Tone sending can be stopped by CM48 Y=2. NOTE 2: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the 2nd data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31 cannot be specified for handling of busy/not available Automated Attendant destination.
265
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91265-20
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS 65 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the features available in each tenant. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 65YY + DE + TENANT NUMBER DATA + DE + (1 digit) + EXE (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y TENANT No. 23 MEANING Call Forwarding type when an internal call from station/attendant is terminated 00-63 DATA 0 MEANING Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/Dont Answer My Line number Sub Line number ACD Not ACD Continued on next page SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND
24
Call Forwarding type when a C.O. incoming call is terminated
25
Call Forwarding type when a Tie Line incoming call is terminated
26
Number Display through CCIS for SMDR ACD (Automatic Call Distribution)
0 1 0 1
27
266
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91266-20
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS 65

: Initial Data Y TENANT No. 28 MEANING RR sending priority when receiving OAI SCF Terminating System Mode Change 00-63 DATA 0 1 0 1 MEANING Send RR signal after SMFN Send RR signal before SMFN Two kinds of mode (Day Mode, Night Mode) Four kinds of mode (Day Mode, Night Mode, Mode A, Mode B) Allowed Not allowed CM13 Y=10 SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND
29
30 34
VMS Password Privacy Message Wait Indication (VM) for sub-lines on Dterm When the transferred destination does not answer
0 1 0 1 0
MW for My Line and sub- CM08>140 lines MW for My Line only Connection of Transferred Trunk Line Message (No Answer) Recall transferring station Connection of Transferred Trunk Line Message (Busy) Recall transferring station CM49 Y=00, 06
50
1 51 When the transferred destination is busy 0
CM49 Y=00, 07
267
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91266-20
CM71
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) 71 FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate memory area for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) to tenants, attendants and Hot Line outside station. PRECAUTION: (1) Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) has 300 memory locations system-wide; this is referred to as a Memory Block (See Figure below). Each location where a dialed number is stored is called Memory Slot.
Memory Block 000 001 Memory Slot
299
Example: The Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) memory is assigned to three tenants as follows;
TENANT 00 01 02 QUANTITY OF SLOTS 20 15 10 RANGE OF SLOT NUMBERS 001-019 020-034 035-044
(2)
Limitation on Memory Slot Allocations In a single-tenant system, Tenant 00 can be assigned a maximum of 300 memory slots. Per Tenant : Maximum of 300 memory slots For Hot Line outside call : Maximum of 100 memory slots (maximum number of Hot Lines) For Route Advance from Tie Line to C.O. line: Maximum of 64 memory slots (maximum number of Trunk Routes) There is a maximum of 300 memory slots assigned by this command. However, if required, another 1000 memory slots can be added. These additional 1000 memory slots are to be assigned with CM08>110, 111, 112, 176, and CM73 and CM74.
(3)
268
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91268-20
CM71
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) 71 (4) The abbreviated codes for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) are automatically determined by assigning this command on a tenant basis, as shown below.
Tenant 00 (Memory (Abbrev. Slot No.) Code) 000 001 002 019 00 01 02 Tenant 01 (Memory (Abbrev. Slot No.) Code) 020 021 022 00 01 02 Tenant 02 (Memory (Abbrev. Slot No.) Code) 035 036 037 00 01 02
~
19
034
~
14
044
~
09
(5)
The Resident System Program allocates 100 memory slots to Tenant 01.
KIND OF ST + 71 + DE + CALLING PARTY + DE + DATA + EXE (6 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
KIND OF CALLING PARTY No. 00 63 64 65 66 Tenant 00 Tenant 63 Exclusively for Attendant Console Exclusively for Hot Line Outside Call (Related Command: CM52) Exclusively for Route Advance from Tie line to C.O. line (Related Command: CM35 Y=40, CM30 Y=04, 05, CM58 Y=08, 09: CXX) Terminating number of opposite ofce on alternative ISDN connection XXX YYY XXX: Starting Memory Slot number in Block: 000-299 YYY: Number of Slots to be assigned in Block: 001-032 MEANING DATA XXX YYY SETTING DATA MEANING XXX: Starting Memory Slot number in Block: 000-299 YYY: Number of Slots to be assigned in Block: 001-300
68
~
269
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91268-20
CM72
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) 72 FUNCTION: This command is used to enter the stored number or character for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) feature into the memory allocated with CM71. PRECAUTION: (1) When displaying the data, the access code corresponding to the Memory Slot number is indicated by the very rst DE , and the stored number is indicated by the next DE . When the number of digits of the stored number exceeds 16, the 17th to 26th digits are indicated by the next DE . Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order; new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter the data in the following order; access code on the display, comma, CCC, and EXE . If C is inserted in the called number, when using Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) for an outgoing Tie Line call, it can be used as a xed-length pause (1.5 sec.). To provide a programmable pause with the stored number, insert D instead of C. The length of the programmable pause is assigned with CM41 Y=0>38. The stored number, for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing), is assigned for each Memory Slot number, not for the abbreviated code of each calling party. When assigning stored numbers, the correspondence between Memory Slot numbers and abbreviated codes is rst to be determined for each kind of calling party, and then the stored numbers are to be assigned according to the determined correspondence, with each exclusive memory area assigned in CM71 taken into consideration.
(2)
(3)
(4)
ST + 72Y + DE + MEMORY SLOT NUMBER STORED NUMBER + DE + (Max. 32 digits) + EXE (3 digits)
270
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91270-20
CM72
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) 72 DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA Y DATA 0 000-299 MEANING Memory Slot number DATA XXXX , YY...Y MEANING XXXX: Access Code (Max. 4 digits) , : Separator Mark YY...Y: Called Party Number (Max. 26 digits) Station Number (Max. 8 digits) XXXX: Access Code (Max. 4 digits) , : Separator Mark CCC : Clear Station Name Character Code (Max. 32 digits: 16 characters) See Character Code Table in CM77. Station Name Character by MAT/ CAT (Max. 16 characters) 2ND DATA
X-XXXXXXXX XXXX , CCC
XXX...X
XXX...X
271
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91270-20
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 73 FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate memory areas for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) to individual stations. PRECAUTION: The allowed number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks per station number ranges from 1 to 10. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 73 + DE + STATION NUMBER DATA + DE + (6 digits) + EXE (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
STATION NUMBER X XXXXXXXX Station number which performs Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) SETTING DATA W XX Y ZZ W : 1000-Slot Memory Block number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: Option) XX: 10-Slot Memory Start Block number (00-99) Y : Facility for programming the dialed number from the station (0/1=Allowed/Not allowed) ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10) NOTE 1, NOTE 2, NOTE 3
NOTE 1: 1000-Slot Memory Block number 4-9 (6000 Memory Parcels) can be used when the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) is mounted on the MP card. For using this memory area, there are several conditions as mentioned below: This memory area can not be used for Speed Dialing with Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) keys provided by CM90>F11XX on a Dterm, and can not also be used for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing). When exchanging an Extension Memory for another, data setting for this memory area must be reentered. The ofce data in the memory area can be saved and loaded by MAT. NOTE 2: If one of the 1000-Slot Memory Blocks is used for Speed Calling-System (indicated with CM08>110, 111, 112, or 176), it cannot also be used for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing).
272
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91272-20
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 73 NOTE 3: An entry of 342106 would allocate six (6) 10-Slot Memory Blocks, which would accommodate sixty (60) Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) numbers. 1000Slot Memory Block number 3 would be used, starting at 10-Slot Memory Block number 42, and ending at 10-Slot Memory Block number 47. Programming facility would not be allowed. The memory area for a single called number is referred to as a Memory Parcel. Ten Memory Parcels are called a 10-Slot Memory Block, and one hundred 10-Slot Memory Blocks are called a 1000-Slot Memory Block. The relationship among Memory Parcels, 10-Slot Memory Blocks, and 1000-Slot Memory Blocks is illustrated below.
Memory Parcel 10-Slot Memory Block
00 Called Number 0 1 ~ ~ 01
1000-Slot Memory Block

0 Basic 4000 Memory Parcels ~ 3 4 Option 6000 Memory Parcels ~ 9
99
273
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91272-20
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 73 Example: If the quantity of Speed Calling (Speed Dial) numbers is 10 for Station Number 300, 20 for Station Number 301, and 30 for Station Number 302, the memory areas assignment is as follows. Memory Start Block Number (10-Slot Number of 10-Slot Memory Block) Memory Block 00 01 03 06 01 02 03 01
Station Number 300 301 302 303
1000-Slot Memory Block Number 0 0 0 0
The abbreviated codes for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) are automatically determined by assigning this command on a station basis. If the quantity of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) does not exceed 10, then Abbreviated Code=0-X. If the quantity of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) exceeds 11, then Abbreviated Code=00-XX. The following gure shows the relationship between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels.
In the case of 10 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number (Abbrev. Code) 0 0 1 10-Slot Memory Block 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 10-Slot Memory Block 10-Slot Memory Block In the case of 20 Memory Parcels Memory Parcel Number (Abbrev. Code) 0 00 1 01
~
9 0 1
~
9
19 Continued on next page
274
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91272-20
~
09 10 11
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 73 A memory area allocated by CM73 can be shared with several stations. Also, in the stations, which station can assign or change the data can be determined. Example: Station Number 300 301 302 310 311 312 Assigned data 000003 Same Stored 000103 No. (30) 000103 003002 Same Stored 003102 No. (20) 003102 Facility for Programming Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed
275
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91272-20
CM74
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 74 FUNCTION: This command is used to enter the stored number for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) feature into the memory allocated with CM73. PRECAUTION: Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order; the new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter the data in the following order; the access code on the display, comma, CCC and EXE . ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 74Y + DE + STORED NUMBER MEMORY SLOT NUMBER + DE + (Max. 32 digits) + EXE (4 digits)
276
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91276-20
CM74
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) 74 DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA Y DATA 0 X YY Z MEANING DATA XX...X , YY...Y MEANING XX...X: Access Code (Max. 4 digits) , : Separator Mark YY...Y: Called Partys Number (Max. 26 digits) Station Number (Max. 8 digits) XX...X: Access Code (Max. 4 digits) , : Separator Mark CCC : Clear Station Name Character Code (Max. 32 digits: 16 characters) See Character Code Table in CM77. X : 1000-Slot Memory Block number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: option) YY: 10-Slot Memory Block number (00-99) Z : Memory Parcel number X-XXXXXXXX (0-9) , CCC NOTE XX...X 2ND DATA
X YY Z
X : 1000-Slot Memory Block XXX...X number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: option) YY: 10-Slot Memory Block number (00-99) Z : Memory Parcel number (0-9) NOTE X : 1000-Slot Memory Block XXX...X number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: option) YY: 10-Slot Memory Block number (00-99) Z : Memory Parcel number (0-9) NOTE
X YY Z
Station Name Character by MAT/ CAT (Max. 16 characters)
NOTE: 1000-Slot Memory Block number 4-9 (6000 Memory Parcels) can be used when the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) is mounted on the MP card.
277
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91276-20
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL 76 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the data required for interpreting the dialed-in digits. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) Digit Conversion on DID call is available when CM35 Y=18 is set to 0. The rst digit in the rst data eld must be assigned, in CM20 Y=0-3, as a station number 801-808 and 811-818.
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + 76YY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
278
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91278-20
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL 76 DATA TABLE:

: Initial Data Y 1ST DATA No. MEANING X-XXXX: DID number DATA 000 999 NONE X MEANING Number Conversion Block No. 000 CM35 Y=12, 78 Number Conversion Block No. 999 No data 00 Number Conversion Block No. 01 For Day Mode 2ND DATA REMARKS
000-999: Number Conversion 02 For Night Mode Block No. assigned by CM76 Y=00 03 For Mode A 04 For Mode B
Station number/Data station num- CM10 ber to be terminated CM11 XXXXXXXX NOTE 1 CM1A DXX
D02 D03 D04 D09 D11 D13 D14 D16
BBBBBXXX Mate-Side Trunk No. of Virtual Trunk XXX: 000-255 NOTE 2 Continued on next page
NOTE 1: When digit conversion of the leading 2-4 digits of a DID incoming LDN is available (CM35 Y=78, Data=0), the leading 2-4 digits of the LDN should be assigned as the first data. (When the DID incoming LDN is one digit, the digit conversion for only one digit is not available.) NOTE 2: If CM35 Y=143 is set to 1 for Event Based CCIS, this command must be set.
Change terminating system to:
Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS Direct-In Termination Automated Attendant Attendant Console + Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance TAS Attendant Console Remote Access to System (DISA)
CM35 Y=18, 78 CM30 Y=02, 03, 40, 41 CM30 Y=18
CM30 Y=04, 05, 42, 43 CM49 CM64
279
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91278-20
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL 76

: Initial Data Y 1ST DATA No. MEANING 000-999: Number Conversion Block No. assigned by CM76 Y=00 DATA 00 63 NONE 00 63 NONE 00 63 NONE 00 63 NONE 00 63 NONE 0 1 MEANING Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data Trunk Tenant 00 Trunk Tenant 63 No data Station Tenant 00 Station Tenant 63 No data Restricted Allow CM35 Y=18 CM35 Y=18 05 Terminating Trunk Tenant during Day Mode (For TAS) 06 Terminating Trunk Tenant during Night Mode (for TAS) 07 Terminating Trunk Tenant during Mode A (for TAS) 08 Terminating Trunk Tenant during Mode B (for TAS) 09 Station Tenant for each DID Number (See next page) 10 Call Waiting for DID call per DID incoming LDN 11 Priority Queuing per DID incoming LDN 13 Automatic Live Recording for DID 2ND DATA REMARKS
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0 1 0 1
280
Not provided To provide Not available Start automatically
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
CM35 Y=18 CM08>141 CM13 Y=23 CM35 Y=22 Continued on next page
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91278-20
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL 76 s Data settings for Day/Night/A/B Mode Distinction of tenant An explanation of tenant selection method for Day/Night/A/B Mode change, when DID call terminates, is shown below as a tree diagram for system data registration. When station tenant for each DID number is assigned. (CM76 Y=09 is set)
CM76 Y=01 Mode of Station Tenant for each DID No. CM76 Y=09 Station Tenant for each DID No. DAY NIGHT Data Set A B DXX STA Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=01 TAS D13 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=05 Station Tenant for each DID No. For each terminating method
(1)
CM76 Y=02 Data Not Set
STA
Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=02 TAS D13 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=06 Station Tenant for each DID No. For each terminating method
DXX
1 Terminating Trunk Tenant DAY/NIGHT/A/B Mode change CM76 Y=03 STA Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=03 TAS D13 DXX 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=07 Station Tenant for each DID No. For each terminating method
STA CM76 Y=04 TAS D13 DXX 00~63 NONE Other terminating method
Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=04 Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=08 Station Tenant for each DID No. For each terminating method
281
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91278-20
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL 76 (2) When station tenant for each DID number is not assigned. (CM76 Y=09 is not set)
Terminating Trunk Tenant DAY/NIGHT/A/B Mode change 1 CM76 Y=01 DAY Terminating Trunk Tenant NIGHT DXX A B STA Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=01 TAS D13 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=05 Terminating Trunk Tenant For each terminating method
CM76 Y=02
STA
Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=02 TAS D13 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=06 Terminating Trunk Tenant For each terminating method
DXX
CM76 Y=03
STA
Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=03 TAS D13 00~63 NONE Other terminating method Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=07 Terminating Trunk Tenant For each terminating method
DXX
STA CM76 Y=04 TAS D13 DXX 00~63 NONE Other terminating method
Terminates at station set by CM76 Y=04 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=08 Terminating Trunk Tenant For each terminating method
282
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91278-20
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK NAME ASSIGNMENT 77 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the name of each station and trunk route which is displayed on Dterm or Attendant Console. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
STATION ST + 77Y + DE + NUMBER (1-8 digits) TRUNK NAME DATA + EXE NUMBER + DE + (1-32 digits) (2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 0 MEANING Station Name assignment with character code Station Name assignment with character Trunk Name assignment with character code Trunk Name assignment with character 00-14, 16-63: Trunk Name No. assigned by CM35 Y=03. STATION No./ TRUNK NAME No. X-XXXXXXXX: Station number/ My Line number SETTING DATA REMARKS DATA 20 7F X X......X 20 7F X X......X MEANING Character Code CM08>255 (Max. 32 digits) See Character Code Table on next page. Character (Max. 16 digits) NOTE 1 Character Code CM35 Y=03 (Max. 8 digits) CM08>255 See Character Code Table on next page. Character (Max. 4 digits) NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The characters available for assigning are 0-9, A-Z with MAT/CAT. NOTE 2: Station name assignment is also available in each Dterm or Attendant Console by using the access code assigned by CM20>A110. NOTE 3: Trunk names are assigned on a trunk route basis only.
~
283
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91283-20
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK NAME ASSIGNMENT 77
Character Code Table

X: Upper digit Y: Lower digit
Y 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F X 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 ! # $ % & ( ) * + , . / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ?
@ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ ] ^ _
\ a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o
p q r s t u v w x y z { | }
Example: To set John for Station No. 2587, do the following operation.
4A 6F 68 6E ST + 770 + DE + 2587 + DE + J o h n + EXE
284
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91283-20
CM78
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DESTINATION OF SPLIT CALL FORWARDING 78 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the called number of Split Call Forwarding. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: To assign destination of Split Call Forwarding
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 78 + DE + (3 digits) + DE + (1-29 digits) + EXE
To cancel destination of Split Call Forwarding

FIRST DIGIT OF ST + 78 + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + TRUNK ACCESS CODE + , + CCC + EXE (3 digits) /STATION NUMBER
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA DATA XX Y MEANING XX: Tenant number (00-63) Y : Block number (0-7) DATA X-XX + , + YY...YY X-XX 2ND DATA MEANING : Trunk Access Code (1-2 digits) , : Separate Mark YY...YY: Called number (Max. 26 digits) Station number (1-8 digits) DESTINATION Outside Party
X-XXXXXXXX
Station
285
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91285-20
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 81 FUNCTION: Toll call restriction is controlled by combinations of the toll ofce code dialed and assigned station trunk restriction class. With respect to toll call restriction, there are eight kinds of trunk restriction classes; Unrestricted, Non-Restricted-1, Non-Restricted-2, Semi-Restricted-1, SemiRestricted-2, Restricted-1, Restricted-2, and Fully Restricted. Since toll call restriction conditions for the same toll ofce code vary with trunk class, the restriction patterns are made available so that toll call restriction can be executed on all attempted outgoing toll calls. PRECAUTION:
Y TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00
TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS
01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RCA RCB RCC RCD RCE RCF RCG RCH 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0
02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
03 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0
04 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
05 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
06 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
07 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
09 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0
10 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
11 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
15 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SETTING DATA 0: Restricted 3: Allowed (1) (2) Using CM00 (Memory Clear) or Resident System Program, the data above is assigned. The restricted classes 00, 14 and 15 are xed; restricted classes 01 to 13 can be changed.
286
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91286-20
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 81 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: The following command format is used to change the standard assignment data above to meet local requirements:
TRUNK RESTRICTION DATA + DE + (1 digit) + EXE ST + 81YY + DE + CLASS (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 01 13 MEANING Toll Restriction Pattern number for each class No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TRUNK RESTRICTION MEANING Unrestricted (RCA) Non-Restricted-1 (RCB) Non-Restricted-2 (RCC) Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD) Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE) Restricted-1 (RCF) Restricted-2 (RCG) Fully Restricted-1 (RCH) DATA 0 1 2 3 SETTING DATA MEANING Restricted Not used Not used Allowed
287
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91286-20
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS 81 Examples: The following examples are typical installations within Melbourne, Australia. Unrestricted : No restrictions Non-Restricted-1 : 115, 116, 118, 001 and 010 codes are restricted. Non-Restricted-2 : 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 054 codes are restricted. Semi-Restricted-1 : 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 050 to 058 codes are restricted. Semi-Restricted-2 : 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 050-059 codes are restricted.
Y 01 TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH CLASS 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Unrestricted Non-Restricted-1 Non-Restricted-2 Semi-Restricted-1 Semi-Restricted-2 Restricted-1 Restricted-2 Fully Restricted 3 3 3 3 3 02 0 0 0 0 0 03 3 3 3 0 0 04 3 3 0 0 0 05 3 0 0 0 0 06 07 08 3 3 3 3 0 09 10 11 3 0 0 0 0 12 13 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
NOTE: In the above example, Patterns 06, 07, 09, 10, 12 and 13 are used and 08 has been modified.
288
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91286-20
CM85
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM DIGITS ON C.O. CALLS 85 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the maximum number of digits which can be dialed, after C.O. access, given a specic rst digit. PRECAUTION: This command is effective when CM35 Y=76 is assigned. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MAXIMUM NUMBER AREA/OFFICE CODE + DE + OF SENDING DIGITS + EXE (1-8 digits) (2 digits)
ST + 85Y + DE +
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y AREA/OFFICE CODE No. 0 MEANING Area Code Development Pattern No. 0-7 0-4: For Toll Restriction 5-7: For LCR See CM35 Y=76 CM8A Y=40004007 X Area/Ofce Code, or its part X: 0-9, A (*) B (#) 00 01 Not used 1 digit MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS
NOTE 1: If the office code is not assigned with this command, the maximum number of sending digits is automatically set to 24. NOTE 2: Allows the development of a secondary table.
~
7
X...X (Max. 8 digits)
~
24 digits NOTE 1
79 80
84
85
87
~
24
~ ~ ~
289
79 digits Go back to Area Code Development Pattern No. 0 for Toll Restriction (CM85 Y=0) NOTE 2 Go back to Area Code Development Pattern No. 4 for Toll Restriction (CM85 Y=4) NOTE 2 Go back to Area Code Development Pattern No. 5 for LCR (CM85 Y=5) NOTE 2 Go back to Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 for LCR (CM85 Y=7) NOTE 2
~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91289-20
CM85
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM DIGITS ON C.O. CALLS 85 Example: The example given is typical for Australian applications and more specically would apply to installations within Melbourne.
NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE 000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 00 05 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 00 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT 03 18 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09
290
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91289-20
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR/TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE 8A FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the development tables used for Least Cost Routing (LCR) and Toll Restriction (TR) features. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + 8AYYYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-5 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Toll Restriction Development Table ( Y No. 0000 0255 MEANING Route Pattern No. 000 Route Pattern No. 255 DATA 1 See CM35 Y=11, 76) 1ST DATA MEANING TR/LCR Pattern for 6digit Toll Restriction DATA 00000 25500 2ND DATA MEANING XXX 00 XXX: TR Pattern No. 000-255 ( See CM8A Y=5000-5255) 00 : RT No. Route Pattern No. 000
1000 1015
~ ~
Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15
~
00 63
Tenant No. 00 Tenant No. 63
0000 0255
291
Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Continued on next page
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE 8A
Y No. 2000 2007 MEANING Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7 DATA 0000 2330
1ST DATA MEANING HH MM HH : Hours 00-23 MM: Minutes 00/30 DATA 0000 0255 1000 1015
2ND DATA MEANING Route Pattern No. 000 Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Route Pattern No. 000
3000 3003
~ ~
Date Pattern No. 0 Date Pattern No. 3
~ ~
~
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
~ ~
~ ~
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
0000 0255 1000 1015 2000 2007
~ ~ ~
Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7 (CM8A Y=2000-2007) Continued on next page
~ ~ ~
292
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A
Y No. 4000 MEANING Area Code Development Pattern No. 0 DATA X
1ST DATA MEANING Area Code (Max. 8 digits) DATA 0000
2ND DATA MEANING Route Pattern No. 000
4004
XX...XX
0255 1000 1015 2000 2007 3000 3003 4000
Area Code Development Pattern No. 4 See CM35 Y=76
Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7 (CM8A Y=2000-2007) Date Pattern No. 0 Date Pattern No. 3 (CM8A Y=3000-3003) Area Code Development Pattern No. 0
4004 B000
B015
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Area Code Development Pattern No. 4 Toll Restriction Pattern No. 00 Toll Restriction Pattern No. 15 See CM81 Continued on next page
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
293
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A

: Initial Data Y No. 5000 5255 MEANING TR Pattern No. 000 TR Pattern No. 255 DATA 000 1ST DATA MEANING Designation of Trunk Restriction Pattern No. DATA 00 2ND DATA MEANING Toll Restriction Pattern No. 00
8000
8049 A000
~ ~
6-digit Toll Restriction No. 00 6-digit Toll Restriction No. 49 Area Code Development Pattern No. for LCR Group See CM20 A126A129
~
020 021 028 XXX
15
~
8000 8049 CCC NONE
Toll Restriction Pattern No. 15 See CM81 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. 00 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. 49 No 6-digit Toll Restriction (CM8A Y=8000-8049) No data Available Not Available (To be designated by 1st Data =000) Restricted Allowed
Designation of 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. (See CM8A Y=80008049)
6-digit Toll Restriction on Trunk Restriction Class 1-8 Ofce Code (3 digits)
0 1
0 1
~
0 1 2 3 LCR Group No. 0 LCR Group No. 1 LCR Group No. 2 LCR Group No. 3 4005 Area Code Development Pattern No. 5 4007
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 Continued on next page
294
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE 8A

LCR Development Table Y No. 0000 0255 MEANING Route Pattern No. 000 Route Pattern No. 255 1 2 3 4 DATA 0 1ST DATA MEANING Designation of next table (Route Pattern No.) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Order of Choice DATA 0000 0255 00000 25563 2ND DATA MEANING Next Pattern No. 000 Next Pattern No. 255 XXX ZZ XXX: LCR Pattern No. 000-255 See CM8A ( Y=5000-5255) ZZ : Trunk Route No. 00-63 Route Pattern No. 000
1000 1015 2000 2007
3000 3003
~ ~ ~ ~
Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7
Date Pattern No. 0 Date Pattern No. 3
~
00 63 0000 2330
~ ~
Tenant No. 00 Tenant No. 63 HH MM HH : Hours 00-23 MM: Minutes 00/30
0000 0255 0000 0255 1000 1015
~ ~ ~
~ ~
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
295
0000 0255 1000 1015 2000 2007
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Route Pattern No. 000 Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Route Pattern No. 000 Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7 (CM8A Y=2000-2007) Continued on next page
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A
Y No. 4005 MEANING Area Code Development Pattern No. 5 DATA X
1ST DATA MEANING Area Code (Max. 8 digits) DATA 0000
2ND DATA MEANING Route Pattern No. 000
4007
XX...XX
0255 1000 1015 2000 2007 3000 3003 4005
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 See CM35 Y=76
Route Pattern No. 255 (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Tenant Pattern No. 00 Tenant Pattern No. 15 (CM8A Y=1000-1015) Time Pattern No. 0 Time Pattern No. 7 (CM8A Y=2000-2007) Date Pattern No. 0 Date Pattern No. 3 (CM8A Y=3000-3003) Area Code Development Pattern No. 5
4007 5000 5225 8000 Area Code (Max. 8 digits) including LCR Access Code assigned by CM20>A129 8001 8008
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 LCR Pattern No. 000 LCR Pattern No. 255 Intra-Ofce Termination 1-digit Intra-Ofce Station 8-digit Intra-Ofce Station
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
296
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A

: Initial Data Y No. 4010 MEANING Operator Call Code Development No. DATA X XXX 1ST DATA MEANING Area Code (Max. 3 digits) NOTE: Effective only for access code assigned by CM20>A126. Designation of Trunk Restriction Pattern No. DATA 000 063 2ND DATA MEANING Route Pattern No. 00 Route Pattern No. 63
5000 5255
LCR Pattern No. 000 LCR Pattern No. 255
000
00
Toll Restriction Pattern No. 00
~
020 021 028 100 150
15
~
8000 8049 CCC
Toll Restriction Pattern No. 15 See CM81 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. 00 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. 49 No 6-digit Toll Restriction Available Not Available (To be designated by 1st Data=000) Digit Addition Pattern No. 000
Designation of 6-digit Toll Restriction Pattern No. ( See CM8A Y=8000-8049) 6-digit Toll Restriction on Trunk Restriction Class 1-8 Designation of Digit Addition Pattern No. See CM8A ( Y=9000-9255)
~
0 1 9000
9255 CCC
Digit Addition Pattern No. 255 No digit addition 6-digit Prex Pattern No. 00
Designation of Prex code Pattern No. ( See CM8A Y=8050-8099)
8050
8099 CCC NONE
6-digit Prex Pattern No. 49 No Prex No data Continued on next page
297
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A

: Initial Data Y No. 5000 5255 MEANING LCR Pattern No. 000 LCR Pattern No. 255 DATA 151 152 153 1ST DATA MEANING Deletion of Area Code All digits to be deleted from Area Code Number of digit to be deleted from Area Code assigned by CM8A Y=4000-4007 Sending an area code to an ISDN network as a Called Party Subaddress Kind of origination [Chinese No. 1] DATA 0 1 0 1 00 01 10 CCC 0 1 2ND DATA MEANING To delete Not deleted To delete Not deleted No digit deletion First one digit deletion First 10 digits deletion No digit deletion Available Not available
~
155 157 Kind of origination [North America Only]
298
01 02 03 04 05 06 NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 NONE
Toll Semi-Automatic Call (17X) Toll Automatic Call (0) Normal Local Call, Tie Line Special Call (110, 119) International Semi-Automatic Call (10X) International Automatic Call No data International National Network Local Not used Speed Dial For future use No data Continued on next page
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A

: Initial Data Y No. 5000 5255 MEANING LCR Pattern No. 000 LCR Pattern No. 255 DATA 158 1ST DATA MEANING Called Party Numbering Plan Identier DATA 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 15 NONE 159 Call by Call Type of Network ID [North America Only] Call by Call Network ID Plan [North America Only] Call by Call Network ID Character [North America Only] Call by Call Service/Feature [North America Only] Call by Call Binary Facility Coding Value (for AT&T) [North America Only] 00 Type of Network ID No. No data Network ID Plan No. No data X=0-9, A (*), B (#) 07 NONE 00 15 NONE X XXX NONE 0 1 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 16 NONE 2ND DATA MEANING ISDN/Telephone Numbering Plan Not used Data Numbering Plan Telex Numbering Plan Not used Not used Not used National Numbering Plan Private Numbering Plan For future use No data
~
160 161 162 163
~ ~ ~
No data Feature Service SDN MEGACOM800 MEGACOM Not used Not used ACCUNET Not used INTERNATIONAL800 AT&T MULTIQUEST No data Continued on next page
299
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM8A

: Initial Data Y No. 5000 5255 MEANING LCR Pattern No. 000 LCR Pattern No. 255 DATA 163 1ST DATA MEANING Call by Call Binary Facility Coding Value (for Nortel) [North America Only] DATA 01 02 03 04 05 NONE 00 WATS Number No data To add Not added Restricted Allowed Restricted Allowed Digits to be added (Max. 32 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#), C (Fixed Pause), D (Programmable Pause) Area Code Development Pattern No. 5 09 NONE 0 1 0 1 0 1 X XX 2ND DATA MEANING Private INWATS OUTWATS Foreign Exchange (FX) Tie Trunk (TIE) No data
8000 8049 8050 8099 9000 9255
A000
~ ~ ~ ~
6-digit TR No. 00 6-digit TR No. 49 6-digit Prex No. 00 6-digit Prex No. 49 Digit Addition Pattern No. 00 Digit Addition Pattern No. 255 Area Code Development Pattern No. for LCR Group See CM20 A126A129
~
164 165 XXX
Call by Call WATS Band Number [North America Only] Caller ID of outgoing call by CCIS/Q-SIG Ofce Code (3 digits)
~
XXX Ofce Code (3 digits)
~
0 Entry of digit code to be added
~
0 1 2 3 LCR Group No. 0 LCR Group No. 1 LCR Group No. 2 LCR Group No. 3
300
X...X 4005
4007
~ ~
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91291-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm/ATTCON/DESKCON/ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign functions to programmable keys on a Dterm, ATTCON, DESKCON or Add-on Module. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) My Line must always be assigned to any key on each Dterm or Add-on Module. For assignment of a key on the Add-on Module, CM98 data should be assigned before data assignment of CM90. Twenty-ve keys on the Add-on Module can be assigned as station/trunk appearances.
(3)
301
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:

Dterm
KEY MY LINE ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (1-8 digits) (01-24, 90-97) (1-8 digits)
Dterm Key Numbers
(01) (05)
(02) (06)
(03) (07)
(04) (08)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial DTP-8-1
(97)
Hold
(96)
(95)
(94)
Transfer Answer Speaker
302
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm KEY ASSIGNMENT 90
Dterm Key Numbers
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
(01) (05)
(02) (06)
(03) (07)
(04) (08)
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall DTP-8D-1
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
(96)
(95)
(94)
303
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90
Dterm Key Numbers
(01) (05)
(02) (06) (10) (14)
(03) (07) (11) (15)
(04) (08) (12) (16) (91)

Feature
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
(09) (13)
(90)
Recall DTP-16D-1
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
(96)
(95)
(94)
304
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers 24 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys + 8 One-Touch Keys
(01) (07) (13) (19)
(02) (08) (14) (20)
(03) (09) (15) (21)
(04) (10) (16) (22)
(05) (11) (17) (23)
(06) (12) (18) (24)
(91)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
(97)
Hold
Feature
(90)
Recall
8 One-Touch Keys
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(96)
(95)
(94)
DTP-32D-1
Dterm Key Numbers 16 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys + 16 One-Touch Keys
(01) (05) (09) (13)
(02) (06) (10) (14)
(03) (07) (11) (15)
(04) (08) (12) (16)
16 One-Touch Keys
(91)
Feature
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(97)
Hold
(96)
(95)
(94)
NOTE: The default setting of key layout is for 16 Line/Trunk/Feature keys (Key No. 01-16). When using Key No. 17-24, set CM12 Y=24, 2nd data to 0.
305
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
(90) RECALL (91) FNC (92) CNF (93) LNR/SPD (97) (96) TRF (95) ANS (94) SPKR
ETJ-8DC-1
HOLD
306
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
ETJ-8-1
HOLD
307
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
ETJ-16DC-1
HOLD
308
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
ETJ-16DD-1/ETJ-16DS-1
HOLD
20 One-Touch Keys
309
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90

Dterm Key Numbers
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
(05)
(06)
(07)
(08)
(09)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
1 4 7
2 5 8 0
3 6 9 #
ETJ-24DS-1
HOLD
12 One-Touch Keys
NOTE: When using key No. 17-24, set CM12 Y=24, 2nd data to 0.
310
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91301-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 DATA TABLE:

Dterm Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA X XXXXXXXX SETTING DATA MEANING Station number My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) Multiline number (Ordinary Station) Multiline number (assigned by CM11) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) Automatic Intercom number RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM11
A000 A031 A100 A131 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 B000 B900 B001 B901 B024 B924
...
...
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
CM11 CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=10
Manual Intercom number
CM11 CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=11
CM11 CM12 Y=03 CM56 Y=12
311
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90
Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA AA01 AA05 AA11 AA15 AA71 AA75 AB00 AB99 CX CXXXXXXXX D000 D255 F0XXX
SETTING DATA MEANING Loop Line number for Dterm Attendant Position AAX Z X: Dterm Attendant Position No. (0-7) Z: Loop Line No. (1-5)
RELATED COMMAND CM11 CM15 Y=71 CM12 Y=03
...
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ICI/OPR Line number for Dterm Attendant Position number Virtual Line station No. for Off-Hook Voice Announcement Trunk number
CM11 CM15 Y=71 CM12 Y=03 CM11
CM10 CM30 Y=02, 03, 18
Service feature access code XXX 004: OG Queuing/Call Back (OQ/CB) 006: Executive Right of Way (EROW) (Executive Override)
CM15 Y=02, 03, 25 CM15 Y=05
010: Call Forwarding-All Calls Set/Can- CM15 Y=00, 26 cel (FDA) 012: Call Forwarding-Dont Answer CM15 (-No Answer) /Busy Line Set/Can- Y=10, 11, 28 cel (FDB/N) 014: Call Forwarding-Busy Line Set/ Cancel (FDB) CM15 Y=11, 28
312
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90
Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F0XXX
SETTING DATA MEANING Service feature access code XXX 016: Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Set /Cancel (FDN) 018: Call Forwarding-Destination Set (FDDS) 019: Call Forwarding-Destination Cancel (FDDC) 020: Call Pickup-Group (PICK) 021: Call Pickup-Direct (DPICK) 022: Do Not Disturb Set/Reset (DND) 024: Automatic Wake Up (WU)/Timed Reminder 027: Wake Up Call set from predetermined station (Single Wake Up time operation) (SWU) 028: Wake Up Call set from predetermined station (Multiple Wake Up time operation) (MWU) 033: Monitoring NOTE
RELATED COMMAND
CM15 Y=10 CM15 Y=15
CM16 CM15 Y=14 CM15 Y=19 CM15 Y=13 CM15 Y=20
CM15 Y=21
CM08>259 CM15 Y=103, 104
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws. Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations. Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beeptone(s), to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone conversations.
313
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90
SETTING DATA MEANING Service feature access code XXX 040: Message Waiting Lamp Set (MWS) 041: Message Waiting Lamp Reset (MWR) 044: ACD/UCD Busy out (UCDB) 046: Call Hold (CHLD) 047: TAS Answer A (TASA) 048: TAS Answer B (TASB) 049: TAS Answer C (TASC) 050: TAS Answer D (TASD) 051: TAS Answer E (TASE) 058: Hold (HOLD) for Trunk Line Appearance 059: Trunk Answer 067: Speed Calling System (System Speed Dialing) (300 memory) 068: Speed Calling System (System Speed Dialing) (1000 memory) 069: Last Number Redial (LAST) 085: Account Code (ACC) 097: Direct Data Entry 100: Trunk Route 00 163: Trunk Route 63 200: Route Advance 00 231: Route Advance 31 300: Operator Call (OPR)
RELATED COMMAND
CM15 Y=24
CM15 Y=01 CM53
CM08>177, 178 CM15 Y=30
314
~ ~
~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F0XXX SETTING DATA MEANING Service feature access code XXX A26: LCR Group 0 A27: LCR Group 1 A28: LCR Group 2 A80: Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Set/ Cancel A82: Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/ Dont Answer (No Answer) Set/Cancel A85: 6-Party Conference A86: 10-Party Conference A88: Whisper Page A94: Number Sharing Set/Cancel B00: Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for 6/10 party B07: Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for 6/10 party B10: Re-participation Group 0 for 6/10 party B17: Re-participation Group 7 for 6/10 party B20: Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for Group Call-2 Way Calling B27: Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for Group Call-2 Way Calling Continued on next page CM15 Y=119 CM56 RELATED COMMAND
~ ~ ~
315
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F1XXX Dterm SETTING DATA MEANING operation XXX 000: Stack Dial Redial 001: Save & Repeat (1) (S&R1) 002: Voice Call (VOICE) 004: Hooking Transfer (TRF) 005: Message Waiting Lamp/Message Reminder (MW/MR) 007: DTMF Additional Dial (Programmable) (PBPRG) 008: DTMF Additional Dial (Fixed Width) (PBIX) 009: Hooking Signal sent to outside (SHF) 010: Hold (HOLD) CM13 Y=03 CM15 Y=47 CM41 Y=0>14 CM35 Y=26 CM35 Y=16 CM15 Y=01, 64 RELATED COMMAND
011: Feature 012: Conf (CNF) 013: Save & Repeat (2) (S&R2) 014: Save & Repeat (3) (S&R3) 015: Recall (RECALL) CM15 Y=07 For UCD station CM17
Speaker (SPKR) 016: 017: MIC (MIC) Use as a one-touch mute key 018: 3dB pad on/off (internal calls only) 020: Release key (RLS) 032: OAI Function Key 0 047: OAI Function Key 15 Continued on next page CMD7 Y=0
~
316
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90
SETTING DATA MEANING Dterm operation XXX 064: Do Not Disturb (HDND) 065: Room Cut Off (HRC) 066: Message Waiting (HMW) 067: Wake Up (HWU) 068: Check In (CK-IN) 069: Room Status (RSTS) 070: Call Record (REC) 071: Print Out (PRINT) 072: Group (GROUP) 073: Details (DETAL) 074: Set (SET) 075: Reset (RESET) 076: Cancel (CNL) 077: Release (HRLS) 080: Do Not Disturb Override (DNDOV) 085: Voice Message Waiting Service Individual Set when called station is no answer or busy
RELATED COMMAND
For Hotel functions CM15 Y=62
For Front Desk Terminal/Dterm TIMS functions CM15 Y=62
CM15 Y=100, 102
090: Headset/Handset Key For ADA-J, NOTE: Used to switch to headset or ADA-W, Dterm back to handset. 75 (Dterm E) 091: Record (Live Record) 092: Pause (Live Record) 093: Re-record (Live Record) 094: End (Live Record) 095: Erase (Live Record) 096: Address (Live Record) 097: Urgent Page (Live Record) 098: Voice Mail Key (Destination of CM51 Y=15) 099: Calling Number/Calling Name Display for Caller ID Class Continued on next page
317
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F11XX SETTING DATA MEANING XX 00: Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) 00 (SPD00) 99: Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) 99 (SPD99) F12XX XX 01: Trunk Group 01 Busy Lamp (TGB01) 62: Trunk Group 62 Busy Lamp (TGB62) 70: Internal Zone Paging Group 0 (PG0) 77: Internal Zone Paging Group 7 (PG7) 78: All Zone Internal Paging 80: ACD/UCD Group 0 Busy Lamp (UCD00) 95: ACD/UCD Group 15 Busy Lamp (UCD15) F13XX XX 00: Day/Night Mode change by Tenant 00 63: Day/Night Mode change by Tenant 63 NOTE: Do not use Day/Night Mode change by a Single Line Telephone and by a Dterm simultaneously. Continued on next page CM08>244, 245 CM08>158 CM56 Y=00-07 CM15 Y=49 CM17 Y=2 CM56 CM15 Y=49 CM30 Y=09 RELATED COMMAND
CM73 CM74 CM15 Y=07
318
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F20XX SETTING DATA MEANING Data Communication XX 00: DATA (DATA) 01: AUTO/DISP (A/D) 02: DTX (DTX) 03: DISP (DISP) 04: AUTO (AUTO) 05: DATA DND (D DND) Call Park-Tenant (CP001-CP638) XX: Group Number (00-63) Z : Serial Number (1-8) RELATED COMMAND
CM1A CMA1 Y=01
CMA1 Y=01 CM08>133
F3XXZ
F40XX
XX 00: TAS Answer on Tenant 00 (ANS00) CM30 01: TAS Answer on Tenant 01 (ANS01) Y=00, 02, 03 CM12 Y=04 Answer 63: TAS Answer on Tenant 63 (ANS63) NOTE
~
F41XX
XX 00: Pooled Line Number 00-Tenant 00/ Trunk Route 00 (POL00) 63: Pooled Line Number 63-Tenant 63/ Trunk Route 63 (POL63)
~
CM30 Y=00, 01, 02, 03
~
F5000 F5001 F5010
319
Call Park-System (CPSY) Transfer to VMS Caller ID Display
NOTE: By depressing the Answer key, either the incoming call on a TRUNK , SUBLINE , MY LINE or TAS (designated tenant) can be answered. If the Automatic Hold Function (Answering while talking with another party) is required for the Answer key, assign CM15 Y=72 to 0.
CM15 Y=96
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions DATA F5011 F5012 F5013 F5020 F6010 F6017 F6020 SETTING DATA MEANING Call Redirect for transferring to station Call Redirect for transferring to VMS Mute Key Alarm Display Call Termination from FX Line 0 (FX0) CM51 Y=16 CM35 Y=15 RELATED COMMAND CM51 Y=22 CM51 Y=18
F6027 F6030
F6037 F7XXZ
~ ~ ~
0 1 0 1 Disabled Enabled
Call Termination from FX Line 7 (FX7) Call Termination from WATS Line 0 (WATS0) Call Termination from WATS Line 7 (WATS7) Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 (CCSA0) Call Termination from CCSA Line 7 (CCSA7) CM44>XXZ> Relay Control Function Key 1500 XX: DK card No. (00-31) assigned by CM44 Z : Circuit No. (0-3) assigned by CM44 CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15
~ ~
01
Tone Ringer enabled on call termination for Day mode Ringing sending method when terminating a call to Line/Trunk key on Dterm Call Indicator Lamp control
03
Delayed Ringing CM41 Y=1>09 No Delayed Ringing CM12 Y=24 NOTE: Delayed Ringing can be assigned to the first 16/24 Line/ Trunk keys. Not available Available (The lamp lights on call termination or recall.)
05
0 1
320
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91311-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT 90

SN610/SN708/SN709/SN712/SN741 ATTCON
(1)
Call Selection/Function Key Assignment:
ATTCON ATTCON SETTING , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + (2 digits) (E000-E007) (5 digits) See next page
(2)
Multi-Function Key Assignment:
MULTIFUNCTION + DE + SETTING + EXE ST + 90YY + DE + EXX Y + , + DATA KEY NUMBER (5 digits) (01-06)
XX: ATTCON Status No. (00-15) 00: Idle State 01: When answering or originating 02: When the called station is busy 03: When the called station is in DND 04: When accessing Hotel feature 05: Not Used 15: Y : ATTCON No. (0-7)
321
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
SN610/SN708/SN709/SN712/SN741 ATTCON KEY NUMBER
TALK 01 LOOP1 07 02 LOOP2 08 03 LOOP3 09 04 LOOP4 10 05 LOOP5 11 06 LOOP6 12 SRC 13 14 ANS RCL 15 ATND 17 16 LDN0 18 96 4 7 5 8 0 6 9 # 97 92 HOLD 94 93 CANCEL 95 1 2 3 RLS 90 DEST 91
NOTE: CM00, 01 (Memory Clear) or the Resident System Program, automatically assign the functions of the keys as shown above.
322
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90

SN716 DESKCON
(1)
Call Selection/Function Key Assignment:
ATTCON ATTCON SETTING , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + (2 digits) (E000-E007) (5 digits) See next page
(2)
Multi-Function Key Assignment:
MULTIFUNCTION + DE + SETTING + EXE ST + 90YY + DE + EXX Y + , + DATA KEY NUMBER (5 digits) (01-04)
XX: ATTCON Status No. (00-15) 00: Idle State [Same as Key Assignment (1)] 01: When answering or originating 02: When the called station is busy 03: When the called station is in Do Not Disturb mode 04: When accessing Hotel feature 05: Not Used 15: Y : ATTCON No. (0-7)
323
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
SN716 DESKCON KEY NUMBER
(01)
(02)
(03)
(04)
LDN (13) EMG (22)
TIE (14) BV (23)
Busy (15) TRKSL (24)
ATND (16) Call Park
NANS (17) SC
Recall (18) SVC
(92)
(19)
PAGE (20) Start
REC (21) Mute
Night
Position Busy
L6 (12) 1 L5 (11) L4 (10) L3 (09) L2 (08) 0 L1 (07) # (97) 4 7 5 8 6 9 (90)

Release
SRC
Cancel (95) Talk (93) Hold
Volume
DEST
(91)
Answer
(94)
(96)
NOTE: CM00, CM01 (Memory Clear) or the Resident System Program, automatically assign the functions of the keys for ATTCON. For SN716 DESKCON, reassign the key functions according to the key label.
324
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90

SN610/SN708/SN709/SN712/SN741 ATTCON/SN716 DESKCON
ATTCON Call Selection Key

SETTING DATA No. MEANING 00 Setting of Functions F6000 F6007
F6010
FUNCTION C.O. Incoming Call 0 (LDN0) C.O. Incoming Call 7 (LDN7) Call Termination from FX Line 0 (FX0)
STANDARD KEY REMARKS SETTING LDN0
RELATED COMMAND CM35 Y=15
F6017
F6020
F6027
F6030
F6037 F6040 F6047 F6050 F6053
NOTE: Do not assign ATTCON Incoming Call Identication Key data (F60XX) to key numbers 1 to 6.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Call Termination from FX Line 7 (FX7) Call Termination from WATS Line 0 (WATS0) Call Termination from WATS Line 7 (WATS7) Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 (CCSA0) Call Termination from CCSA Line 7 (CCSA7) Tie Line Incoming Call 0 (TIE0) Tie Line Incoming Call 7 (TIE7) Special Operator Call 0 (SPA0) Special Operator Call 3 (SPA3) Continued on next page CM20>A090A093 CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15
~
CM35 Y=15
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
325
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
SETTING DATA No. MEANING 00 Setting of Functions F6054
FUNCTION Priority Call 0 (PRI0)
STANDARD KEY REMARKS SETTING
RELATED COMMAND CM15 Y=17 CM08>250, CM20>A088 CM15 Y=18 CM08>251, CM20>A089 CM20>A094
F6055
Priority Call 1 (PRI1)
F6056 F6060 F6061 F6062 F6063 F6064 F6065 F6066 F6067 F6068
Emergency Call (EMGC) Operator Call (ATND) Recall (RCL) Serial Call Termination (SRL) Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (-No Answer) (NANS) Call Forwarding-Busy Line (BUSY) Call Forwarding-Intercept (ICPT) Off-Hook Alarm (EMG) Attendant Interposition Calling/ Transfer (TF) Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) for a call which is transferred to another station once ATND RCL
CM90>F6105 CM51 Y=00, 01 CM51 Y=03, 04 CM08>032, 119 CM51 Y=12 CM20>A095 CM35 Y=147
326
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 ATTCON Function Key

SETTING DATA No. MEANING 00 Setting of Functions F6100 F6101 F6102 F6103 F6104 F6105 F6106 F6107 F6108 F6109 F6110 Y FUNCTION Room Cut Off (RC) Message Waiting (MW) Do Not Disturb (DND) Wake Up/Do Not Disturb Override (WU/OV) Reset (RESET) Serial Call Set (SC) Flash over trunk (CAS) (SHF) Busy Verication (BV) CM90> F6062 CM35 Y=16 CM08>012 CM15 Y=09 STANDARD KEY REMARKS SETTING RELATED COMMAND
For Hotel ATTCON NOTE 1: Use the ANSWER key as the SET key for Hotel features.
Do Not Disturb Override (DNDOV) For Hotel ATTCON NOTE 2: Do not assign this data to key Wake Up (WU) numbers 1 to 6. Mode (MODE) NOTE: For SN716 DESKCON, this data is not required. Day/Night mode change, ATT Lockout CM2A CM71 CM02
F6111
Programming (PROG) Remote Access to System (DISA) Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Date and Time Tone Ringer Choice of Night Service Out pulse (PB signal) short (SPB) Out pulse (PB signal) long (LPB) Last Number Call (Last Number Redial)-Attendant/Stack DialAttendant
F6112 F6113 F6121
CM35 Y=26 CM41 Y=0>14
327
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
SETTING DATA No. MEANING 00 Setting of Functions F6122 F6123 F6144 F6150 F6159 F6200 F6201 F6202 F6203 F6204 F6205 F6240 F6245 F1201
FUNCTION Calling Number/Calling Name Display for Caller ID Class Transfer to VMS Call Park-System Paging 0 Paging 9 Source (SRC) Destination (DEST) Cancel (CANCEL) Talk (TALK) Hold (HOLD) Start (START) Loop 1 (LOOP 1) Loop 6 (LOOP 6) Lamp indication when trunks are all busy in Trunk Group 01 (TGB01) Lamp indication when trunks are all busy in Trunk Group 62 (TGB62) XX Z XX: DK Card No. (00-31) assigned by CM44 Z : Circuit No. (0-3) assigned by CM44
STANDARD KEY REMARKS SETTING
RELATED COMMAND
CM08>445 CM08>445
F1262
F7XXZ
NOTE 1: Do not assign this data to key numbers 1 to 6. NOTE 2: Only one key assignment is allowed per relay circuit.
~ ~ ~
~
SRC DEST CANCEL TALK HOLD LOOP 1 LOOP 6 Max. 6 CM30 Y=09 keys per ATTCON NOTE 1
~ ~
328
~
Relay Con- CM44>XXZ> trol Func1500 tion Key NOTE 2
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 ATTCON Multi-Function Key No. 01-06 (01-04 for DESKCON) See CM60 Y=17
Y No. 00 ATTCON STATUS No. 00 MEANING Idle state SETTING DATA F6100 F6102 F6104 F6110 F6111 FUNCTION Room Cut Off (RCOF) Do Not Disturb (DND) Reset (RESET) Mode (MODE) Programming (PROG) Remote Access to System (DISA) Speed Calling System (System Speed Dialing) Date and Time Tone Ringer Choice of Night Service Serial Call Set (SC) Flash Over Trunk (CAS, Centrex) (SHF) Out pulse (PB Signal) Short (SPB) Out pulse (PB Signal) Long (LPB) Talk (TALK) Busy Verication (BV) Operator Monitoring (MONIT) Do Not Disturb Override (DDOV) Continued on next page Attendant Override [Australia Only] CM08>012 CM15 Y=09 CM2A CM71 CM02 REMARKS RELATED COMMAND
01
When answering or originating
F6105 F6106 F6112 F6113 F6203
CM90>F6062 CM35 Y=16, 86 CM41 Y=2>17 CM35 Y=26 CM41 Y=0>14
02
When the called station is busy
F6107 F6119
03
When the called station is in DND
F6108
329
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
Y No. 00
ATTCON STATUS No. 04
MEANING When accessing Hotel features
SETTING DATA F6100 F6101 F6102 F6104 F6109
FUNCTION Room Cut Off (RCOF)
REMARKS
RELATED COMMAND
For Hotel ATTCON NOTE: Use the ANSWER key as Message Waiting the SET key for (MW) Hotel features. Do Not Disturb (DND) Reset (RESET) Wake Up (WU) Continued on next page
NOTE 1: Incoming Call Identification/Call Processing keys or Loop keys should not be assigned to the Multi-Function Key (01-06). NOTE 2: When setting or canceling a group of stations in DND/RC, use ATTCON status No. 00. NOTE 3: The default setting of Multi-Function Keys is for Key No. 01-06. (For details, see NOTE 4 on next page.) For DESKCON, change the Key No. to 01-04 because Key No. 05 and 06 are not available.
330
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 NOTE 4: If no data is set, the Multi-Function keys are automatically set by initial data/Resident System Program as shown below. Idle State
PA 10:23 AM TUE 12
MODE: Mode PROG: Programming
MODE 01
PROG 02 03 04 05 06
When answering or originating

252 ANN SPB 01 LPB 02 SHF 03 04 CL1 10:23 AM TUE 12
SPB : Out Pulse Short LPB : Out Pulse Long SHF : Flash Over Trunk SC : Serial Call Set TALK: Talk
SC 05
TALK 06
When the called station is busy

BSY 252 CL1 10:23 AM TUE 12
B.V : Busy Verication
B.V 01 02 03 04 05 06
When the called station is in DND

DND 252 ANN CL1 10:23 AM TUE 12
DDOVR: Do not Disturb Override
DDOVR 01 02 03 04 05 06
When accessing Hotel feature

252 ANN RC 01 MW 02 DD 03 CL1 10:23 AM TUE 12
RC : Room Cut Off MW : Message Waiting DD : Do not Disturb WU : Wake Up RESET: Reset
WU 04 05
RESET 06
331
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 Add-On Module

MY LINE ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE (1-8 digits) (30-89) (1-8 digits)
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
Add-On Module Key Number (DCU-60-1)
332
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 90
NEC
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
Add-On Module Key Number (EDW-48-2)
333
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 90 Add-On Module

Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions KEY No. 30 54 DATA X XXXXXXXX SETTING DATA MEANING Station number My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) Multiline number (Ordinary Station) Multiline number (assigned by CM11) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) Automatic Intercom number RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM11
B024 B924 D000 D255 Continued on next page Trunk number CM10 CM30 Y=18
...
A000 A031 A100 A131 A200 A700 A201 A701 A224 A724 B000 B900 B001 B901
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
CM11 CM56 Y=10
Manual Intercom number
CM11 CM56 Y=11
CM11 CM56 Y=12
334
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT 90

: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Setting of Functions KEY No. 30 89 87 89 01 Tone Ringer enabled on call termination for Day Mode Ringer sending method when terminating a call to Line/Trunk key on Dterm 30 54 30 54 0 1 Delayed Ringing No Delayed Ringing NOTE 2: Delayed Ringing can be assigned to the first 16 Line/ Trunk keys (Key No. 30 through 45). CM41 Y=1>09 0 1 F0043 DATA F11XX SETTING DATA MEANING XX: 00-99: Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) 00-99 Day/Night Key NOTE 1: Any one of key numbers 87 through 89 can be used for the Day/Night key. Disabled Enable RELATED COMMAND CM73 CM74
~ ~ ~
03
335
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91321-20
CM93
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PRIME LINE 93 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the prime line to a station line or a trunk line on a Dterm. The prime line is the line seized when the Dterm user goes off-hook or presses the speaker button. PRECAUTION: Any one station line or trunk line provided on the Dterm can be assigned as Prime Line. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MY LINE STATION ST + 93 + DE + NUMBER + DE + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (1-8 digits) TRUNK NUMBER + EXE (4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
MY LINE NUMBER X XXXXXXXX SETTING DATA DATA X XXXXXXXX MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Station number/Virtual Line number CM10, CM11 NOTE: Any station number or Virtual Line number can be assigned to the Prime Line. A single-line telephone cannot be assigned as the Prime Line. Trunk number CM30 Y=02, 03, 18
D000 D255
~ ~
336
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91336-20
CM94
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm ONE-TOUCH MEMORY 94 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign memory for the storage of numbers accessed by the onetouch keys on a Dterm. PRECAUTION: Do not duplicate the same memory area for CM73 and CM94 usually. However, when Dial by Name feature using one-touch keys or BLF on Dterm line key feature are provided, the same memory areas must be specied by CM73 and CM94. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MY LINE NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE ST + 94 + DE + (6 digits) (1-8 digits)
337
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91337-20
CM94
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm ONE-TOUCH MEMORY 94 DATA TABLE:

SETTING DATA MY LINE NUMBER DATA X XXXXXXXX W XX Y ZZ MEANING W : 1000-Slot Memory Block number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: Option) NOTE XX: First 10-Slot Memory Block (00-99) Y : Facility for programming the dialed number from the station (0/1=Effective/Ineffective) ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10) 01: Dterm (10 memories) 02: Dterm (20 memories) 03: Dterm (30 memories) 04: Dterm (40 memories) 05: Dterm (50 memories) 06: Dterm (60 memories) 07: Dterm (70 memories) 08: Dterm (80 memories) 09: Dterm (90 memories) 10: Dterm (100 memories)
NOTE: 1000-Slot Memory Block number 4-9 can be used when the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) is mounted on the MP card. If assigning the station number to One Touch keys using this memory area, the lamp does not show the busy state.
338
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91337-20
CM96
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE NUMBER 96 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a DSS Console to a station, Dterm or Attendant Console. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 96 + DE + DSS CONSOLE DATA + DE + + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (2 digits) EXE
DATA TABLE:
DSS CONSOLE NUMBER 00 31 See CM10>E100-E131 SETTING DATA DATA X XXXXXXXX E000 E007 Attendant Console number CM10>E000-E007 Large type ATTCON: CM06 Y=01 ATTCON: CM10>E000-E007 MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Single Line Telephone station num- CM10>E100-E131 ber or My Line number of Dterm CM97
~ ~
339
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91339-20
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 97 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the station numbers and trunk numbers to the keys on each DSS Console. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + 97 + DE + DSS CONSOLE + NUMBER (2 digits) , DSS KEY DATA + NUMBER + DE + + EXE (1-8 digits) (2 digits)
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
DSS Console Key Numbers (DCU-60-1)
340
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91340-20
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 97
NEC
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
DSS Console Key Number (EDW-48-2)
341
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91340-20
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 97 DATA TABLE:

DSS CONSOLE NUMBER 00 31 See CM10>E1 00-E131 DSS KEY NUMBER 00 59 SETTING DATA DATA X XXXXXXXX X XXXXXXXX DXXX Trunk number (XXX=000-255) XX 00: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 00 63: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 63 F20XX Date Communication XX 00: DATA 01: AUTO/DISP 02: DTX 03: DISP 04: AUTO 05: DATA DND Function Change key Night key Room Cut-off-Set/Reset Message Waiting-Set/Reset Call Recording Check-In/Out Do not Disturb-Set/Reset No Answer Indication for Wake Up Call Continued on next page CM08>244, 245 CM15 Y=60 CM10 CM30 Y=02, 03, 18 CM08>244 CM08>245 Data station number CM1A MEANING Station number RELATED COMMAND CM10 CM11
56 57 59
~ ~
F13XX
F1052 F0043 F1048 F1049 F1050 F1051 F1053 F1054
~ ~ ~ ~
342
CM1A CMA1 Y=01
CMA1 Y=01
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91340-20
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT 97
DSS CONSOLE NUMBER 00 31 See CM10>E1 00-E131
DSS KEY NUMBER 57 59
SETTING DATA DATA F1055 MEANING Function Button used for busy out display from UCD Group
RELATED COMMAND CM08>265
343
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91340-20
CM98
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER 98 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Add-on Module to the My Line number of a Dterm. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) One Add-on Module number can be assigned for each My Line number of a Dterm. The Add-on Module number and My Line number must be in a PIM (or PIMs) controlled by the same FP. This command should be performed before the data assignment of CM90.
(3)
ST + 98Y + DE + ADD-ON MODULE MY LINE NUMBER + DE + + EXE NUMBER (1-8 digits) (00-31)
DATA TABLE:
Y 0 ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER 00 31 See CM10>EC00-EC31 MY LINE NUMBER X XXXXXXXX
~
344
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91344-20
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT 9A FUNCTION: This command is used to assign functions for the Soft Keys on a Dterm. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
STATUS NUMBER DATA + + DE + (2-12 digits) + EXE ST + 9AYY + DE + SOFT KEYS NUMBER (4 digits)
345
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91345-20
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT 9A DATA TABLE:

Y No. 00 03 MEANING Setting of Soft Key function for each Pattern Number (Pattern Number 0-3) DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA F5002 F5014 2ND DATA MEANING Scroll key to change the Soft key indication Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (300-Slot Memory) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 0) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 1) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 2) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 3) Function key (Same as F0XXX, F1XXX, F50XX of CM90) See Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3) on next page.
aa bb aa: Status Number (00-15) 00: Idle State 01: During dialing (Holding no call) 02: During dialing (Holding a station/trunk) 03: During calling (Holding no call) 04: During calling (Holding a station/trunk) 05: Being called 06: When called party is busy (Holding no call) 07: When called party is busy (Holding a station/trunk) 08: When called party sets DND 09: Trunk Busy 10: During Speaking (Holding no call) 11: During Speaking (Holding a station/trunk) 12: During live recording/after live recording to NEAX Mail AD-8 13-15: Not used bb: Soft Key Number (00-15) 00-03: Indicated on 1st display 04-07: Indicated on 2nd display 08-11: Indicated on 3rd display 12-15: Indicated on 4th display
F5015
F5016
F5017
F5018
F5019
XXXXX
NOTE:
Dial By Name is available only when the Dterm is in idle state. (Status Number of 1st data: 00) Continued on next page
346
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91345-20
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE: Dterm SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT 9A
Y No. 10 13 MEANING Setting of Soft Key name for each Pattern Number (Pattern Number 0-3) DATA
1ST DATA MEANING DATA
2ND DATA MEANING
aa bb aa: Status Number (00-15) 00: Idle State 01: During dialing (Holding no call) 02: During dialing (Holding a station/trunk) 03: During calling (Holding no call) 04: During calling (Holding a station/trunk) 05: Being called 06: When called party is busy (Holding no call) 07: When called party is busy (Holding a station/trunk) 08: When called party sets DND 09: Trunk Busy 10: During Speaking (Holding no call) 11: During Speaking (Holding a station/trunk) 12: During live recording/after live recording to NEAX Mail AD-8 13-15: Not used bb: Soft Key Number (00-15) 00-03: Indicated on 1st display 04-07: Indicated on 2nd display 08-11: Indicated on 3rd display 12-15: Indicated on 4th display
X...XXXX Soft Key name indicated on LCD (Max. 12 characters) See Character Code Table in CM77 for MAT. See Chapter 1, CAT Key Assignment. page 7
NOTE 1: When the 2nd data of CM12 Y=23 is set to 3, the default Soft Key pattern is assigned as shown on next page. NOTE 2: Pattern No. 3 is fixed. NOTE 3: Help key is only available in Pattern No. 3.
347
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91345-20
CM9A
Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3)

1ST DATA of Y=03 0000 0001 Idle STATUS KEY No. 00 01 2ND DATA of Y=03 F1017 F5014 MEANING MIC ON/OFF Dial By Name for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (300-Slot Memory) Dial By Name for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Save & Repeat Call Pickup Direct Scroll key Call Forwarding-All Calls Set/Cancel INDICATION (Y=13) MIC SYS.
0002
02
F5015
STA.
0100 0101 0103 0104 0105
During dialing (Holding no call)
00 01 03 04 05
F1001 F0021 F5002 F0010 F0012
S&R PICK >>>> FDA
Call Forwarding-Dont FDN Answer (-No Answer)/Busy Line Set/Cancel Do Not Disturb Set/Cancel DND Scroll key Scroll key Voice Call Save & Repeat Message Reminder Call Back Set Voice Call Save & Repeat Message Reminder Transfer to VMS Ringer Tone Changing >>>> >>>> VOICE S&R MW CB VOICE S&R MW VMTRF R-TONE
0106 0107 0111 0300 0301 0302 0303 0400 0401 0402 0403 0500 Being Called During calling (Holding station/trunk) During calling (Holding no call)
06 07 11 00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 00
F0022 F5002 F5002 F1002 F1001 F1005 F0004 F1002 F1001 F1005 F5001 F5003
348
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91345-20
CM9A
Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3)

1ST DATA of Y=03 0600 0601 0603 0700 0701 0900 1000 1100 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 When called party is busy (Holding station/trunk) Trunk busy During speaking (Holding no call) During speaking (Holding station/trunk) During live recording/ after live recording to NEAX Mail AD-8 STATUS When called party is busy (Holding no call) KEY No. 00 01 03 00 01 00 00 00 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 2ND DATA of Y=03 F0004 F0A25 F1005 F1005 F5001 F0004 F1017 F1017 F1096 F1092 F1094 F5002 F1093 F1095 F1017 F5002 F1097 NONE NONE F5002 Scroll key >>>> MEANING Call Back Set Call Waiting Set Message Reminder Message Reminder Transfer to VMS Outgoing Queuing MIC ON/OFF MIC ON/OFF Address Pause End Scroll key Re-record Erase MIC ON/OFF Scroll key Urgent Page INDICATION (Y=13) CB CW MW MW VMTRF OG-Q MIC MIC Addrs Pause End >>>> ReRec Erase MIC >>>> Urgnt
349
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91345-20
CMA0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TYPE OF DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE A0 FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command is used to specify the type of data terminal interface to the data station. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + A0 + DE + DATA STATION + DE + DATA + EXE NUMBER (2 digits) (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data DATA STATION NUMBER X XXXXXXXX SETTING DATA DATA 04 15 MEANING Data Port Controller (DPC) Not used RELATED COMMAND CMA1 CM1A
~
350
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91350-20
CMA1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DATA TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE DATA A1 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the attribute data (terminal characteristics data for data communications) of each data terminal. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + A1YY + DE + DATA STATION DATA + EXE + DE + NUMBER (1-4 digits) (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 04 MEANING Data speed DATA 00-05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17-31 0 1 1200 bps 600 bps 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19.2 Kbps 48 Kbps 56 Kbps 64 Kbps 7200 bps 14.4 Kbps 1200 bps Effective Ineffective Continued on next page SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
05
Parity Check
351
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91351-20
CMA1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DATA TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE DATA A1

: Initial Data Y No. 06 MEANING Synchronous/Asynchronous DATA 0 1 2 3 7 07 08 09 Transmission Mode Stop Bit Type of Code 0 1 0 1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 15 0 1 12 Hot Line Connection 0 1 13 CI (RI) signal sent to terminal 1 2 3 SETTING DATA MEANING Synchronous Transmission by Internal Clock (PBX Clock) Synchronous Transmission by External Clock (PBX Clock) Synchronous Transmission by External Clock (ST1 Mode) Synchronous Transmission by External Clock (ST2 Mode) Asynchronous Half Duplex Full Duplex 2-Stop Bit 1-Stop Bit ASCII (7-bit) + even parity ASCII (7-bit) + odd parity ASCII (7-bit) + parity (0) ASCII (7-bit) + parity (1) JIS (7-bit) + even parity JIS (7-bit) + odd parity JIS (8-bit) EBCDIC (8-bit) Non character (Binary Data) Hot Line Data Station (Calling Side) Ordinary Data Station By DATA key or ER (DTR) signal (ON) of the terminal By DATA key 2 sec. ON, 4 sec. OFF 1 sec. ON, 2 sec. OFF Continuous signal Continued on next page CM52 RELATED COMMAND
11
Hot Line Data Station
CM52
352
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91351-20
CMA1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DATA TERMINAL ATTRIBUTE DATA A1

: Initial Data Y No. 14 MEANING CS (CTS) delay timing after sending RS (RTS) DATA 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 15 0 1 00 04 15 0 ms. 30 ms. 60 ms. 120 ms. 240 ms. 360 ms. 720 ms. 1080 ms. 60 ms. Effective Ineffective PROTIMS V.110 Not used SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
19 21
S Buffer Rate Adaptation
353
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91351-20
CMA5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NAILED DOWN CONNECTION A5 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene a nailed down connection, which provides a xed connection between data stations, data station and DTI (Digital Trunk Interface) or DTIs. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA/ISDN LINE STATION NUMBER (A) (1-10 digits) TRUNK NUMBER (B) + EXE (4 digits) TRUNK NUMBER (A) + DE + (4 digits)
ST + A5YY/YYY + DE + DATA/ISDN LINE STATION NUMBER (B) (1-10 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y DATA/ISDN LINE STATION NUMBER (A)/TRUNK NUMBER (A) + DATA/ISDN LINE STATION NUMBER (B)/TRUNK NUMBER (B) DATA X MEANING Data station number CM1A RELATED COMMAND
No. 00
MEANING Memory block 00
99 Memory block 99 000 Memory block 000 199 Memory block 199
~ ~
~ ~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX , Z X-XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line station number , : Separator Mark Z : 0 (B1 channel) 1 (B2 channel) D000 D255 Continued on next page Trunk number assigned by CM07 Y=01 CM1B
~
CM07 Y=01
~
354
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91354-20
CMA5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: NAILED DOWN CONNECTION A5 To see the data setting of nailed down connection for each Memory Block Number, use CMA5 Y=999. Operation:
MEMORY ST + A5999 + DE + BLOCK NUMBER + DE (00-99/000-199)
Display: A couple of station number (A)/station number (B) + , + B channel number/Trunk number.
355
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91354-20
CMA6
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR RS-232C PORT ON AP01 A6 FUNCTION:
AP01 INITIAL
This command is used to assign the attribute data for the RS-232C port on PN-AP01 card. PRECAUTION: This command requires the AP01 reset after data setting. Set the Make Busy switch to UP and then DOWN. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA ST + A6YY + DE + 3 + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 04 MEANING Data Transmission Speed of RS-232C Port DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 NONE 0 1 0 3 7 0 1 0 1 150 bps 300 bps 600 bps 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps No data Effective Ineffective Synchronous Transmission by Internal Synchronous Transmission by External Asynchronous Half-duplex Duplex 2-Stop Bit 1-Stop Bit SETTING DATA MEANING RECOMMENDED SETTING 5 (example)
05 06
Parity Check Synchronous/Asynchronous
1 7
07 08
Duplex or half-duplex Stop Bit
1 1 Continued on next page
356
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91356-20
CMA6
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTRIBUTE DATA FOR RS-232C PORT ON AP01 A6
AP01 INITIAL
: Initial Data
Y No. 09 MEANING Character Code DATA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 15 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 7 0 1 2 NONE 0 1 3 1 3 4 7
SETTING DATA MEANING ASCII (7-bit) + even parity ASCII (7-bit) + odd parity ASCII (7-bit) + parity (0) ASCII (7-bit) + parity (1) JIS (7-bit) + even parity JIS (7-bit) + odd parity JIS (8-bit) EBCDIC (8-bit) Non character (Binary Data) Ineffective Effective Ineffective (RTS Signal ON) Effective DCD (with MODEM) DSR (without MODEM) OAI Not used 1st Priority 2nd Priority 3rd Priority No data Not in use Standard No data Free Wheel Not used Not used No data
RECOMMENDED SETTING 06
10 11 12 20 21
DCD Signal check at Data Transmission RTS Signal Control Signal for detecting line disconnection Facility Priority
0 (example) 1 (example)
2 0
22
Message of Sub-Function
24
Kind of Procedure
357
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91356-20
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA A7 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the various data to each Common Channel Handler (CCH) provided. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA ST + A7YY + DE + CCH No. (0-7) + DE + (1-12 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Trunk used as Common Signaling channel DATA 000 255 NONE 01 Originating Point Code (OPC) 00001 16367 NONE 02 Destination Point Code (DPC) 00001 16367 NONE 03 Centralized Billing Facility 0 1 3 00001 16367 NONE 05 Centralized Fault Reporting destination 00001 16367 NONE SETTING DATA MEANING Trunk number assigned by CM07 Y=01/Y=02 No data Originating Point Code RELATED COMMAND CM07 Y=01, 02
~ ~ ~
No data Destination Point Code
No data Distant End is a Center Ofce Distant End is a Local Ofce Not provided Point Code of Center Billing Ofce No data Point Code of Centralized Fault Reporting Ofce No data Continued on next page
04
Centralized Billing destination
~ ~
358
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91358-20
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA A7

: Initial Data Y No. 06 MEANING Originating Ofce number for Open Numbering Plan DATA 0000 9999 NONE 07 Center Billing Ofce number for Closed Numbering Plan NOTE: Effective when CMA7 Y=06 is not assigned. ACM signal waiting timer after sending IAI signal when originating calls via CCIS NOTE: Assign the primary digit number of the 5-digit station number to be displayed. Calling Name Display-CCIS NOTE: Effective when CM08>255=1 and CM08>379=0. Calling Party Information transferring service IP Address for own IP trunk 0000 9999 NONE 00 01 14 15 SETTING DATA MEANING Originating Ofce number RELATED COMMAND CM08>801
~
No data Center Billing Ofce number CM08>801
~
No data 0 sec. 2 sec. (Increment Unit: 2 sec.) 28 sec. 10 sec.
10
26
0 1
To provide Not provided
CM08>255, 379
28 40
0 1 aaa bbb ccc ddd
To provide Not provided IP Address for own IP trunk aaa: 000-255 bbb: 000-255 ccc : 000-255 ddd: 000-255 NOTE Subnet Mask for own IP Subnet aaa: 000-255 bbb: 000-255 ccc : 000-255 ddd: 000-255 NOTE Continued on next page
41
Subnet Mask for own IP Subnet
aaa bbb ccc ddd
359
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91358-20
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA A7

: Initial Data Y No. 42 MEANING Default Gateway IP Address for own IP Subnet DATA aaa bbb ccc ddd SETTING DATA MEANING Default Gateway IP Address for own IP Subnet aaa: 000-255 bbb: 000-255 ccc : 000-255 ddd: 000-255 NOTE IP Address for opposite IP trunk aaa: 000-255 bbb: 000-255 ccc : 000-255 ddd: 000-255 NOTE 1st priority RELATED COMMAND
43
IP Address for opposite IP trunk
aaa bbb ccc ddd
44
ToS* eld priority for IP trunk Dchannel packet *ToS: Type of Service
~
7 15
8th priority 1st priority (Standard setting)
NOTE: Example of data programming IP Address for own IP trunk=192. 168. 10. 1 Subnet Mask for own IP Subnet=255. 255. 255. 0 Default Gateway IP Address for own IP Subnet=192. 168. 10. 254 IP Address for opposite IP trunk=195. 168. 20. 1
CMA7 Y No. 40 41 42 43 SETTING DATA (aaa bbb ccc ddd) 192168010001 255255255000 192168010254 192168020001
360
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91358-20
CMA8
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS ROUTING LABEL ASSIGNMENT A8 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a destination ofce for a message to be transferred (e.g. service information) and the Common Channel Handler (CCH) which will accommodate the message. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + A8 + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA No. 00001 16367 NOTE MEANING Destination Point Code (DPC) sent from distant ofce assigned by CMA7 Y=02 DATA 0 7 NONE CCH0 CCH7 No data 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND CM06 Y=07 CMA7 Y=02
NOTE: A maximum of 256 DPCs per system can be assigned.
~
361
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91361-20
CMA9
COMMAND CODE TITLE: D-CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT A9 FUNCTION:
DCH INITIAL
This command is used to assign the various data to each D-Channel Handler (DCH) for ISDNPrimary Rate Interface/Roaming. PRECAUTION: This command requires the DCH card reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA ST + A9YY + DE + DCH No. (0-7) + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Trunk used as D-Channel DATA 000 255 NONE 01 Home PBX ID for indication on PS/Dterm for Roaming [North America/Latin America] Own ofce number sent with the answering station number for QSIG network X XXXX NONE 0 999 NONE SETTING DATA MEANING DCH/PRT trunk number assigned by CM07 Y=01 No data Home PBX ID RELATED COMMAND CM07 Y=01
~ ~ ~
No data Own Ofce number
No data
362
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91362-20
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT FUNCTIONS AA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the DTI, CIR, DCH, ICH, BRT and PRT card. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) After setting CMAA Y=00-03, 06, 09, 12, 13, the DTI reset is required. Set the Make Busy switch of the DTI/PRT/BRT/DCH/ICH card to UP then DOWN. CMAA Y=06 requires the system reset after data setting.
AP NUMBER OF DTI/BRT/PRT/DCH/ICH/CIR + DE + DATA + EXE ST + AAYY + DE + (1-2 digits) CARD (04-15, 20-31)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Data Mode (24 DTI/PRT) DTI INITIAL 01 Frame Conguration (24 DTI/PRT) DTI INITIAL 02 ZCS (Zero Code Suppression) (24 DTI/PRT) NOTE DTI INITIAL 03 Control Mode (24/30 DTI/PRT) DTI INITIAL 0 Not used CCIS (Common Channel Interofce Signaling)/ACIS (Associated Channel Interofce Signaling) Continued on next page 0 1 Available (Non Transparent) Not available (Transparent) 0 1 12-Multi Frame (D4) 24-Multi Frame (ESF) DATA 0 1 SETTING DATA MEANING Based on AT&T Specications Not Used RELATED COMMAND
NOTE: This data is effective only when CMAA Y=01 is set to 0 (12-Multi Frame).
~
6 7
363
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91363-20
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT FUNCTIONS AA

: Initial Data Y No. 06 MEANING ISDN Protocol Type for DCH/PRT DTI INITIAL DCH INITIAL DATA 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 28 63 ISDN Protocol Type for BRT DTI INITIAL 17 18 20 21 22 24 25 27 28 63 ISDN Terminal Type for ICH ICH INITIAL NOTE: 24 63 SETTING DATA MEANING Australia New Zealand ITU-T (Hong Kong) AT&T (#4, #5 ESS) NTI (DMS 100, 250) Australia ETSI ETSI VN4 (Chile) ETSI Standard (Brazil, Chile, Columbia) ITU-T Standard (Thailand) USA NI-2 Not used Australia New Zealand AT&T (#4, #5 ESS) NTI (DMS 100, 250) Australia ETSI ETSI Standard (Brazil, Columbia, Indonesia) ITU-T Standard (Thailand) USA NI-1 USA NI-2 Not used NOTE ETSI Terminal Not ETSI Terminal RELATED COMMAND CM05
To accommodate the ISDN terminal with ETSI specification, set this data to 24. Set 63 for the ISDN terminal with any other specification. Continued on next page
364
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91363-20
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT FUNCTIONS AA

: Initial Data Y No. 07 MEANING Sending method of calling number from/to network for MFR/ CIR/911 sender card Idle Code on ISDN B Channels DTI INITIAL 12 Rering facility [Chinese No. 1] DTI INITIAL 13 Forced Release facility [Chinese No. 1] DTI INITIAL 14 Selection of DCH for ISDN-PRI 0 1 PN-24PRTA (Built-in DCH) PN-SC01 (DCH) CM05 Y=0>12 0 1 To provide Not provided DATA 0 1 3 7 0 1 0 1 SETTING DATA MEANING CALLER ID (CLASS SM) T1-ANI Enhanced 911 MFC-R2 Send 7F to PSTN Send FF to PSTN To provide Not provided RELATED COMMAND
09
365
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91363-20
CMAC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ISDN FUNCTIONS AC FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the ICH/BRT card. PRECAUTION: This command requires system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA + EXE ST + ACYY + DE + ICH No. + ISDN LINE No. + DE + (0-7) (00-15) (1-8 digits) ST + AC30 + DE +
INITIAL
ISDN AP No. + BCH No. + DE + SUBSCRIBER No. + SPID + EXE (0-3) (4 digits) (04-15, (4 digits) 20-31)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING ISDN Line station number to be controlled Layer 2 data link TEI (Terminal Endpoint Identier) Passive Bus in point to multipoint connection Layer 1 activation Checking of TEI (Terminal End-point Identier) when Layer 2 data link is released National ISDN-1 mode [North America Only] SPID (Service Prole ID) for each B channel of BRT card [North America Only] DATA X XXXXXXXX 01 02 03 04 06 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Point to Point connection Point to Multipoint connection Manual TEI assignment Automatic TEI assignment Extended Passive Bus Short Passive Bus Always activated Activated by call event To provide Not provided To provide Not provided SETTING DATA MEANING ISDN Line station number RELATED COMMAND
10 30
XXXX ZZZZ XXXX: ISDN Subscriber No. (8 digits) ZZZZ : SPID
366
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91366-20
CMAD
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT AD FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling area and PAD data for each CS/ZT. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
SETTING DATA + CS/ZT NUMBER + ST + ADYY + DE + DE + EXE (3 digits) (1-5 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y 00 MEANING Calling Area CS/ZT No. DATA 000-127 XX Y ZZ MEANING XX: Calling Area No. (00-31) Y : Group No. (0-7) ZZ : Group CS/ZT No. (00-31) No data Data clear Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) +: Gain : Loss 0/0 0/+3 0/+6 0/3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/3 3/3 +3/0 +6/0 3/0 3/0 0/3 0/6 0/0 Continued on next page
NONE CCC 01 PAD Data (CSI-COT/ODT/DID) PAD
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 15
367
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91367-20
CMAD
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT AD

: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y 02 MEANING Number of LCCH Carrier NOTE 1 NOTE 2 Receiving sensibility of LCCH from PS to ZT [Latin America Only] NOTE 2 Sending Level of LCCH from CS/ZT to PS NOTE 2 CS/ZT No. DATA 000-127 01 02 01 02 15 MEANING 1 LCCH Carrier 2 LCCH Carriers 40 dB (Faint) 20 dB (Average) 0 dB (Strong) BS01 [Australia/Other Countries] 10 mW, 35 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 15 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) BS21 [Australia/Other Countries] 10 mW, 15 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 15 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) ZT [Latin America Only] 10 mW, 40 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 20 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) 40 dB (Faint) 20 dB (Average) 0 dB (Strong) Continued on next page
04
05
01 02 15
01 02 15 01 02 15 06 Receiving sensibility of TCH from PS to ZT [Latin America Only] NOTE 2 01 02 15
368
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91367-20
CMAD

: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y 07 MEANING Sending Level of TCH from CS/ ZT to PS NOTE 2 CS/ZT No. DATA 000-127 01 02 15 MEANING BS01 [Australia/Other Countries] 10 mW, 35 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 15 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) BS21 [Australia/Other Countries] 10 mW, 15 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 15 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) ZT [Latin America Only] 10 mW, 40 dB (Faint) 10 mW, 20 dB (Average) 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong) Continued on next page
01 02 15 01 02 15
NOTE 1: If the wave interference occurs by the mass of the PS, set this data to 1 (1 LCCH Carrier). NOTE 2: Follow the initial data setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=02/04/05/06/ 07, contact NEC.
369
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91367-20
CMAD

: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y 08 PAD Data (CSI-DTI) MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA 000-127 PAD MEANING Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) +: Gain : Loss 0/0 0/+3 0/+6 0/3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/3 3/3 +3/0 +6/0 3/0 3/0 0/3 0/6 0/0 Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) +: Gain : Loss 0/0 0/+3 0/+6 0/3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/3 3/3 +3/0 +6/0 3/0 3/0 0/3 0/6 0/+6 Continued on next page
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 15 09 PAD Data (CSI-LC/DLC) PAD
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 15
370
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91367-20
CMAD

: Initial Data SETTING DATA Y 10 MEANING PAD Data (CSI-CSI) CS/ZT No. DATA 000-127 PAD MEANING Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) +: Gain : Loss 0/0 0/+3 0/+6 0/3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/3 3/3 +3/0 +6/0 3/0 3/0 0/3 0/6 0/+6 Dterm PS II Type Former Dterm PS Type
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 15 19 ZT Type [North America/Latin America] 00 15
371
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91367-20
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT AE FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the CS/ZT operation data. PRECAUTION: After setting CMAE Y=42, DBM (AP00-A) card reset is required. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
SETTING DATA 1ST DATA ST + AEYY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-16 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y 00 1ST DATA DATA 01 MEANING SYS-ID registered by NECAM LASC. [Latin America Only] DATA XX YYYYYY ZZZZ (HEX. 12 digits) SETTING DATA MEANING XX : Tenant number YYYYYY: Site ID ZZZZ : Additional information No data LEN No data Australia North America 310 North America 311 North America 312 North America 313 North America 314 North America 315 North America 316 Japan Home PBX ID (1-4 digits, Decimal) NOTE 1 NONE 05 Nation Code assignment [Other Countries Only] No data Refer to Technical Information PI-237 Country Code Programming on NEAX 7400ICS M100MX WCS. Continued on next page
NONE 02 03 CS with SYS-ID [Australia/Other Countries] Nation Code assignment [Australia/North America] 000-758 NONE 001 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 255 X-XXXX
04
Home PBX ID for Roaming [North America/Latin America]
372
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91372-20
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT AE

: Initial Data Y 10 11 15 MEANING CS/ZT Operation Mode Width of Calling Area Control Carrier Information [North America/ Latin America] 1ST DATA DATA 00-31 00-31 00 MEANING Calling Area No. Calling Area No. Control Carrier Priority NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 SETTING DATA DATA 02 15 1 3 AA BB CC DD EE AA: 1st Priority BB: 2nd Priority CC: 3rd Priority DD: 4th Priority EE: 5th Priority MEANING Crowded Mode Normal Mode Wide Narrow Control Carrier No. 01-20 01: 1920.35 MHz 02: 1920.65 MHz 03: 1920.95 MHz 04: 1921.55 MHz 05: 1921.85 MHz 06: 1922.15 MHz 07: 1923.05 MHz 08: 1923.35 MHz 09: 1924.25 MHz 10: 1924.55 MHz 11: 1925.45 MHz 12: 1925.75 MHz 13: 1926.65 MHz 14: 1926.95 MHz 15: 1927.85 MHz 16: 1928.15 MHz 17: 1928.45 MHz 18: 1929.05 MHz 19: 1929.35 MHz 20: 1929.65 MHZ 1920-1930 MHz 1920-1925 MHz No data Continued on next page
01
Control Carrier Selection Pattern
01 02 NONE
373
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91372-20
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT AE

: Initial Data Y 42 MEANING Network ID for Roaming Service [North America/ Latin America] DBM INITIAL 1ST DATA DATA 00 MEANING Network ID assignment SETTING DATA DATA 00000-65534 NONE MEANING Network ID No data
NOTE 1: Assign the same number with the first 4 digits of the Individual PS number set by CM1D Y=00. NOTE 2: Be sure to set from the 1st digit to last digit (10 digits). Last 4 digits must be set as 0000. NOTE 3: After changing this data, download the PS operation data by CM1D Y=20. NOTE 4: PS operation data must be downloaded every time the control carrier number is changed.
374
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91372-20
CMAF
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT AF FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Visitor PS data for Roaming. PRECAUTION: (1) (2) This data setting is valid when DBM (AP00-A) card is online. This command is effective only for North America/Latin America.
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + AFYYY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 000 MEANING Home PBX ID for Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] Route Selection Pattern assignment for Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] Trunk Restriction Class in Day, Night Mode for Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] DATA X-XXXX 1ST DATA MEANING Home PBX ID (1-4 digits, Decimal) DATA 2ND DATA NEANING
000-511 Data Table No. 000-511 CCC Data clear NONE No data 00-07 CCC NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 CCC NONE Route Selection Pattern No. 00-07 Data clear No data Unrestricted (RCA) Nonrestricted 1 (RCB) Nonrestricted 2 (RCC) Semirestricted 1 (RCD) Semirestricted 2 (RCE) Restricted 1 (RCF) Restricted 2 (RCG) Fully Restricted (RCH) Data clear No data Continued on next page
001
000-511
Data Table No. assigned by CMAF Y=000
002
000-511
Data Table No. assigned by CMAF Y=000
375
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91375-20
CMAF
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT AF

: Initial Data Y No. 100 107 MEANING Trunk Route Selection for location registration of Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] Trunk Route for originating/terminating calls from/to Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] Route Selection Pattern number for Trunk Restriction Class sent from Home PBX [North America/Latin America] DATA 1 1ST DATA MEANING First Selected Route DATA 00-63 CCC NONE 00-63 CCC NONE 2ND DATA NEANING Q-931a D-Channel Trunk Route No. 00-63 Data clear No data Trunk Route No. 00-63 Data clear No data
200
208
210
00 15
~
4 1
Fourth Selected Route
First Selected Route
0 Trunk Restriction Class sent from Home PBX CCC 01: Unrestricted (RCA) NONE 02: Nonrestricted 1 (RCB) 03: Nonrestricted 2 (RCC) 04: Semirestricted 1 (RCD) 05: Semirestricted 2 (RCE) 06: Restricted 1 (RCF) 07: Restricted 2 (RCG) 08: Fully restricted (RCH) 09-15: Not used
Route Selection Pattern 0 Data clear No data
~
0
Roaming Station Number [North America/Latin America]
X-XXXX Roaming Station No. (Pilot station No. assigned by CM18 Y=1) Continued on next page
376
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91375-20
CMAF
COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT AF
Y No. 998 MEANING Work Memory All Clear of DBM Card [North America/Latin America] System Data Memory All Clear of DBM Card [North America/Latin America] DATA 1
1ST DATA MEANING All Clear DATA CCC
2ND DATA NEANING Data clear
999
All Clear
CCC
Data Clear
377
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91375-20
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT B0 FUNCTION: This command allows accumulated data of use for maintenance purposes to be read from the system PEG counter. Data can be cleared after reading. PRECAUTION: When the system is reset, the contents in the memories of the PEG counter are all cleared. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: Y=0 To clear individual data
TRUNK STATUS DATA + ST + B00 + DE + DE + CCC + EXE (3 digits)
To clear all PEG COUNT data

ST + B00 + DE + 999 + DE + CCC + EXE
To display
TRUNK STATUS DATA + ST + B00 + DE + DE (3 digits)
Y=2 To set the PEG COUNT measurement start/end time

1ST DATA + 2ND DATA ST + B02 + DE + DE + (8 digits) + EXE (0/1)
To display the PEG COUNT measurement status

ST + B02 + DE + 2 + DE
378
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91378-20
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT B0 DATA TABLE:

TRUNK STATUS DATA Y DATA 0 000 063 064 065 066 068 069 070 071 072 076 100 163 200 263 500 563 600 663 700 763 Continued on next page Number of register connection on trunk call-Trunk Route 00-63 Number of unanswered incoming calls-Trunk Route 0063 Number of incoming calls terminated to busy tone-Trunk Route 00-63 Number of times all trunks found to be busy trunk route 00-63 Number of tandem connections established Number of times a busy station was encountered Number of all types of calls to Attendant Console Number of connections giving Dial Tone Number of station to station connections established Number of failures caused by all senders being busy Number of internal data station to data station call attempt Number of failures caused by all registers being busy Number of failures caused by all ringing trunks being busy Number of incoming call seizure-Trunk Route 00-63 MEANING Number of outgoing trunk seizure-Trunk Route 00-63 SETTING DATA CCC
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
379
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91378-20
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT B0
TRUNK STATUS DATA Y DATA 0 830 831 832 MEANING Number of conference calls (Three/Four way Calling) Number of failures cased by all conference trunks (For three way Calling) being busy Number of transferred incoming calls to Attendant Console or predetermined station, by Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer) Enter to clear all PEG data Line fault status on each trunk NOTE 1 Line fault alarm indication NOTE 2
SETTING DATA CCC
999 1 [Australia Only] 000 255 600 601 604 605 606 609
~
Number of times line fault by broken wire and short circuit occurred Number of times line fault (Metering Burst) Number of all existing line fault trunks Number of existing line fault trunk by broken wire and short circuit Number of existing line fault trunk (Metering burst) (Display only) 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MM DD HH mm To stop the PEG COUNT immediately, enter 99999999 MEANING MM: Month (01-12) DD : Day (01-31) HH : Hour (00-23) mm: Minute (00-59)
Y DATA 2 Setting of duration for measuring PEG COUNT 0 1 MEANING Setting of PEG COUNT Start Time Setting of PEG COUNT End Time
Display the PEG COUNT Status
NOTE 3 Continued on next page
380
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91378-20
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT B0 NOTE 1: Meaning of display (TRUNK STATUS DATA)
B01>XXX: Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5-
XXX=Trunk No.: 000-255 Y1=0; No Trunk Make Busy 1; Trunk Make Busy 2; No trunk card Y2=0/1; Normal/Fault=Line status (Broken wire/short circuit) Y3=0; Not used Y4=0; Not used Y5=0/1; Normal/Fault=Line status (Metering Burst) NOTE 2: Meaning of display (TRUNK STATUS DATA)
B01>600: Y1 Y2 Y3 -
Y1=1; Indication of Line fault alarm on MN lamp Y2=1; Indication of Line fault alarm on MJ lamp Y3=1; Indication of Line fault alarm on Large type ATTCON MN lamp NOTE 3: The meaning of the data displayed is as shown below. 0: Not started 1: Under measuring 2: Finished After turning power on or after a system reset, the system starts the PEG COUNT, if the PEG COUNT start time has not been set.
381
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91378-20
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT B1 FUNCTION: This command is used to measure trafc data of outgoing/incoming trunk calls and to display the data on CAT or MAT. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + B1Y + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Setting of trafc measurement condition DATA 0 1ST DATA MEANING Trafc Measurement Mode Setting Start Time for Trafc Measurement DATA 0 1 2 2ND DATA NEANING Not to measurement Hourly measurement Daily measurement
MMDDHHmm MM: Month (01-12) DD : Day (01-31) HH : Hour (00-23) mm: Minute (00-59) NONE No data MMDDHHmm MM: Month (01-12) DD : Day (01-31) HH : Hour (00-23) mm: Minute (00-59) NONE No data 0 1 2 Before the trafc measurement During the trafc measurement Completed the trafc measurement Continued on next page
Setting End Time for Trafc Measurement
Display data for Trafc Measurement
382
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91382-20
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT B1
Y No. 1 MEANING Display incoming trunk trafc data Display outgoing trunk trafc data Display incoming trunk route trafc data DATA 000 127 2 000 127 3 00 63 4 Display outgoing trunk route trafc data 00 63
1ST DATA MEANING Trunk No. 000 Trunk No. 127 Trunk No. 000 Trunk No. 127 Trunk Route No. 00 Trunk Route No. 63 Trunk Route No. 00 Trunk Route No. 63
2ND DATA DATA TRAFFIC No. DATA 1 XXXX (4 digits) XXXX (4 digits) MEANING Incoming trunk trafc data X.XXX erl (Ex.) 0125 0.125 erl Outgoing trunk trafc data X.XXX erl (Ex.) 0125 0.125 erl
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
383
~
7 1
~
7 1
7 1
XXXXXX Incoming trunk route traf(6 digits) c data XXX.XXX erl (Ex.) 001345 1.345 erl XXXXXX Outgoing trunk route traf(6 digits) c data XXX.XXX erl (Ex.) 001345 1.345 erl
~ ~
7
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91382-20
CMB3
COMMAND CODE TITLE: UCD PEG COUNT B3 FUNCTION: This command allows accumulated trafc data related to the UCD Group to be read from the system. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: To display
DATA ST + B3Y + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE
To clear individual data

TRUNK STATUS + ST + B3Y + DE + DE + CCC + EXE DATA
To clear all UCD PEG COUNT data

ST + B39 + DE + 999 + DE + CCC + EXE
384
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91384-20
CMB3
COMMAND CODE TITLE: UCD PEG COUNT B3 DATA TABLE:

Y TRUNK STATUS DATA 0 MEANING Number of answered calls on UCD station Number of incoming calls to UCD Group Number of call waiting calls for predetermined time in queuing mode on UCD Group NOTE Number of abandoned calls to UCD Group Number of incoming calls to all busy of UCD Group Number of incoming calls to UCD Group that were answered Number of times of queuing assigned by CM42>16 was reached Clear all UCD PEG COUNT data 999 DATA X XXXXXXXX 1 2 00 15 UCD Group 00 UCD Group 15 See CM17 Y=2 SETTING DATA MEANING UCD Station Number See CM17 Y=0
~ ~ ~
3 4 5 6 9
NOTE: The predetermined time is specified by CM41 Y=0>16.
385
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91384-20
CMD5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH AP D5 FUNCTION: This command is used to set up the ID codes for Authorization Code and Forced Account Code and Remote Access to System (DISA) features with AP01 card. The last two digits of the ID code can be used as a check code which is automatically generated according to the data in CMD5 Y=0 and CMD5 Y=1, if required. PRECAUTION: These ID codes are available, when CM08>216/217 are set to 1. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + D5Y + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE (1-10 digits) (1-9 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 0 MEANING Required digits for generating the 1st and 2nd check codes X ............X X X ID Code 2nd Check Code 1st Check Code 1 2 Setting of Check Sum Data Check Sum Value 0 1 0 1 Generate 1st Check Code Generate 2nd Check Code Calculate 1st Check Code Calculate 2nd Check Code 0-9 0 Check Sum Data (Enter desired value.) Check Sum Value DATA 0 1ST DATA MEANING Designation of digits to be totalled for generating 1st Check Code Designation of digits to be totalled for generating 2nd Check Code DATA 00 XX 00: No Check Code 01-FF: NOTE 1 2ND DATA MEANING
~
9 Continued on next page
386
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91386-20
CMD5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH AP D5
Y No. 3 MEANING ID Code Entry DATA X XX X.....X Max. 10 digits NOTE 2
1ST DATA MEANING ID Code which is to be dialed in service (Exclusive of Check Code) DATA
2ND DATA MEANING
ABBCC Setting of Temporary DDEE Service Class A: Type of Temporary Service Class 0: Unrestricted 1: Fully-Restricted 2: Temporary Service Class 9: Delete of the ID Code B-E: Temporary Service Class (In case of CMD5 A=2) B: Trunk Restriction Class (01-08) C: Service Feature Class-A (00-15) D: Service Feature Class-B (00-15) E: Service Feature Class C (00-15) X-XXXX Station number
Station number setting corresponding to ID code
XX..X ID code Max. NOTE 3 10 digits
NOTE 1: According to the digits to be designated, assign 01FF to the 1st Data 0 and 1 respectively. Digits 18 corresponding to Bits 07 shown below.
ID CODE DATA (00 FF) x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 b0 b7 0/1: Not to be totalled/To be totalled
NOTE 2: When providing a Check Code, the maximum number of ID Code digits available is 8. The Check Code is displayed on the CAT/MAT in addition to the ID Code entered. NOTE 3: The ID Code shall be registered previously by CMD5 Y=3.
387
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91386-20
CMD6
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ALL CLEAR WITH AP D6 FUNCTION: This command is used to delete all the ID Codes stored in PN-AP01 card, at one time. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + D60 + DE + 0000 + DE + CCC + EXE
388
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91388-20
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA D7 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the data to control the OAI facility. PRECAUTION: After setting CMD7 Y=9, AP01 card reset is required. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + D7Y + DE + FUNCTION DATA + DE + DATA + EXE (1-5 digits) (1-4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 0 MEANING OAI Function Key number for MSF/TMF DATA F1032 F1047 1ST DATA MEANING OAI Function key number 0 OAI Function key number 15 NOTE 1 DATA 128 191 192 255 DCX 1 Operation Code for MSF Digital Announcement Trunk card number for MSF X XXXX 2 000 127 Message number Access Code assigned by CM20>A084 128 191 1XXX XXX: 000-127: Digital Announcement Trunk card number Digital Announcement Trunk card number Continued on next page Digit number of Digit Code (X=1-3) NOTE 2 Operation Code for MSF NOTE 3 Operation Code for TMF 2ND DATA MEANING Operation Code for MSF
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
Multi-Connection Announcement service for MSF
100 Message number (Fixed)
1000 (Fixed)
389
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91389-20
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA D7

: Initial Data Y No. 3 MEANING Waiting timer for RR signal after starting up MSF/TMF DATA 00 1ST DATA MEANING Setting Timer DATA 000 001 002 003 127 4 Maximum number of terminals to be in terminal mode simultaneously for MSF/TMF 00 Number of terminals to be in MSF mode from a PB Telephone Number of terminals to be in terminal mode/TMF simultaneously per system 00 32 00 01 02 03 30 31 32 5 6 Ofce number for FLF Operation code to start up MSF/TMF by dialling a digit code after pressing an OAI function key
term
2ND DATA MEANING 8 sec. (4 sec. increments) 4 sec. 8 sec. 12 sec. 508 sec. Number of terminals
~ ~
01
32 terminals (2 terminals increments) 2 terminals 4 terminals 6 terminals 60 terminals 62 terminals 63 terminals Ofce No. (Max. 4 digits) Operation Code for MSF NOTE 6 Operation Code for TMF NOTE 6 Not sent To send Continued on next page
00 X XXX Digit Code (X=0-9, #) NOTE 4, NOTE 5
XXXX 128 191 192 255
Chime from D when receiving RR signal of MSF/TMF
F1032 F1047
~ ~
~ ~
OAI Function Key No. 0 OAI Function Key No. 15
00 01
390
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91389-20
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA D7

: Initial Data Y No. 8 MEANING Chime from when setting up TMF Dterm DATA 00 1ST DATA MEANING Chime before sending terminal messages (when pressing OAI Function Key) Chime after sending terminal messages Display of guidance before sending terminal messages (when pressing OAI Function Key) Display of guidance after sending terminal messages Division No. of IP Address 0 Address Data 00 01 To display Not displayed DATA 00 01 2ND DATA MEANING Not ring Ring
02 Display of guidance on Dterm when setting up TMF 01
03 9 IP Address of TCP/IPEthernet AP01 INITIAL A RR message when FLF subscribe message is received 00 03 00 01
~
Recognition of AP database by RR message Omission of AP database information added to RR message SMFN/SSFN Delay Timer When Terminal Mode is canceled Number of ID code digits when AP stops during ACF operation
255 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 3 To provide Not provided Not omitted To omit Immediate start 512 msec. delay Ring Not ring No ACF operation 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits Continued on next page
SMFN/SSFN timer control Chime from Dterm when MSF is canceled B ID Code digits
02 11 00
391
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91389-20
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA D7 NOTE 1: OAI Function key number is assigned by CM90. NOTE 2: The digit code is assigned by CMD7 Y=6. NOTE 3: The maximum number of operation codes is 16. NOTE 4: Digit number is assigned by CMD7 Y=0. NOTE 5: Do not use * as a digit code. NOTE 6: The maximum number of operation codes is 128.
392
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91389-20
CMDB
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA DB FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling number development data for CALLER ID. PRECAUTION: Clearing all data in memory for calling number development (CMDB Y=90) is necessary before assigning the calling number development data by CMDB and CMDC. The development data by CMDB and CMDC are assigned toward the rst CIR card (PN4RSTC), which has been assigned a minimum AP number. When providing multiple CIR cards, save the development data and load them for the other CIR cards using a MAT. For detail procedure, refer to the Feature Programming Manual. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + DBYY + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE (1-4 digits) (1-14 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00 MEANING Calling partys name assignment DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA X...XXXX (Max. 14 characters) NONE CCC X...XXXX (Max. 12 digits) NONE CCC X...XXXX (Max. 12 digits) NONE CCC 0 1 2 3 2ND DATA MEANING Character Code See Character Code Table in CM77. No data Clear Day Mode Destination station number (X=0-9) No data Clear Night Mode Destination station number (X=0-9) No data Clear Depends on CM35 Y=33 Not used Internal Ringing Tone External Ringing Tone Continued on next page
0-1499 Calling Number Development Table number assigned by CMDC
01
Destination station number for Day Mode NOTE1, NOTE2 Destination station number for Night Mode NOTE1, NOTE2 Ringing Tone
02
04
393
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91393-20
CMDB
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA DB

: Initial Data Y No. 05 MEANING Calling Number/ Calling Name Display Call Waiting for each calling number DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 0 1 0 1 2ND DATA MEANING Calling Number Display Calling Name Display Not available Available NOTE: Effective when the 2nd data of CM35 Y=59 is 1. Not priority Priority Calling name received from network Name assigned by CMDB Y=00 Using Development Table for Trunk Tenant 00 (CMDC Y=00) Using Development Table for actual Trunk Tenant (CMDC Y=00-63) With Time Parameter Without Time Parameter Continued on next page
06
0-1499 Calling Number Development Table No. assigned by CMDC
07
UCD Priority Queuing for each calling number Priority for name display Trunk Tenant Number for Calling Number Development and Type of Single Data Message Frame Format 0 Trunk Tenant Number Development
0 1 0 1
12
30
Single Data Message Frame Format
0 1
394
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91393-20
CMDB
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA DB
Y No. 90 91 MEANING Caller ID Receiver Memory All Clear Caller ID Receiver Memory Clear for Development Table No. assigned by CMDC and Development Data assigned by CMDB Caller ID Receiver Memory Clear for Development Data assigned by CMDB DATA 0000 0001
1ST DATA MEANING DATA CCC
2ND DATA MEANING Clear NOTE: Before clearing the data, set the SW1-1 to SW1-4 on the CALLER ID Receiver Trunk to ON (Make-busy); and after memory clear, restore them to OFF.
92
0002
NOTE 1: If assigning the destination station number as below, the terminating system overrides CM30 Y=02/03 for the selected Development Table. ****02: Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance ****03: Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS ****04: Direct-in Termination ****09: Automated Attendant ****11: Attendant Console + Trunk Line Appearance ****13: TAS ****14: Attendant Console ****16: Remote Access to System (DISA) ****31: DID, Tie Line, and the call which is not handled by the PBX NOTE 2: Destination station number can be LCR access code + outside telephone number.
395
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91393-20
CMDC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT TABLE DC FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling number development table number for CALLER ID, to each calling number. PRECAUTION: Clearing all data in memory for calling number development (CMDB Y=90) is necessary before assigning the calling number development data by CMDB and CMDC. The development data by CMDB and CMDC are assigned toward the rst CIR card (PN4RSTC), which has been assigned a minimum AP number. When providing multiple CIR cards, save the development data and load them for the other CIR cards using a MAT. For details of the procedure, refer to the Feature Programming Manual. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
CALLING DEVELOPMENT + EXE ST + DCYY + DE + NUMBER + DE + TABLE No. (1-10 digits) (1-4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 00-63 MEANING Trunk Tenant number DATA X...XXX 1ST DATA MEANING Calling number (Max. 10 digits) 0 DATA 2ND DATA MEANING
-1499 Calling Number Development Table number
396
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91396-20
CME0
COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIALIZATION E0 FUNCTION: This command allows the maintenance personnel to reset the system with the CAT. PRECAUTION: If the setting data (Month, Day and Time) is different from the current time of the system clock set by CM02, any request to initialize the system is not accepted and DATA ERROR is displayed. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + E0Y + DE + TYPE OF INITIALIZATION DATA + DE + (8 digits) + EXE (2/4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 2 5 MEANING System Initialization Desired FP/AP Initialization TYPE OF INITIALIZATION No. 2000 00 31 MEANING MP Reset FP/AP number 00 FP/AP number 31 DATA MM DD HH mm SETTING DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Current time disCM02 term/ played on D CM02 ATTCON CM05 NOTE To request the initialization immediately.
NOTE: For the Data MMDDHHmm, enter the Month, Date, and Time (hour and minute) of the time, as shown below. MM: Month (01 (Jan.)-12 (Dec.)) DD : Date (01-31) HH : Hour (00-24) mm: Minute (00-59)
397
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91397-20
CME1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY E1 FUNCTION: This command is used to display Check Sum data on MP memory. This is only for maintenance. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: To display
ST + E10 + DE + MEMORY AREA No. + DE (01-04)
Check Sum Data: 0000-FFFF is displayed.
398
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91398-20
CME5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY E5 FUNCTION: This command is used to make busy any station or trunk in the software. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + E5Y + DE + STATION/TRUNK DATA + DE + (1-2 digits) + EXE NUMBER
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data STATION/TRUNK NUMBER Y No. 0 X XXXXXXXX 1 000 255 2 XXXXXXXX , Z Trunk number NOTE 2 XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line Station number Z: 0 (B1 channel) 1 (B2 channel) NOTE 3 CS/ZT number 0 1 Make busy set In service MEANING Station number (1-8 digits) NOTE 1 0 1 Make busy set In service For COT, LDT, ODT, AUC and BRT card For ILC card DATA 0 1 MEANING Make busy set In service For LC, AUC and DLC card SETTING DATA REMARKS
~ ~
000 127
0 1 2
Make busy (forced) Make idle Make busy (after calls nished)
For CS/ZT NOTE 4
~
399
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91399-20
CME5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY E5 NOTE 1: For a station that is made busy, call termination to the station is restricted, but call origination is available. For extension lines on a Dterm, My Line and Multiline make busy can be set individually, with the same condition as mentioned above. NOTE 2: For a trunk that is made busy, the outgoing call is restricted, but on incoming, the call is available. NOTE 3: For the B channel that is made busy, call termination to the ISDN Terminal corresponds with the B channel is restricted, but call origination is available. NOTE 4: Make idle of CS/ZT since the CS/ZT is in make busy forcibly when assigning the CS/ ZT data by CM10. NOTE 5: Under a made busy condition, the Busy Lamp on the card flashes (60 IPM).
400
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91399-20
CME6
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM MAT/CAT E6 FUNCTION: This command is used to set/reset Call Forwarding service to each station from a MAT/CAT. PRECAUTION: CME6 can be used for any station irrespective of its state. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
CCC STATION No. DESTINATION No. ST + E6YY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (for reset) + EXE (1-26 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y 00 MEANING Call Forwarding-All Calls DESTINATION Destination=Extension; X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits) Destination=Outside party; X-XX + , + YY...YY X-XX: Outgoing Trunk/LCR Group Access Code (1-2 digits) , : Separate Mark YY...YY: Called No. (Max. 26 digits) Destination=Attendant; E000 03 Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Dont Answer (No Answer) Split Call Forwarding-All Calls 0: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 0)/ATT 1: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 1) 2: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 2) See 3: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 3) CM78 4: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 4) 5: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 5) 6: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 6) 7: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 7) 8: Destination for Call Forwarding 9: Destination for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) (Block 0)
01
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
02
Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer)
04
05
Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/ Dont Answer (No Answer)
NOTE: To reset the Call Forwarding, assign CCC to the second data.
401
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91401-20
CME7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PASSWORD LEVEL E7 FUNCTION: This command is used to specify the accessible commands for each Password Level. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + E7YY + DE + DATA COMMAND CODE + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE (1-2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y COMMAND CODE No. 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 PASSWORD LEVEL Password Level 0-6 1-6 2-6 3-6 4-6 5-6 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 00-F8 (Exclusive of 03, E7, E9) 0 1 : Allowed : Restricted SETTING DATA
To clear all the Password Level settings for all individual commands To clear all the Password Level settings for all commands
00-F8 (Exclusive of 03, E7, E9)
1: All Password Levels excluding Level 7 are restricted from assignment of designated command. 1: All Password Levels excluding Level 7 are restricted from assignment of all commands.
21
00
NOTE: In case of CME7 Y=20, 21, the data to be set is 1 only.
402
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91402-20
CME9
COMMAND CODE TITLE: PASSWORD CODE E9 FUNCTION: This command is used to dene the Password Code of each Password Level and the availability of Password Service. PRECAUTION: (1) When programming a Password Code, the Password Code for Password Level 7 must be made. If no Password Code of Password Level 7 is set, the programming of Password Service provision (CME9>9) is restricted with the message CODE NOT USED. NOTE Before setting the Password Code, CME9>8 (Change of Password) must be set to 0 (Allowed). CME9>9 (Password Service) must be set to 0 (Provided) after programming of all Password Codes are completed.
(2)
(3)
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + E9 + DE + (1 digits) + DE + (1/8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA DATA 0 Password Level 0 X MEANING Password Code Following Password Codes are not available: CC...C (All C) FF...F (All F) REMARKS
NOTE: Password Level 7 can access all the commands.
~
7 8 9
Password Level 7
Change of Password Password Service
XXXXXXXX (Max. 8 digits) 00000000 0 1 0 1 Allowed Restricted Provide No provided
~
403
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91403-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA FUNCTION: This command is used for fault maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined below: Storing fault information into the Fault Store Memory upon occurrence of a fault. Display of the stored fault information Control of the external alarm upon occurrence of a fault PRECAUTION: (1) (2) In CMEA Y=0, the fault information is automatically displayed when DE is pressed after entering rst data 00. See Fault Information Display in the following pages for details on how to read the fault information.
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + EAY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y No. 0 MEANING Fault information display See page 409 DATA 00 1ST DATA MEANING All fault information stored in Fault Information Memory is displayed one after another from the oldest to the newest NOTE 1 Clear both MJ/MN alarms Clear MJ alarms Clear MN alarms Continued on next page DATA 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Clear External Alarm Kind (MJ/MN)
00 01 02
CCC
Alarm Clear
CM61 Y=30
404
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA

: Initial Data Y No. 2 MEANING DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 0 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Fault information Fault Kind: Occurrence store into memory, 01 System Initialization and control of exterNOTE 1 nal alarm 04 MP-FP/AP communication failure 08 09 12 16 20 21 FP/AP card down Power failure CS/ZT fault occurred Periodic alarm DTI line failure DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection failure CCH link connection failure Number of faulty trunks was more than predetermined number [Australia Only] NOTE 2
22 24
CM08>450, External Alarm 451 Kind 0: Fault Memory store/No output CM42>01, 50 of External Alarm 1: Fault Memory store/External Alarm is MN alarm 2: Fault Memory store/External Alarm is MJ alarm 3: Fault Memory store/External Alarm Kind is determined by standard data [See 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/ MN/ )] page 411 No Fault Memory store/No External Alarm output To assign NONE, enter CCC.
25
NONE Number of lock-out stations was more than predetermined number NOTE 3 DLC card down Synchronism of DPC missed SMDR output buffer memory overow CS/ZT fault occurred
26 27 28 2B
405
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

: Initial Data Y No. 2 MEANING DATA 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 0 2ND DATA MEANING RELATED COMMAND
Fault information Fault Kind: Restoration store into memory, 18 FP/AP card returned to and control of externormal condition nal alarm 19 Power failure returned to normal condition 30 31 DTI line returned to normal condition DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection returned to normal condition CCH link connection returned to normal condition Number of faulty trunks was less than predetermined number [Australia Only] NOTE 4 Number of lock-out stations restored to less than predetermined number NOTE 5 DLC card returned to normal condition Synchronism of DPC returned to normal condition SMDR output buffer memory returned to normal condition CS/ZT returned to normal condition
32
34
35
CM08>450, External Alarm 451 Kind 0: Fault Memory store/No output CM42>01, 50 of External Alarm 1: Fault Memory store/External Alarm is MN alarm 2: Fault Memory store/External Alarm is MJ alarm 3: Fault Memory store/External Alarm Kind is determined by standard data [See 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/ MN/ )] page 411 No Fault Memory store/No External Alarm output To assign NONE, enter CCC.
NONE
36 37
38
3B
406
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

: Initial Data Y No. 3 MEANING Sending fault information by alarm kind automatically to IMX MAT DATA 00 01 02 1ST DATA MEANING MJ Alarm* MN Alarm* - - Alarm* DATA 0 1 2ND DATA MEANING Send Not sent RELATED COMMAND
*: External Alarm Kind set by CMEA Y=2 01 05 Fault information automatically sent Destination ofce of fault information 2 7 1 16367 NONE Alarm Kind Notice No data Point Code
Contents of fault information sent to IMX MAT
~
No data Max. 32 digits See Character Code Table in CM77. No data Ofce Name Max. 16 characters No data Continued on next page
Ofce name sent to IMX MAT
01
Character Code
20-DF
NONE 02 Character XX...XX
NONE
407
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA NOTE 1: Even if the external alarm is set as MN or MJ alarm for system initialized (1st data=01), no alarm is output in the case of Power On, Reset key operated, initialization from the MAT/CAT, and initialization by MP SW3 switch selection. NOTE 2: The External Alarm Kind for Number of faulty trunks was more than predetermined number is fixed by CM42>06, 07. For this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/3, it simply means the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this case, External Alarm Kind cannot be changed. NOTE 3: The External Alarm Kind for Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined number is fixed as MN. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/3, it simply means the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this case, External Alarm Kind cannot be changed. NOTE 4: The External Alarm Kind for Number of faulty trunks was less than predetermined number is fixed to No Alarm. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/3, it simply means that the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this case, External Alarm Kind cannot be changed. NOTE 5: The External Alarm Kind for Number of lockout stations was less than predetermined number is fixed to No Alarm. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/3, it simply means that the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this case, External Alarm Kind cannot be changed.
408
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA s Fault Information Display After the following operation:
ST + EA0 + DE + 00 + DE
The rst screen displays on the MAT/CAT. The fault information is separated into four separate parts, and displayed on four screens. An example of fault information display is provided below:
1st Screen 1 : 03 MN MP 1 2 3 2nd Screen 2 : 93/3/20 DE 4 3rd Screen 3 : xx xx xx xx DE 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8 4th Screen 4 : xx xx xx xx
00
20 : 31 DE
to 1st screen of next data
EXPLANATION OF SCREEN INFORMATION 1: Fault Kind No./Restoration Kind No.

FAULT KIND NUMBER 01 04 08 09 12 16 20 21 22 24 [Australia Only] System initialized MP-FP/AP communication failure FP-AP card down Power failure CS/ZT fault It is a day for periodic maintenance DTI line failure DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection failure CCH link connection Number of faulty trunks was more than predetermined number Continued on next page FAULT CONTENT
409
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 1: Fault Kind No./Restoration Kind No. (Continued)
FAULT KIND NUMBER 25 26 27 28 2B FAULT CONTENT Number of lookout stations was more than predetermined number DLC card down Synchronism of DPC missed SMDR output buffer memory overow CS/ZT fault occurred
RESTORATION KIND NUMBER 18 19 30 31 32 34 [Australia Only] 35 36 37 38 3B
RESTORATION CONTENT FP/AP card returned to normal condition Power failure returned to normal condition DTI line returned to normal condition DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection returned to normal condition CCH link connection returned to normal condition Number of faulty trunks was less than predetermined number Number of lookout stations was less than predetermined number DLC card returned to normal condition Synchronism of DPC returned to normal condition SMDR output buffer memory returned to normal condition CS/ZT returned to normal condition Continued on next page
410
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/MN/ )
Use of External Alarm Kind-Minor (MN), Major (MJ) or external alarm is not provided ( ) can be programmed by CMEA Y=2. The following table shows the standard data set by the 2nd data=3 of CMEA Y=2.
FAULT KIND (1ST) 01 04 08 09 12 16 18 19 20 21 22 24 [Australia Only] 25 26 27 28 2B 30 31 System Initialized MP-FP/AP communication failure FP/AP card down Power failure CS/ZT fault occurred It is a day for periodic maintenance FP/AP card returned to normal condition Power failure returned to normal condition DTI line failure DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection failure CCH link connection failure Number of faulty trunks was more than predetermined number CONTENT ALARM KIND MN ALARM MN ALARM MN ALARM MN ALARM MN ALARM MN ALARM MN ALARM MJ/MN ALARM
Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined number (See CM42>01) DLC card down Synchronism of DPC missed SMDR output buffer memory overow CS/ZT fault occurred DTI line returned to normal condition DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection returned to normal condition
MN ALARM (Fixed) MN ALARM MN ALARM Continued on next page
411
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/MN/ ) (Continued)
FAULT KIND (1ST) 32 34 [Australia Only] 35 36 37 38 3B
CONTENT CCH link connection returned to normal condition Number of faulty trunks was less than predetermined number
ALARM KIND
Number of lockout stations was less than predetermined number DLC card returned to normal condition Synchronism of DPC returned to normal condition SMDR output buffer memory returned to normal condition CS/ZT returned to normal condition
3: CPU Kind and FP/AP number for which a fault was detected
INDICATION MP 00 FP 00-03 AP 04-15, 20-31 MP FP Number 0-3 AP Number 04-15, 20-31 MEANING
4: Date and Time of Fault Occurrence and Restoration

412
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information
FAULT KIND NUMBER 01
10
11
12
Initial System Initialization information Kind, etc. c a , b Communication Failure Kind d Number of communication failures FP/AP No. e
04
08
FP/AP No. e
09
Power Failure Kind 1 f
Power Failure Kind 2 f
Power Failure Kind 3 f CS/ZT Interface No. i
12
Fault Kind g
AP No. h
16
Inspection Kind j
20
Fault Detail Kind l
21
D-ch No. m
22
CCH No. n Continued on next page
413
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information (Continued)
FAULT KIND NUMBER 24 25 26 DLC Fail- LEN ure Kind o 27 DPC Fail- DPC No. ure Kind s r Memory Kind t 2B 18 Fault Kind v FP/AP No. e 19 Power Failure Kind 1 k 30 Fault Detail Kind l 31 D-ch No. m Continued on next page Power Failure Kind 2 k Power Failure Kind 3 k Overow Kind u AP No. w CS/ZT Interface No. x p Station No. q
10
11
12
28
414
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS EA 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information (Continued)
FAULT KIND NUMBER 32 34 35 36 DLC Fail- LEN ure Kind o 37 DPC Fail- DPC No. ure Kind s r Memory Kind t 3B Fault Kind AP No. y z CS/ZT Interface No. A Station No. p q
5 CCH No. n
10
11
12
38
a:
Initial Kind (Upper digit) 1: Program address information 2: Receive command information F: No system initialization information
415
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

b:
Initial Kind (Lower digit) 0: Power On Initialize 1: Initialize by Reset Button (SW1) 2: Serious failure 1 3: Serious failure 2 4: Not Used 5: Serious failure 3 6: Serious failure 4 7: Serious failure 5 8: Serious failure 6 9: SW3 was changed to 0 A: Serious failure 7 B: Initialize by CAT or MAT C: Not used D: Not used E: Not used F: Not used
c:
System Initialization information The address of the program which caused system initialization. This information is output in the case of system initialization only when the initial kind in b is 02, 03, 06, or 0A.
d:
Communication Failure Kind 00: Overow of data sending buffer to FP/AP. 01: Invalid data received from FP/AP
e:
FP/AP Number 00-03 : FP No. 0-3 04-15, 20-31: AP No. 04-15, 20-31
416
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

f :
Power Failure Kind 00: AC input failure 01: Fuse break 02: PWR alarm
g:
Fault Kind 00: Fault notice from CS/ZT 01: CS/ZT initial failure 02: CS/ZT condition read failure 03: CS/ZT condition unmatch 04: B channel condition unmatch 05: SYS-ID upload failure 06: SYS-ID download failure 07: CS/ZT make busy failure 08: CS/ZT data load failure 09: B channel make busy failure 0A: CS/ZT operation parameter change failure 0B: LCCH sending position failure 0C: Carrier selection failure [North America/Latin America Only] 0D: CS/ZT expansion data read failure 0E: CS/ZT expansion data setting failure 0F: CS/ZT operation parameter 2 change failure
h: i : j :
AP No. of CS/ZT fault occurred 04-15, 20-31 CS/ZT Interface No. of fault occurred 000-255 Inspection Kind 00: Battery check
k:
Power Failure Restoration Kind 00: AC input failure 01: Fuse break 02: PWR alarm
417
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

l :
Fault Kind Detail 00: PCM loss 01: Frame loss 02: Multi frame loss 03: AIS error 04: Remote alarm 05: Multi remote alarm 06: S-bit error 07: Not used 08: CRC error 09: Slip detected 0A: Main signal All 1 (for BRT) 0B: INFO 0 (for BRT) 0C: INFO 2 (for BRT) 0D: Not used 0E: Not used 0F: Not used
m:
D-channel circuit No. 00-07=D-channel No. 0-7
n:
CCH No. 00-07: CCH No. 0-7
DLC Failure Kind 00: Terminal was cut off 02: Short circuit 03: Ring wire was grounded 04: Tip wire was grounded or terminal was unconnected 05: Terminal failure 08: Terminal circuit failure
418
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

p: q: r :
LEN (000-763) Station No. (X-XXXXXXXX) DPC Failure Kind 00: DPC on the side of partner 01: DPC on the side of oneself
s: t :
DPC No. Memory Kind 00: Billing memory block 01: Host CPU No. 0 output buffer memory block 02: Host CPU No. 1 output buffer memory block 03: Automatic print buffer memory block 04: Notice of the rest of memory block numbers in the system 05: CCIS output buffer memory block 06: CS report trafc data memory block
u:
Overow Kind When setting CMD000>126>0 00: Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229 or CMD003>26-30 01: Memory overowed When setting CMD000>126>1 01: Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229 or CMD003>26-30 For memory Kind 04, regardless of CMD000>126 01: Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229 or CMD003>26-30
419
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEA

v:
Fault Kind 00: CS/ZT connection down 01: CS/ZT carrier has no space
w: x: y:
AP No. of CS/ZT fault occurred 04-15, 20-31 CS/ZT Interface No. of CS/ZT fault occurred 000-255 Fault Restoration Kind 00: CS/ZT connection returned 01: CS/ZT carrier has space
z: A:
AP No. returned to normal condition CS/ZT Interface No. returned to normal condition
420
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91404-20
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BATTERY RELEASE/LINE STATUS DISPLAY/VMS SOFT KEY DATA DOWNLOAD EC FUNCTION: This command is used for maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined below: Battery release Line status display for single line telephone or Dterm VMS Soft Key data download PRECAUTION: (1) See Line Status Display/VMS Soft Key Data Download Status Display in the following pages for details on how to read the status information. Line status display of a single line should not be performed while the single line is in use. Line status display is not available in off-line. VMS Soft Key data all clear must be executed in off-line.
(2) (3) (4)
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + ECY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + + EXE (0/1)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 1 MEANING Battery release Line status display [See Line Status Display] page 423 DATA 00 X 1ST DATA MEANING DATA 0 1 2ND DATA MEANING Battery released Normal operating RELATED COMMAND
Single Line Station No. or My XXXXXXXX Line No. X=0-9, A (*), B (#)
421
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91421-20
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BATTERY RELEASE/LINE STATUS DISPLAY/VMS SOFT KEY DATA DOWNLOAD EC
Y No. 4 MEANING VMS Soft Key data download from VMS DATA X
1ST DATA MEANING VMS Station No. DATA FF
2ND DATA MEANING Download the VMS Soft Key data Return to the condition before the data is downloaded VMS Soft Key data all clear
RELATED COMMAND
XXXXXXXX 00
~
CCC OFF LINE
VMS Soft Key data download status display [See VMS Soft Key Data Download Status Display] page 424
X XXXXXXXX
VMS Station No.
~
422
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91421-20
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BATTERY RELEASE/LINE STATUS DISPLAY/VMS SOFT KEY DATA DOWNLOAD EC Line Status Display
Operation: ST EC1 + X-XXXXXXXX + (Station No.) DE DE COMMAND= EC1> XXXXXXXX : XX XX XX
XXXXXXXX : XX XX XX
(a)
(b) (c) (d)
Explanation of Screen Information: (a) (b) Station No.: X-XXXXXXXX (1-8 digits) Analogue Line/Digital Line 00: LC (Single Line Tel.) 10: DLC (Dterm) Hardware Test
STATUS OF SINGLE LINE TEL. Terminal is not connected Terminal is connected STATUS OF Dterm Terminal is not connected or tip wire is grounded Terminal is connected REMARKS
(c)
INDICATION 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
Loop (Short circuit is made on the line) Short circuit is made on the line Ring wire is grounded LC card is not mounted Test busy Ring wire is grounded DLC card is not mounted Terminal failure DLC card down Line failure detect
(d)
Software Test 01 : Idle 02 : Line Lockout Other than 01, 02: Busy
423
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91421-20
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BATTERY RELEASE/LINE STATUS DISPLAY/VMS SOFT KEY DATA DOWNLOAD EC VMS Soft Key Data Download Status Display
Operation: ST EC4 + DE COMMAND= EC4> XXXXXXXX : XX
XXXXXXXX : XX
X-XXXXXXXX + DE (VMS Station No.)
(a)
(b)
Explanation of Screen Information: (a) (b) VMS Station No.: X-XXXXXXXX (1-8 digits) Status 00 : Download is nished 01 : Now requesting download 02 : Now downloading 03 : Now waiting download FF: Soft Key data is not downloaded
424
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91421-20
CMF0, F1
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP MEMORY DUMP, MP MEMORY READ/WRITE F0, F1 FUNCTION: These commands are used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE these commands without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CMF0: MP Memory Dump
ST + F0 + DE + ZXXXXXXXX + DE Address Z : 0-F (Segment) XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address) Display XXXXXXXX: YY YY YY YY Designated Address Data of the designated address Data of the designated address + 1 Data of the designated address + 2 Data of the designated address + 3 YY: 00-FF (Data)
NOTE: This command is used only for memory display and cannot be used for memory changing. CMF1: MP Memory Read/Write NOTE
ST + F1 + DE + ZXXXXXXXX + DE + XX + EXE Address New Data Z : 0-F (Segment) XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address)
NOTE: You must be extremely careful in using this command while the system is in service.
425
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91425-20
CMF2, F3
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FP MEMORY DUMP, FP MEMORY READ/WRITE F2, F3 FUNCTION: These commands are used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE these commands without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CMF2: FP Memory Dump
ST + F2 + DE + YYXXXXX + DE Address YY : 04-15, 20-31 (AP number) XXXXX: 00000-FFFFF (Address) Display XXXXX: YY YY YY YY Designated Address Data of the designated address Data of the designated address + 1 Data of the designated address + 2 Data of the designated address + 3 YY: 00-FF (Data)
CMF3: FP Memory Read/Write NOTE

ST + F3 + DE + YYXXXXX Address + DE + XX + EXE New Data YY : 04-15, 20-31 (AP number) XXXXX: 00000-FFFFF (Address)
NOTE: You must be extremely careful in using this command while the system is in service.
426
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91426-20
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ F5 FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + F5Y + DE + 1ST DATA + DE
DATA TABLE:
Y fX fXXXXXXXX 1ST DATA READOUT DATA REMARKS (STATUS INFORMATION)
f=Status Memory Block number Basic memory dump data (0-3) of station/trunk Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) f=Status Memory Block number (0-3) Dterm number <X-XXXXXXXX> represents My Line number f=Status Memory Block number (0-3) Trunk number f=Status Memory Block number (0-3) PS Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX> f=Status Memory Block number (0-3) ISDN Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX> B=B channel number (0/1) LEN X=PIM number (0-7) YY= Port number (00-63) Basic memory dump data of station/trunk Continued on next page
fFX fFXXXXXXXX fD000 0 fD255 fEEX fEEXXXXXXXX fEFX + , + B fEFXXXXXXXX + , + B
XYY 1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
427
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91427-20
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ F5
Y X XXXXXXXX FX FXXXXXXXX D000 D255 EFX EFXXXXXXXX 3 0000 0000 FFFF
1ST DATA Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#)
READOUT DATA (STATUS INFORMATION) LEN: PIM number (0-7) + Port number (00-63)
REMARKS
~ ~
Dterm number <X-XXXXXXXX> LEN: represents My Line number PIM number (0-7) + Port number (00-63) Trunk number
~
ISDN Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX> Memory Designation EN Memory dump data YY + , XXXXXXXX + , B YY: 00=LEN (Dterm/Single Line station) 01=VEN (Virtual Line station/Dterm) 02=DEN (Data station) 05=ILEN (ISDN station) XXXXXXXX: Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A(*), B(#) B: Bch number (ILEN only) 0=B1 channel 1=B2 channel 1: Single Line station 2: Dterm 3: Virtual Line station 4: Data station Continued on next page
~ ~ ~
XXXXXXXX
Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#)
428
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91427-20
CMF5
Y X XXXXXXXX FX 6 FXXXXXXXX D000 D255 X XXXXXXXX FX FXXXXXXXX EFX + , + B
1ST DATA Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) Dterm number <X-XXXXXXXX> represent My Line number Trunk number
READOUT DATA (STATUS INFORMATION) STS, OP-0, OP-1, IP, LEN, SND, OPT STS, OP-0, OP-1, IP, LEN, OPT STS, OP-0, OP-1, MR, LEN, SND, OPT Service feature memory dump data of station/trunk
REMARKS
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) Dterm number <X-XXXXXXXX> represent My Line number
ISDN Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX> , + B B channel number (0/1) EFXXXXXXXX+ D000 D255 X XXXXXXXX Single Line station/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) LEN: Single Line station/ Dterm LEN: Single Line station/ Dterm VEN: Virtual Line station/ Dterm VEN: Virtual Line station/ Dterm DEN: Data Line station IEN: ISDN Line station IVEN: ISDN Line station (multi point) PEN: PS Line station Continued on next page
~ ~ ~
Trunk number
429
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91427-20
CMF5
Y EEX EEXXXXXXXX A
1ST DATA PS Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX>
READOUT DATA (STATUS INFORMATION) Optional memory dump data of station/trunk
REMARKS
ISDN Line station number <X-XXXXXXXX> EFXXXXXXXX + , + B B channel number (0/1) D000 D255
EFX + , + B
NOTE 1: A status information associated with CMF5 Y=0, 3 will be displayed as shown below. For the meaning of the status information displayed, refer to the Maintenance Manual.
Display XXXX: YY YY YY YY Designated Address Data of the designated Address XXXX: 0000-FFFF (Address) YY=00-FF (Data) Data of the designated Address + 1 Data of the designated Address + 2 Data of the designated Address + 3
NOTE 2: Status information associated with CMF5 Y=2 will be displayed as shown below.
: YYYY- /ZZZZDisplay F52 > X-XXXX or F52 > FX-FXXXX : YYYYor F52 > D000-D255 : YYYYYYYY: 0000-0763 (LEN) ZZZZ : 0000-0255 (Virtual LEN)
~ ~ ~
Trunk number
430
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91427-20
CMF7
COMMAND CODE TITLE: FP/AP HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ F7 FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA ST + F7Y + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE
DATA TABLE:
Y 0 1ST DATA LEN: 000-763 (PIM No. 0-7 + Port No. 00-63) READOUT DATA AA BB CC DDD AA : Path Mode 00: Voice only 01: Voice + 2nd voice 02: Voice + Data 03: Voice + Data 2nd voice BB : Number of channel (01-08) CC : Highway No. (00-07) DDD: Highway Channel No. (000-127) 00 BB CC DDD BB : Number of channel (01-08) CC : Highway No. (00-07) DDD: Highway Channel No. (000-127) REMARKS
XX ZZ XX: AP No. (04-15, 20-31) ZZ: Circuit No. of AP card
431
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91431-20
CMF8
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERIAL No./ID CODE/PROGRAM REVISION READ F8 FUNCTION:
INITIAL
This command is used to assign the ID code to protect a copy of the Key FD and to read a program revision. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + F8Y + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (1-30 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data Y No. 0 MEANING Display of Serial number [North America Only] ID Code for Key FD [North America Only] DATA 00 01-16 1ST DATA MEANING MP Serial No. Key FD Serial No. DATA X....X 2ND DATA MEANING Serial No. (Max. 15 digits) X: ASCII Code (20H-7DH) No data ID Code (30 digits) X=0-9 Cancel No data 0 minute
NONE 3 0 ID Code Entry/Display /Cancel NOTE 1 X....X CCC NONE 1 Special ID Code Entry NOTE 2 Display of remaining time for Special ID Code 2 Display of Validity/Invalidity for entered ID Code 4320 0 7200 0 1 2 NONE
7200 minutes (5 days) Valid ID Code just entered Invalid ID Code not entered Continued on next page
432
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91432-20
CMF8
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERIAL No./ID CODE/PROGRAM REVISION READ F8
INITIAL
Y No. 5 MEANING MP/AP Program Revision Read DATA FF : MP XX: AP No. (04-15, 20-31)
1ST DATA MEANING FF02 SC number Read XX02 FF03 Ofcial Version Read XX03 FF04 Ofcial Revision Read XX04 FF05 Ofcial Revision Read XX05 (A decimal point below) DATA XXXX XX XXXX XX
2ND DATA MEANING SC number Ofcial Version Ofcial Revision Ofcial Revision (A decimal point below)
NOTE 1: The ID code informed from the Registration Server is automatically registered from MATWorX. [North America Only] NOTE 2: The Special ID Code can be entered when the System ID code is not available due to trouble with the Registration Server. The Special ID code is effective for 5 days (7200 minutes). If the exact ID code is not entered within 5 days as the Special ID Code, you will be restricted for MAT/CAT operation. [North America Only]
433
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91432-20
CMD000
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (1) D000 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording), CIS (Call Information System), PMS (Property Management System), and CS Report functions. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + D000 + DE + (1-3 digits) + DE + + EXE (0/1)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 2 3 5 FUNCTION Language of the messages to be printed out Monetary unit of the bill to be displayed 0 1 0 1 : Japanese : English : YEN (XXX, XXX) : $ () (XXXX. XX) : Not available : Available
By operation for Call Record printout shown below, only the 0 totaled bill is printed out without printing the individual data. 1 Operation for Audit Printout: PRT + CR + DET + GRT + 900 + RESET
Operation for Interim Printout: PRT + CR + DET 7 + GRT + 900 + SET 0 1 0 1 : YES : NO : YES : NO Continued on next page
In printout of totaled bill for individual station, the station numbers of the station of which amount of bill is $0.00 is printed. In printout of call record for individual station, the station number of the stations of which amount of bill is $0.00 are printed.
434
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (1) D000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 9 FUNCTION In printout of totaled bill for station groups, the station num- 0 ber of the station of which amount of bill is $0.00 are 1 printed. In printout of call record for station groups, the station num- 0 bers of the station of which amount of bill is $0.00 are 1 printed. By Check In operation ( CHECK IN + Station No. + SET ), check in time information is printed. In printout of call record, serial number is printed. In immediate printout of call record, serial number is printed. In Immediate Printout Memory has overowed, the following message is printout. ** ** 1999 10/15 10: 14 FRI BUFFER MEMORY EVACUATION ** 0 1 : Not available : Available 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : YES : NO : YES : NO : Not available : Available : NO : YES : NO : YES : NO : YES
10
11 12 13 15
** 16
Operation for displaying the totaled call charge of call records on each station: ( CR + DET + STA. No. + SET / RESET ) Stations of which information can be displayed or printed by Front Desk Terminal (FDT) In case 2 sets of FDT are installed in the system, the following stations are allocated to each of the FDT by setting 1 for the 2nd data. No. 0 FDT: Stations belong to Large Group 300-303 No. 1 FDT: Stations belong to Large Group 304-307
17
0 1
: All stations : Designated stations only
435
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 35 FUNCTION In printout of long-time call, detailed information of call 0 records is printed out. 1 NOTE: The printout of long-time call is assigned by CMD001>10. See CMD001>10. Call Duration is printed out in each call record In printout of call record, T is printed beside the transferred station number. Action when the memory for SMDR has overowed 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 : NO : YES
36 37 41
: YES : NO : YES : NO : No new data is stored : New data is stored by deleting the oldest data : Only the called partys number is sent out (The access code is not included) : All the dial information inclusive of the access code is sent out : NO : YES : NO : YES : Not provided (Error indication) : To provide : Not sent : To send : Not available : Available Continued on next page
60
Contents of dial information to be sent out to SMDR NOTE: Access code is assigned by CM35 Y=44.
1 61 64 66 68 In Call Record print, the access code dialed is added. In Call Record print, Account Code is printed out. Print queuing is provided by the printout operation during printer busy, off-line or short of paper. Send ISDN call charge information (AOC) to SMDR with NEAX 2400IMS format [Australia/France] Change Guest Name by room change message from PMS 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
69
436
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 70 FUNCTION SMDR service for incoming call 0 1 71 Add the rst xed digit to the last 4 digits of 5-digit station 0 number on SMDR output 1 See CMD000>252, CMD001>189 Authorization Code is printed out Send detail information for Tandem calls through CCIS Send detail information of Tandem calls to SMDR which is set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Send detail information of Tandem calls to SMDR which is set to 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Contents of Tandem call information to be sent out to CCIS or SMDR Terminal Send Check Out complete message to PMS when PBX receives Check Out message from PMS Send message to PMS, if a checked out station is originating a C.O. call. 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : Effective only for incoming calls with Account Code entered : Effective for all incoming calls : Not add : To add : NO : YES : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Only outgoing call information : Both outgoing and incoming call information : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send Continued on next page
72 76 77 78 79
87 88
437
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION : NO : YES : NO : YES : NO : YES : CR : CR and LF : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : To send : Not sent : Not available : Available : Not available : Available Continued on next page 100 In printout of totaled bill/call record, a new page starts on 0 NOTE 1 each Small Group. NOTE 2 1 101 In printout of totaled bill/call record, a new page starts on 0 NOTE 1 each Medium Group. NOTE 2 1 102 In printout of totaled bill/call record, a new page starts on 0 NOTE 1 each Large Group. NOTE 2 1 103 114 115 116 119 121 122 Printer Line Feed Code (Depends on the printer provided) 0 1
Send Controlled Restriction message to PMS when setting 0 Do Not Disturb NOTE 3 1 Send Controlled Restriction message to PMS when setting 0 Room Cut Off NOTE 3 1 Send Message Waiting message to PMS when setting 0 Message Waiting NOTE 3 1 Send Maid Status message to PMS when setting Maid Sta- 0 tus by guest room telephone or Front Desk Terminal 1 Conrmation of the call records which have been printed out by the Interim Printout on station basis Conrmation of the call records which have been printed out by the Interim Printout on group basis 0 1 0 1
NOTE 1: 1st data 100-102 are not effective for the group number 777 and 888 (Printout of all groups). NOTE 2: When using print paper with fold line, assign 2nd data to 1 if required. NOTE 3: Effective when CMD016>XX05=1.
438
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 123 FUNCTION Clear of the call records which have been printed out NOTE: Effective when CMD000>16=1 or CMD001>128=1. 0 1 : Not available : Available : Relay ON/OFF (every 0.5 sec.) : Relay ON : Not available : Available : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : To send : Not sent : 6 digits : 8 digits : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send
126
Control of External alarm relay (DK) when the accumulation 0 rate of billing memory exceeds the value set by CMD001> 1 229 See CMD001>229 Display of the totaled bill of call records on group basis NOTE: Effective when CMD001>122=1. Send Wake Up message to PMS when setting Wake Up Send result of Wake Up message when performing Wake Up call Send text (Message Waiting control text sending is available) to VMS when resetting AP00 Number of digits for station number in the message format to communicate with VMS Send Violation Code message when PBX receives an illegal message from PMS Send Violation Code message when PBX receives an undened FTC message from PMS Send Violation Code message when PBX receives an undened FC message from PMS Send ANI/Caller ID to SMDR 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
128 134 135 136 137 140 141 142 143
0 : Not sent 1 : To send NOTE: When 0 is set, the ANI is not sent to SMDR, but area code for calling party, area code for called party; authorization code is sent to the SMDR. 0 1 : Not available : Available Continued on next page
150
Maid Status Record Printout
439
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA DATA 159 176 Print of currency unit Designation of call charge [Australia/France] Check In/Check Out time is printed in the call charge print by check out operation Room Status is printed in the call charge print by check out operation Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (billing) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (failed billing) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (no answer call) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (all busy line) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (completed call) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (busy line) to CS Report Send trafc information of outgoing trunk calls (incomplete call) to CS Report Automatic totaled bill Interim Printout-once a day Automatic totaled bill Audit Printout-once a day Automatic call record Interim Printout-once a day Automatic call record Audit Printout-once a day FUNCTION 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : To provide : Not provided : Call charge by AP00 : Call charge by Advice of Charge (AOC) from ISDN network : Not available : Available : Not available : Available : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute Continued on next page 2ND DATA
208 209 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 221 222 223 224
440
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA DATA 225 226 227 228 230 231 238 247 248 249 250 251 FUNCTION Automatic totaled bill Interim Printout-once a month Automatic totaled bill Audit Printout-once a month Automatic call record Interim Printout-once a month Automatic call record Audit Printout-once a month Immediate printout on tandem calls Accumulation of metering on tandem calls Display of year Send trafc information of tandem calls (failed billing) to CS Report Send trafc information of tandem calls (incompleted call) to CS Report Send trafc information of tandem calls (all busy line) to CS Report Send trafc information of tandem calls (billing) to CS Report 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute : Not executed : To execute : Not provided : To provide : To provide : Not provided : Not displayed : To display : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Basic format : Expanded format 2ND DATA
Output format of CS report 0 When 2nd data is 1, the following feature is available. 1 Trafc data by Authorization Code/Remote Access to System (DISA) Code Tandem trafc data ANI information in incoming call record Storing 5-digit station number in station data base of AP00 0 memory NOTE: The first digit number should be pre-fixed and add- 1 ed on SMDR output. See CMD000>71, CMD001>189
252
: Not stored (5-digit station number is ignored.) : Store the last 4 digits of 5-digit station number Continued on next page
441
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD000

: Initial Data 1ST DATA DATA 276 FUNCTION Condition Code 1/2 for Advice of Charge in SMDR 2400IMS Format [Australia/France] 0 : Condition Code 1 is 1 cent unit. Condition Code 2 is 0.1 cent unit. : Condition Code 1 is 0.1 cent unit. Condition Code 2 is 1 cent unit. 2ND DATA
442
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91434-20
CMD001
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (2) D001 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the interface conditions for the SMDR, CIS printer, PMS, CS Report functions. PRECAUTION: (1) After setting 1st data 20-35, 80-96, 100, 102-107, 109-116, 120, 122-127, 131-136, 140, 142-147, 149-156, 179, 250, 257, 258, the AP00 card reset is required. See the following data table for quick reference: Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX2400 IMS Format) Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX1400 IMS Format) Quick Reference Data Table for Printer Quick Reference Data Table for PMS (IMS Format) Quick Reference Data Table for VMS with MCI Quick Reference Data Table for CS Report
(2)
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D001 + DE + (1-3 digits) + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE
443
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS/CS REPORT FUNCTIONS (2) D001 DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 1 FUNCTION Method of charging a transferred call The following shows which station is charged in the case of various transfer patterns. Transfer 2ND 2ND 2ND Pattern DATA=0 DATA=1 DATA=2 Call transfer from STA A to STA B Split charging to STA A & STA B 0 : Split charging to both the transfer destination station and the transferring station
1 STA B STA A
: Charging to the transfer destination station
Call transfer from a station (STA) to ATTCON Call transfer from ATTCON to a station (STA) Call transfer from ATTCON A to ATTCON B 2
STA
STA
STA
: Charging to the transferring station
STA
STA
STA
Split charging to ATTCON A and ATTCON B
ATTCON B
ATTCON A 0 : All the digits are

printed
Number of digits to be deleted from called party number in Call Record printout. Each dial digit to be deleted is printed out as X.
: The last 1 digit is

deleted
~
25 : The last 25 digits are deleted 26 : All the digits are
deleted
444
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 3 FUNCTION In the printing by the designated printing pattern, the hotel name (company name) is printed at the end of the billing information.
2nd Data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Station Individual Station Individual Call Record Totaled Bill Print Call Record Print Immediate Print X X X X X X X X X X X X
0 1
: : See left column. :
~
7 X: Print : Not print NOTE: Hotel (Company) name is assigned by CMD030. 4 5 6 Printout function of Check In time and Check Out time, when the Check Out is set from Front Desk Terminal Clearing of Check In and setting of Room Cutoff service are executed Number of line feeds after printing 0 1 0 1 : Not available : Available : Not available : Available 0 : No line feed 1 : 1 line feed
10 : 10 line feeds
~
445
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 8 FUNCTION Designation of printout operation for Check Out
Individual Call Record
2nd Data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Audit Print X X X X X X X X Interim Print X X X X X X X X
0
Interim Print X X X X X X X X
: : See left column.
Individual Totaled Bill
Audit Print X X X X X X X X
~
15 :
X: print : Not print 10 0 Printout of a long-time call exceeding the predetermined call duration 1 See CMD000>35 When the length of a call is over predetermined call duration, the following message is printed out. : No printing :
1999 10/15 02:08 FRI XXXX - XXX(M) XXX LT Long Time Call indication Trunk Number Call Duration Station Number
255 :
Setting time (Minutes)
446
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 11 12 FUNCTION Printout function of Room Status Information, when the Check Out is set from Front Desk Terminal 0 1 : Not available : Available : Invalid : Room Status Code : : Invalid : Room Status Code : : No printout : Interim (Totaled Bill) : Audit (Totaled Bill) : Interim (Call Record) : Audit (Call Record) : Not available : Available : Not used : 300 bps : 1200 bps : 2400 bps : 4800 bps : 9600 bps
Room Status Code set by Check In operation 0 ( CHECK IN + Station No. + SET ) 1 See CMD016>XX06 and CMD031 8 Room Status Code set by Check Out operation 0 ( CHECK IN + Station No. + RESET ) 1 See CMD016>XX06 and CMD031 8 Type of printout data when Check Out is set to station from DSS Console 0 1 2 3 4 1 2
13
14
19 20
Send Message Waiting/Restriction Level/Wake-Up message to PMS Data Speed for No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5
21
Stop Bit Length for No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 : 1 bit 1 : 1.5 bits 2 : 2 bits 0 : 7 bits 1 : 8 bits 0 : No Parity 1 : Even Parity 2 : Odd Parity Continued on next page
22
Data Length for No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
23
Parity for No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
447
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 24 Data Speed for No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL FUNCTION 0 1 2 3 4 : Not used : 300 bps : 1200 bps : 2400 bps : 4800 bps
25
Stop Bit Length for No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 : 1 bit 1 : 1.5 bits 2 : 2 bits 0 : 7 bits 1 : 8 bits 0 : No Parity 1 : Even Parity 2 : Odd Parity 0 1 2 3 4 5 : Not used : 300 bps : 1200 bps : 2400 bps : 4800 bps : 9600 bps
26
27
28
Data Speed for No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL
29
Stop Bit for No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 : 1 bit 1 : 1.5 bits 2 : 2 bits 0 : 7 bits 1 : 8 bits 0 : No Parity 1 : Even Parity 2 : Odd Parity Continued on next page
30
31
448
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 32 Data Speed for No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL FUNCTION 0 1 2 3 4 : Not used : 300 bps : 1200 bps : 2400 bps : 4800 bps
33
Stop Bit for No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 : 1 bit 1 : 1.5 bits 2 : 2 bits 0 : 7 bits 1 : 8 bits 0 : No Parity 1 : Even Parity 2 : Odd Parity 0 : Conventional (without ANI) 1 : Expanded (with ANI) Continued on next page
34
35
36
Message format which is sent to VMS with MCI
449
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 40 71 BP1 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 NOTE: BP2 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 K-Method No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FUNCTION Setting of 1st Break Point (BP1) and 2nd Break Point (BP2) for surcharge by K-Method 0 1 : No break point : Break point setting position (counting No.) 255 :
~
For example, when BP1 is set to counting No. 8 (BP1=8), the 1st Time Block (TB1) assigned by CMD024 is applied to 1 to 8 counting No. after call start time. And also, when BP2 is set to 16 (BP2=16), the 2nd Time Block (TB2) assigned by CMD024 is applied to BP1=1 to 16, and 3rd Time Block (TB3) is applied to counting No. exceeding BP2 + 1.
450
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 80 FUNCTION Equipment connected to No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 4 5 16 17 24 0 1 0 3 AP00 INITIAL 4 6 Number of characters per line to be printed out on No. 0 port (When 2nd data of CMD001>80 is set to 16/17) AP00 INITIAL 83 Number of lines per page on No. 0 port (When 2nd data of CMD001>82 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 84 Protocol on No. 0 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>80 is set to 4) AP00 INITIAL Number of lines per page to be printed out on No. 0 port (When 2nd data of CMD001>82 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 85 Station Address (SA) of a message transmitted to No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : No page : No. of lines including space within a page (Depends on : size of printer paper used) : Not used : Free Wheel : IMS procedure : No page : No. of lines to be printed out within a page : 0 2 : Not used : Computer 0 : Computer 1 : Printer 0 : Printer 1 : MCI : 1st : 2nd : No data is sent out : SMDR (NEAX2400 IMS Format) : SMDR (NEAX1400 IMS Format) : PMS (IMS Format) : Not used : 80 characters
81
Priority for data processing on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
82
Message format on No. 0 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>80 is set to 4)
~
88 0 1 6 0 1
~
88 0 1
: Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 48 : 0 Continued on next page
451
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 86 FUNCTION Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 33 : ! 0 1 : No data : 128 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 : No data : 512 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 : Not used : 512 msec. increments 255 : : Not used : 1 time
87
Timer for detecting the terminal no answer on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
89
Timer for detecting the end of block on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
90
Timer for detecting non data communication on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
91
Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 1
255 : 255 times 92 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 93 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 94 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : Not used : 1 time
~ ~
: Not used : 1 time
~
0 1
255 : 255 times
~
0 1
255 : 255 times : Not used : 1 time
~ ~
255 : 255 times
452
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 95 FUNCTION Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned on No. 0 Port AP00 INITIAL 96 0 1 : Not used : 128 msec. increments 255 : : Not used : 128 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 2 3 4 0 4 5 16 17 24 0 1 0 3 AP00 INITIAL 4 6 Number of characters per line to be printed out on No. 1 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>100 is set to 16/17) AP00 INITIAL 103 Number of lines per page on No. 1 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>102 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : No page : No. of lines including space within a page (Depends on 88 : size of print paper used) Continued on next page 0 2 : 0-128 msec. : 128-256 msec. : 256-384 msec. : 384-512 msec. : 512-640 msec. : Not used : Computer 0 : Computer 1 : Printer 0 : Printer 1 : MCI : 1st : 2nd : No data is sent out : SMDR (NEAX2400 IMS Format) : SMDR (NEAX1400 IMS Format) : PMS (IMS Format) : Not used : 80 characters
Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned on No. 0 0 Port 1 AP00 INITIAL
~ ~
98
Guard timer between texts on No. 0 Port
100
Equipment connected to No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL
101 102
Priority for data processing on No. 1 Port Message format on No. 1 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>100 is set to 4)
453
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 104 FUNCTION Protocol on No. 1 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>100 is set to 4) AP00 INITIAL Number of lines per page to be printed out on No. 1 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>102 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 105 Station Address (SA) of a message transmitted to No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 6 0 1 : Not used : Free Wheel : IMS Procedure
: No page : No. of lines to be printed out within a page 88 :
~
0 1
: Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 0 1 : Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 0 1 : No data : 128 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 : No data : 512 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 : No data : 512 msec. increments 255 : : Not used : 1 time
106
Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL
107
109
110
111
0 1
255 : 255 times Continued on next page
454
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 112 FUNCTION Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 on No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL 113 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 on No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL 114 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 on No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL 115 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned on No. 1 Port AP00 INITIAL 116 0 1 : Not used : 1 time
Delay before resending the text when WATB is returned on No. 0 1 Port 1 AP00 INITIAL
~
0 1
~ ~
: Not used : 1 time
~
0 1
255 : 255 times
~
0 1
255 : 255 times : Not used : 128 msec. increments 255 : : Not used : 128 msec. increments 255 : : 0-128 msec. : 128-256 msec. : 256-384 msec. : 384-512 msec. : 512-640 msec. : Not used : Computer 0 : Computer 1 : Printer 0 : Printer 1 : MCI
~ ~
118
0 1 2 3 4 0 4 5 16 17 24
120
Equipment connected to No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL
121
Priority for data processing on No. 2 Port
0 : 1st 1 : 2nd Continued on next page
455
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 122 FUNCTION Message format on No. 2 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>120 is set to 4) AP00 INITIAL 4 6 Number of characters per line to be printed out on No. 2 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>120 is set to 16/17) AP00 INITIAL 123 Number of lines per page on No. 2 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>122 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 124 Protocol on No. 2 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>120 is set to 4) AP00 INITIAL Number of lines per page to be printed out on No. 2 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>122 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 125 Station Address (SA) of a message transmitted to No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : No page : No. of lines including space within a page (Depends on 88 : size of print paper used) 0 1 6 0 1 : Not used : Free Wheel : IMS Procedure 0 2 0 3 : No data is sent out : SMDR (NEAX2400 IMS Format) : SMDR (NEAX1400 IMS Format) : PMS (IMS Format) : Not used : 80 characters
~ ~
0 1
: Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 0 1 : Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 0 1 : No data : 128 msec. increments 255 : Continued on next page
126
Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL
127
456
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 131 FUNCTION Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 on No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 132 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 on No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 133 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 on No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 134 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 on No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 135 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned on No. 2 Port AP00 INITIAL 136 0 1 : Not used : 1 time
Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned on No. 0 2 Port 1 AP00 INITIAL
~
0 1
~ ~
: Not used : 1 time
~
0 1
255 : 255 times
~
0 1
~ ~
~
0 1
255 : 255 times : No data : 128 msec. increments 255 : : No data : 128 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 2 3 4 : 0-128 msec. : 128-256 msec. : 256-384 msec. : 384-512 msec. : 512-640 msec. Continued on next page
~ ~
138
457
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 140 FUNCTION Equipment connected to No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 4 5 16 17 24 0 1 0 3 4 6 0 2 : Not used : Computer 0 : Computer 1 : Printer 0 : Printer 1 : MCI : 1st : 2nd : No data is sent out : Not used : Not used : Not used : Not used : 80 characters
141 142
Priority for data processing on No. 3 Port Message format on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
Number of characters per line to be printed out on No. 3 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>140 is set to 16/17) AP00 INITIAL 143 Number of lines per page on No. 3 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>142 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 144 Protocol on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL Number of lines per page to be printed out on No. 3 Port (When 2nd data of CMD001>142 is set to 2) AP00 INITIAL 145 Station Address (SA) of a message transmitted to No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 1
: No page : No. of lines including space within a page (Depends on 88 : size of print paper used) : Not used : Not used : Not used
~
0 1 6 0 1
~
0 1
: Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : Continued on next page
458
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 146 FUNCTION Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL 0 1 : Not used : ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 0 1 : Not used : Not used 255 : 0 1 : No data : 512 msec. increments 255 : 0 1 : Not used : Not used 255 :
147
149
150
151
0 1
: Not used : Not used 255 : 0 1 : Not used : Not used 255 :
152
Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
153
Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK Is returned in Phase 3 on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
0 1
: Not used : Not used 255 : 0 1 : Not used : Not used 255 : Continued on next page
154
Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL
459
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 155 FUNCTION Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned on No. 3 Port AP00 INITIAL 156 0 1 : Not used : Not used 255 : : Not used : Not used 255 : : 0-128 msec. : 128-256 msec. : 256-384 msec. : 384-512 msec. : 512-640 msec. : Not provided : No. of n (1-16) digit + 1 is provided
Delay before resending the text when WATB is returned on No. 0 3 Port 1 AP00 INITIAL
~ ~
158
0 1 2 3 4 0 1
160 175
Mask Data provision for 1st digit of Authorization Code Mask Data provision for 16th digit of Authorization Code
~
460
11 : No. of n (1-16) digit + 1 is provided 12 : X is provided. The data (digits) are masked by character X (i.e. 555XXXX) Continued on next page
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 176 FUNCTION Carriage Return (CR) and Line Feed (LF) provision for a printer using 80 or 136 characters on NEAX1400 format 0 : For a printer using 136 characters per line, with automatic line feed : For a printer using 136 characters per line : For providing a line space between call record on a printer using 136 characters : For a printer using 80 characters per line, with automatic line feed : For a printer using 80 characters, without automatic line feed : For a printer using 80 characters per line, without automatic line feed and providing a line space between call records Continued on next page
1 2
4 5
461
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX2400 IMS Format)

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data speed 2ND DATA 2/3/4/5 MEANING
1200/2400/ 4800/9600 NOTE 1 bps 0 0 0 /1/2 /1 /1/2 1/1.5/2 bits 7/8 bits None Parity/ Even Parity/ Odd Parity
21 22 23
25 26 27
29 30 31
33 34 35
Stop bit length Data length Parity
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 151
Equipment Type Priority for data processing Message format Number of lines per page Protocol Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK Is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2
4/5 SMDR NOTE 2 0 3 0 1 48 33 0 0 0 0 1st Priority NEAX2400 IMS Format Not used Free Wheel 0 ! Not used Not used Not used Not used
92
112
132
152
Not used
462
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 93 113 133 153 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK Is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 0 MEANING Not used
94 95 96 98
114 115 116 118
134 135 136 138
154 155 156 158
0 0 0 0
Not used Not used Not used Not used
NOTE 1: For the Port 1 and Port 3, data speed 9600 bps can not be set. NOTE 2: The 2nd data=4 is used for either the SMDR or the PMS. If the 2nd data=4 is assigned to the Port 0 (1st data=80) for the SMDR/PMS, assign the 2nd data=5 to the Port 1 (1st data=100), the Port 2 (1st data=120) or the Port 3 (1st data=140) for the SMDR.
463
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX1400 IMS Format)

21 22 23
25 26 27
29 30 31
33 34 35
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 151
Equipment Type Priority for data processing Message format Number of lines per page Protocol Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3
4/5 SMDR NOTE 2 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1st Priority NEAX1400 IMS Format Not used Free Wheel Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used
92 93
112 113
132 133
152 153
0 0
Not used Not used
464
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 94 95 96 98 114 115 116 118 134 135 136 138 154 155 156 158 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 0 0 0 0 MEANING Not used Not used Not used Not used
NOTE 1: For the Port 1 and Port 3, data speed 9600 bps can not be set. NOTE 2: The 2nd data=4 is used for either the SMDR or the PMS. If the 2nd data=4 is assigned to the Port 0 (1st data=80) for the SMDR/PMS, assign the 2nd data=5 to the Port 1 (1st data=100) , the Port 2 (1st data=120) or the Port 3 (1st data=140) for the SMDR.
465
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for Printer

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 24 25 26 27 100 32 33 34 35 140 Data speed Stop bit length Data length Parity Equipment Type 2ND DATA 2/3/4 2 0 1 16/17 MEANING 1200/2400/ 4800 bps 2 bits 7 bits Even Parity Hotel Printer 0/ Hotel Printer 1 2nd 80 characters See the description of commands See the description of commands Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used
101 102 103
141 142 143
Priority for data processing Number of characters per line to be printed out Number of lines per page
1 2 0-88
104
144
Number of lines per page to be printed out Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2
0-88
105 106 107 109 110 111
145 146 147 149 150 151
0 0 0 0 0 0
112
152
Not used
466
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 113 153 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 0 MEANING Not used
114 115 116 118
154 155 156 158
0 0 0 0
Not used Not used Not used Not used
467
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for PMS (IMS Format)

21 22 23
25 26 27
29 30 31
33 34 35
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 151
Equipment Type Priority for data processing Message Format Number of lines per page Protocol Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal/no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3
4 PMS NOTE 2 0 6 0 6 49 33 8 70 70 3 1st Priority PMS Format Not used IMS Procedure 1 ! 1 sec. 35 sec. 35 sec. 3 times
92 93
112 113
132 133
152 153
15 3
15 times 3 times
468
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 94 95 96 98 114 115 116 118 134 135 136 138 154 155 156 158 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 32 24 24 0 MEANING 15 times 3 sec. 3 sec. Not used
NOTE 1: For the Port 1 and Port 3, data speed 9600 bps can not be set. NOTE 2: For the PMS, the 2nd data=4 should be assigned.
469
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for VMS with MCI

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data speed 2ND DATA 2/3/4/5 NOTE 21 22 23 25 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 Stop bit length Data length Parity 0 0 0 /1/2 /1 /1/2 MEANING 1200/2400/ 4800/9600 bps 1/1.5/2 bits 7/8 bits None Parity/ Even Parity/ Odd Parity MCI 1st Priority Not used Not used Not used 0 ! Not used 512 msec. Not used Not used
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 90 91
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 151
Equipment Type Priority for data processing Message Format Number of lines per page Protocol Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal/no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3
24 0 0 0 0 48 33 0 5 0 0
92 93
112 113
132 133
152 153
0 0
Not used Not used
470
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 94 95 96 98 114 115 116 118 134 135 136 138 154 155 156 158 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 MEANING Not used Not used Not used 0-128 msec. 128-256 msec. 256-384 msec. 384-512 msec. 512-640 msec.
NOTE: For the Port 1 and Port 3, data speed 9600 bps can not be set.
471
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001
Quick Reference Data Table for CS Report

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 20 24 28 32 Data speed 2ND DATA 2/3/4/5 NOTE 21 22 23 25 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 Stop bit length Data length Parity 0 0 0 /1/2 /1 /1/2 MEANING 1200/2400/ 4800/9600 bps 1/1.5/2 bits 7/8 bits None Parity/ Even Parity/ Odd Parity CS Report 1st Priority CS Report Not used Interface Specication (E) 0 ! 3 sec. 3 sec. 6 sec. 3 times
80 81 82 83 84
100 101 102 103 104
120 121 122 123 124
140 141 142 143 144
Equipment Type Priority for data processing Message Format Number of lines per page Protocol
4/5 0 5 0 3
85 86 87 89 90 91
105 106 107 109 110 111
125 126 127 129 130 131
145 146 147 149 150 151
Station Address (SA) Unit Address (UA) Timer for detecting the terminal/no answer Timer for detecting the end of block Timer for detecting non data communication Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 2 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3
48 32 24 6 12 4
92 93
112 113
132 133
152 153
4 4
3 times 3 times
472
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 94 95 96 98 114 115 116 118 134 135 136 138 154 155 156 158 Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is returned Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned Guard timer between texts 2ND DATA 4 24 24 0 MEANING 3 times 3 sec. 3 sec. Not used
NOTE: For the Port 1 and Port 3, data speed 9600 bps can not be set.
473
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 179 FUNCTION Local ofce or Center ofce for Centralized Billing-CCIS NOTE: 189 Billing memory clear by CMD102 is required. See CMD102. X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) 0 1 : Local ofce : Center ofce
First digit of 5-digit station number to be added NOTE: CMD001>189 is effective only when CMD000>71=1 and CMD000>252=1.
474
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 190 221 BP1 190 192 194 196 198 200 202 204 206 208 210 212 214 216 218 220 NOTE 1: BP2 191 193 195 197 199 201 203 205 207 209 211 213 215 217 219 221 H-Method No. 0 (NOTE 2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FUNCTION Setting of 1st Break Point (BP1) and 2nd Break Point (BP2) for surcharge by H-Method 0 1 : No break point : Break Point setting position (counting No.)
~
255 :
For example, when BP1 is set to counting No. 8 (BP1=8), the 1st Charging Rate (RT1) assigned by CMD025 is applied to 1 to 8 counting No. after call start time. And also, when BP2 is set to 16 (BP2=16), the 2nd Charging Rate (RT2) assigned by CMD025 is applied to BP1=1 to 16, and 3rd Charging Rate (RT3) is applied to counting No. exceeding BP2 + 1. For the charging by metering pulse, 0 should be assigned as the H-Method No. In case of charging by Metering pulse, the number of metering pulse is to be assigned as the counting number. Continued on next page
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
475
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 229 FUNCTION Maximum accumulation rate of billing memory External alarm is output when the rate exceeds assigned value. NOTE: Effective for CMD003>28-30. Direction for sending of Centralized Billing information from local ofce NOTE 1: Assign 0 for local office. Assign 1 or 2 for center office. NOTE 2: 0 : 80% 50-100: 50%-100%
239
0 1
The billing information is sent to SMDR terminal 2 with NEAX2400 IMS Format. 0 AP00 INITIAL
AP00 CARD
: Not Centralized Billing ofce (Local ofce) : SMDR Terminal which is set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/ 140 (Center ofce) : SMDR Terminal which is set to 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/ 140 (Center ofce) : Indicates the status of data transmission on each port (See left column) : Indicates the status of signal leads on No. 0 port (See left column) : Indicates the status of signal leads on No. 1 port (See left column) : Indicates the status of signal leads on No. 2 port (See left column) : Indicates the status of signal leads on No. 3 port (See left column)
250
Function of OPE (No. 0-3) LED on AP00 card
2
L3 L2 L1 L0
2ND DATA OPE LED L3 L2 L1 L0 252 0 No. 3 port SD No. 2 port SD No. 1 port SD No. 0 port SD 1 CS CD No. 0 SD port RD 2 CS CD No. 1 SD port RD 3 CS CD No. 2 SD port RD 4 CS CD No. 3 SD port RD
Output unit for Direct Data Entry NOTE: Effective when CMD016>XX24 is set to 1.
0 1 2
: PMS : Printer : PMS and Printer Continued on next page
476
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD001

: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 253 FUNCTION Printout format of Direct Data Entry Printout format 1 0 : Printout format 1 1 : Printout format 2 (See left column)
1999 10/11 17:20 NO. 220 CODE1 CODE2 CODE3 CODE4

Printout format 2
MON 1 2 2 1
1999 10/11 17:20 NO. 220 CODE QUANTITY CODE QUANTITY

NOTE: 256
MON 1 2 2 1
Effective when CMD016>XX24 is set to 1, moreover CMD001>252 is set to 1 or 2. 0 :$ 1 : Not printed ( will be printed.) 2 : FF (France Franc) 0 : Not use Built-in Modem 3 : Use Built-in Modem (RS2 port on AP00) 0 : Not use External Modem 3 : Use External Modem (RS2 port on AP00)
Currency unit to be printed out
257
Built-in Modem via AP00 for CS Report AP00 INITIAL
258
External Modem for CS Report AP00 INITIAL
477
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91443-20
CMD003
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT D003 FUNCTION: This command is used to determine the time block for charging by H-Method, and also used to determine the maximum number of call records. PRECAUTION: (1) The amount of call record number set by 1st data 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 must not exceed the following number:
Amount of call records number of 1st data 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 No EXPMEM on AP00 is provided When CMD001>179 is set to 0 (Not a center ofce of Centralized Billing-CCIS) 1600 When CMD001>179 is set to other than 0 (Center ofce of Centralized Billing-CCIS) 800 EXPMEM on AP00 is provided When CMD003>28 is set to 0 (Call Record for CIS is not provided) 27000 When CMD003>28 is set to other than 0 (Call Record for CIS is provided) 26000
(2)
CMD003>23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 are effective after executing CMD102. Before executing CMD102, be sure to print out all of the stored call records. CMD102 deletes all of the stored call records. See CMD102.
2ND DATA 1ST DATA ST + D003 + DE + (1/2 digits) + DE + (1-5 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 0 15 H-Method Number 0 H-Method Number 15 Continued on next page FUNCTION 0 -65535: Time Block (second) =0.5 Setting Data
~
478
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91478-20
CMD003
COMMAND CODE TITLE: D003

TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 23 FUNCTION Maximum number of Immediate Printout Call Record for 0 : Not used the Printer which is set to 17 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 1 : 1 call NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-1000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 1000: 1000 calls data=3003 is assigned.
NOTE 2: 24
Billing memory clear by CMD102 is required. See PRECAUTION (2).
Maximum number of Call Record for SMDR which is set to 0 : No limitation 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 1 : 1 call NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-27000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 27000: 27000 calls data=3002 is assigned.
NOTE 2: 25
Maximum number of Call Record for CS Report. 0 : Not record NOTE: Billing memory clear by CMD102 is required. See 1 : 1 call PRECAUTION (2). 27000: 27000 calls : Not record Maximum number of Local ofces Call Record for Central- 0 1 : 1 call ized Billing-CCIS. NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-27000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 27000: 27000 calls data=3000 is assigned.
26
NOTE 2: 27
: Not record Limit value of remaining Call Record memory block number 0 1 : 1 call to output external alarm NOTE: When the data is set to 1-27000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd da- 27000: 27000 calls ta=3004 is assigned.
479
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91478-20
CMD003
COMMAND CODE TITLE: D003

TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 28 FUNCTION Maximum number of Call Record for CIS 0 : Not record [Australia/Other Countries] 1 : 1 call NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-12000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 12000: 12000 calls data=3000 is assigned.
NOTE 2: 29
Maximum number of Call Record for SMDR/PMS which is 0 : Not record set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 1 : 1 call NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-27000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 27000: 27000 calls data=3001 is assigned.
NOTE 2: 30
Maximum number of Immediate Printout Call Record for 0 : Not record : 1 call the Printer which is set to 16 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 1 NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-1000, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd 1000 : 1000 calls data=3003 is assigned.
NOTE 2: 31
0 : No limitation Stored number of Call Record for automatic printout : 1 call NOTE: Once the stored Call Records are printed out, the 1 Call Records are erased from the memory. 12000: 12000 calls
480
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91478-20
CMD004
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging rate per call and the time and day for the daily/ monthly report. This command is also used to assign the ofce number of the calling party and center ofce for Centralized Billing. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 0 15 21 FUNCTION Charging Rate for No. 0 K-Method Charging Rate for No. 15 K-Method The time of day for automatic totalled bill Interim Printout for HH MM stations (For daily report) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 MM : 00-59 (Minute) 9999 : No printout The time of day for automatic totalled bill Audit Printout for HH MM stations (For daily report) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 MM : 00-59 (Minute) 9999 : No printout The time of day for automatic call record Interim Printout for HH MM stations (For daily report) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 MM : 00-59 (Minute) 9999 : No printout The time of day for automatic call record Audit Printout for HH MM stations (For daily report) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 MM : 00-59 (Minute) 9999 : No printout Continued on next page 0 -9999: Charging Rate ()
22
23
24
~
481
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91481-20
CMD004
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 25 FUNCTION The day of month for automatic totalled bill Interim Printout for stations (For monthly report) DD HH DD : 00-31 (Day) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 0000 : No printout NOTE 2 9999 : No printout DD HH DD : 00-31 (Day) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 0000 : No printout NOTE 2 9999 : No printout DD HH DD : 00-31 (Day) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 0000 : No printout NOTE 2 9999 : No printout DD HH DD : 00-31 (Day) HH : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 0000 : No printout NOTE 2 9999 : No printout 0 -9999: Charging Rate ()
26
The day of month for automatic totalled bill Audit Printout for stations (For monthly report)
27
The day of month for automatic call record Interim Printout for stations (For monthly report)
28
The day of month for automatic call record Audit Printout for stations (For monthly report)
40 49 55
Flat Rate No. 0 Flat Rate No. 9
56
Ofce number of calling party for Centralized Billing-CCIS. X-XXXX: Local Ofce No. of calling The ofce number is output to SMDR when the ofce numparty ber of calling party is not sent from the local ofce. NOTE 4 Ofce number of center ofce for Centralized Billing-CCIS X-XXXX: Center Ofce No. NOTE 4 Continued on next page
~
482
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91481-20
CMD004
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 60 75 76 91 FUNCTION Commission for No. 00 K-Method 0 -9999: Charging Rate ()
NOTE 1: To provide this service, stations should be grouped by CMD012, CMD013, CMD014. NOTE 2: The monthly report of February, April, June, September and November will be printout on next month, if the end of month (31th) is assigned. NOTE 3: When getting a commission in the call charge by metering pulse, 76 (Commission for No. 00 H-Method) should be assigned as the 1st data. NOTE 4: If using a leading digit(s) of 0 and 0 is required to print at the SMDR terminal, assign A for each leading 0 to be printed. If the leading digit(s) 0 is not required to print at the SMDR terminal, assign 0.
~ ~
Commission for No. 15 K-Method See CMD016>XX04 Commission for No. 00 H-Method Commission for No. 15 H-Method
~
NOTE 2 See CMD016>XX04
483
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91481-20
CMD012, CMD013, CMD014
COMMAND CODE TITLE: D012, D013, D014 STATION GROUP NUMBER FUNCTION: CMD012 is used to assign a Group number to each station as the Charging Group. CMD013 and CMD014 are used to divide the Charging Groups into Medium Group or Large Group. By grouping the stations in this way, the sum of the detail and total bills for the stations belonging to each Group can be printed out. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D012/D013/D014 + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (3 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE: CMD012: For assigning a Group number to each station

1ST DATA X-XXXX: Station number (1-4 digits) 00-07 : ATTCON number (2 digits) 2ND DATA 000-128: Group number REMARKS
NOTE: Assign Group number 128 to stations in which a Group number is not assigned. CMD013: For assigning a Medium Group number to each Group number
1ST DATA 000-127: Group number assigned by CMD012 2ND DATA 200-232: Medium Group number REMARKS
NOTE: Assign Group number 232 to a Group number which is not included in a Medium Group number.
484
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91484-20
CMD012, CMD013, CMD014
COMMAND CODE TITLE: D012, D013, D014 STATION GROUP NUMBER CMD014: For assigning Large Group number to each Medium Group number
1ST DATA 200-231: Medium Group number assigned by CMD013 2ND DATA 300-308: Large Group number REMARKS
NOTE: Assign Large Group number 308 to a Medium Group which is not included in a Large Group. The numbers that can be assigned to each Group, and the quantity of the Group numbers are as shown in the table below.
KIND OF GROUP Small group Medium group Large group Grand total of station numbers Grand total of groups Grand total of station numbers and groups MAX. No. OF GROUP 128 32 8 GROUP No. 000-128 200-232 300-308 777 888 999 INITIAL DATA All stations=128 All stations=232 All stations=308 REMARKS
The following is an example of grouping on station numbers 200-208.

Station No. 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 Group No. 000 200 001 300 002 201 003 128 777 888 999 Grand Total Medium Group No. Large Group No.
485
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91484-20
CMD015
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION SERVICE CLASSES D015 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the class of service to each station and attendant console. The class functions are assigned by CMD016. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D015 + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA X-XXXX: Station number (1-4 digits) 00-07 : ATTCON number 00 2ND DATA -15: Class number REMARKS
486
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91486-20
CMD016
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the class functions for each class assigned by CMD015. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D016 + DE + (4 digits) + DE + + EXE (0/1)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) DATA XX04 MEANING Commission for each call is added to the call charge of 0 Local Call, Toll or International Call 1 See CMD004>60-75, 76-91 Send Room Status code to PMS 0 See CMD001>12, 13 and CMD031 1 Room status operation is executed by Front Desk Termi- 0 nal 1 See CMD001>12, 13 and CMD031 Send Message Waiting, Restriction Level, Wake-Up Mes- 0 sage to PMS 1 Accumulation of call charge on Local or Toll Call Call Recording on Local Call Immediate printout on Local Call Call Recording on Toll Call Immediate printout on Toll Call 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : NO : YES : Not sent : To send : NO : YES : Not sent : To send : YES : NO : NO : YES : NO : YES : NO : YES : NO : YES Continued on next page 2ND DATA
XX05 XX06
XX07 XX08 XX09 XX10 XX11 XX12
487
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91487-20
CMD016
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016

: Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) DATA XX13 XX14 XX15 XX16 XX17 XX18 XX19 XX20 XX21 XX22 XX23 XX24 XX30 MEANING Accumulation of Call Charge on International Call Call Recording on International Call Immediate printout on International Call Send detail information of C.O. outgoing calls to SMDR/ PMS which is set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Send detail information of C.O. outgoing calls to SMDR which is set to 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Accumulation of Call Charge on Tie Line Call Call Recording on Tie Line Call Immediate printout on Tie Line Call Send detail information of Tie Line outgoing calls to SMDR which is set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Send detail information of Tie Line outgoing calls to SMDR which is set to 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Send trafc information to CS Report Direct Data Entry from guest room station Send detail information of C.O./Tie Line incoming calls to SMDR which is set to 4 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : YES : NO : NO : YES : NO : YES : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : NO : YES : NO : YES : NO : YES : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not available : Available : Not sent : To send Continued on next page 2ND DATA
488
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91487-20
CMD016
COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016

: Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) DATA XX31 XX32 XX42 XX43 XX44 XX45 XX46 XX55 XX58 MEANING Send detail information of C.O. outgoing calls through CCIS Send detail information of Tie Line outgoing calls through CCIS Send Message Waiting message to PMS Send Control of Restriction Message to PMS Send Wake up message to PMS Administrative Station Restriction for Toll Call and International Call Send detail information of C.O./Tie Line incoming calls to SMDR which is set to 5 by CMD001>80/100/120/140 Send detail information of C.O./Tie Line incoming calls through CCIS 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send : Not sent : Guest : Administration : Not available : Available : Not sent : To send : Not sent : To send 2ND DATA
489
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91487-20
CMD022
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (1) D022 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time ID (Day/Night/Midnight) number for the charging by H-Method. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D022 + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA XX Y ZZ XX: H-Method number (00-15) Y : Time Table (0-7) ZZ : Time (00-23) 0 2ND DATA -7: Time ID number Day :0 Night : 1 Midnight: 2 REMARKS
490
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91490-20
CMD023
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (2) D023 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time ID (Day/Night/Midnight) number for the charging by K-Method. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D023 + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA XX Y ZZ XX: K-Method number (00-15) Y : Time Table (0-7) ZZ : Time (00-23) 0 2ND DATA -7: Time ID Day :0 Night : 1 Midnight: 2 REMARKS
491
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91491-20
CMD024
COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (2) D024 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time Block per charging rate and Break Points (BP1, BP2) for surcharge of the charging by K-Method. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D024 + DE + (6 digits) + DE + (1-5 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE: Time Block TB1, TB2 and TB3 are respectively applied to each of the ranges divided by Break Point BP1 and BP2 for surcharge as shown below.
: Initial Data 1ST DATA AA B C DD AA: K-Method number (00-15) B : Break Point (0-2) C : Time ID (0-7) Day :0 Night : 1 Midnight: 2 DD: Charging Rank (00-15) 2ND DATA 0 -65535 Time Block=0.5 Setting Data REMARKS
Call Start BP1 TB1 TB2 BP2 TB3
Call End
492
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91492-20
CMD025
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) D025 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging rate per Time Block/Metering Pulse and Break Points (BP1, BP2) for surcharge of the charging by H-method or metering pulse. PRECAUTION: This command is used for Australia and Other countries. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
Charging Rate per Time Block : Initial Data 1ST DATA AA B C DD AA: H-Method number (00-15) B : Break Point (0-2) C : Time ID (0-7) Day :0 Night : 1 Midnight: 2 DD: Charging Rank (00-15) 0 2ND DATA -9999: Charging Rate () per Time Block/Metering Pulse REMARKS
Charging rate RT1, RT2 and RT3 are respectively applied to each of the ranges divided by Break Point BP1 and BP2 for surcharge as shown below.
Call Start BP1 RT1 RT2 BP2 RT3 Call End
493
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91493-20
CMD025
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) D025

Charging Rate per Metering Pulse : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA 000000 001000 002000 FUNCTION First Charging Rate by Meter Pulse (RT1) Second Charging Rate by Meter Pulse (RT2) Third Charging Rate by Meter Pulse (RT3) 0 -9999: Call charge() per meter pulse
Charging Rate RT1, RT2 and RT3 are respectively applied to each of the ranges divided by Break Points BP1 and BP2 for surcharge as shown below.
Meter pulse Call Start BP1 RT1 RT2 BP2 RT3 Call End
494
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91493-20
CMD026
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT D026 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Development Table number for each outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: Although actual charging is not determined by the PBX, it is necessary to program this command and CMD027 to get SMDR output. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 0-63: Outgoing Trunk Route No. 000 2ND DATA -511: Development Table No. REMARKS
For each Table Number assigned by this command, the charging method for each dialed digit is assigned by CMD027 as shown below.
Dialed Digits Trunk Route No. Route XX
Table No. XXX 9 0 1
Charging Method
CMD027 CMD026
495
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91495-20
CMD027
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT TABLES D027 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging method to each dialed digit on the basis of each Development Table designated by CMD026. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA XXX Y XXX: Development Table No. (000-511) Y : Dialed digit (0-9, A(*), B(#)) 2ND DATA XXXXX Y XXXXX: Various Data NOTE Y : Attribute Data Refer to the following table
NOTE: The actual digits sent from a trunk should be assigned.

: Initial Data VARIOUS DATA DATA MEANING DATA 1 2 0-511 X YY ZZ Table No. for Next Development Table X : K-Method/H-Method=0/1 YY: Kind of charging (00-15) ZZ: Charging Rank (00-15) Charging No. of Flat Rate assigned by CMD004 3 4 6 A 9 10000 8 No charge Charging is not available Wait for next digit Charging Identication No. With answer signal No answer signal Send to SMDR terminal Charging by metering pulse NOTE ATTRIBUTE DATA MEANING
0-9
NOTE: Charging will start when the number is dialed.
496
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91496-20
CMD030
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT D030 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Hotel Names (Company Names) of messages to be printed at the end of the billing information. The number of characters that can be assigned is 20 characters per line and the total of 60 characters (3 lines). PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA ST + D030 + DE + (1-2 digits) + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA Character print position: 0-63 Print Position 2ND DATA Character Assignment See the table on next page. For setting space instead of printing a character, assign data 20. At the end of a Hotel Name or a message, enter CR (Data=0DH) and End Mark (Data=00H) in the order named. Continued on next page REMARKS
0 - - - - - - 19 X - - - - - - X (1st line) 20 - - - - - 39 X - - - - - - X (2nd line) 40 - - - - - 59 X - - - - - - X (3rd line)
497
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91497-20
CMD030
COMMAND CODE TITLE: MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT D030 Character Assignment Data

CharacCharac Charac Charac Charac Charac Charac DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA ter -ter -ter -ter -ter -ter -ter (SPACE) ! # $ % & ( ) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 * + , . / 0 1 2 3 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D > ? @ A B C D E F G 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 H I J K L M N O P Q 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 R S T U V W X Y Z [ 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B ] ^ 5C 5D 5E 5F
Example: The following is an example for data assignment for printing THANK YOU.
0 5 10 T H A N K 15 Y O U 19
Data Assignment
1ST DATA 0 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 54 6 48 7 41 8 9 10 20 11 59 12 4F 13 55 14 00 15 00 16 17 18 19
2ND DATA 20
4E 4B
498
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91497-20
CMD031
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE D031 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the desired functions for each Room Status Code which is dialed from a guest room or a Front Desk Terminal. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D031 + DE + (3 digits) + DE + + EXE (0/1)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA (X: ROOM STATUS CODE 1-8) DATA X00 X01 X02 X03 X04 X05 X06 X07 X08 X30 X31 Room Cutoff set Room Cutoff reset Do Not Disturb set Do Not Disturb reset Wake Up Call reset Message Waiting reset Check In Time set Check In Time clear Restriction for Toll Call and International Call set Send Room Status to PMS Room Status Code dialed from guest room is allowed Continued on next page FUNCTION 0 1 : NO : YES 2ND DATA
499
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91499-20
CMD031
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE D031 Example: The table below shows the examples of functions by this command.
FUNCTION NUMBER ROOM STATUS CODE 00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Check In (NOTE) Check Out (NOTE) Under Cleaning Cleaning Finished Check Finished Out of Service 0 1 1 1 0 1 01 1 0 0 0 1 0 02 0 0 1 1 0 0 03 1 1 0 0 1 0 04 1 1 0 0 0 1 05 1 0 0 1 1 1 06 1 0 0 0 0 0 07 0 1 1 1 1 1 08 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 0 0 1 1 1 1
NOTE: The Room Status Codes for Check In and Check Out are to be assigned by CMD001>12 and 13.
500
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91499-20
CMD033
COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL DEVELOPMENT D033 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Type of Call Development Table for each outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: This command and CMD034 must be assigned to get SMDR output. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 0-63: Trunk Route number 0 2ND DATA -127: Type of Call Development Table number REMARKS
On the basis of each table number assigned by this command, the type of call to the dialed digits is assigned by CMD034 as shown below.
0 1 ROUTE XX TRUNK ROUTE ACCESS CODE 2 Table XX 9 TOLL 0 1 Table 2 XX LOCAL TYPE OF CALL
CMD033
CMD034
501
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91501-20
CMD034
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL DEVELOPMENT TABLES D034 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a type of call to the dialed digits on each Type of Call Development Table number assigned by CMD033. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA XXX Y XXX: Call Development Table number (0-127) Y : Dialed digit (0-9, A, (*), B (#)) NOTE 1 2ND DATA X1: For assigning Type of Call 0 : Unused 1 : Local Call 2 : Toll Call 3 : International Call 4 : Unused 5 : Unused 6 : Unused 7 : Tie Line 8 : Tie Line 9 : Tie Line XXX 0: For assigning Next Digit Development Table number XXX: Next Digit Development Table number (0-127) REMARKS
NOTE 1: The actual digits sent from a trunk should be assigned. NOTE 2: This feature restricts Toll Call and International Call (Type of call No. 2 and No. 3 assigned by this command).
502
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91502-20
CMD034
COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL DEVELOPMENT TABLES D034 Example: Call Development Tables are assigned according to the following table.
CMD033 ROUTE 0 ACCESS CODE=0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CMD034
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ISD Call (000)
Table 0
Table 1
Toll Call (01-09)
Local Call (2-9)
DIGIT 00 01 | 09 2 | 9
TYPE OF CALL ISD Call Toll Call Trunk Route to be set: Route 0
Local Call
(2) Set LOCAL CALL to digit 2-9.
ST + D034 + DE + XX + DE + 11 + EXE
XX: 02-09 In No. 1 Call Development Table;
CMD033 To Trunk Route 0, assign No. 0 Call Development Table.
ST + D033 + DE + 0 + DE + 0 + EXE (3) Set ISD CALL to digit 0.

CMD034 In No. 0 Call Development Table; (1) Set No. 1 Call Development Table to digit 0.
ST + D034 + DE + 10 + DE + 31 + EXE
(4) Set TOLL CALL to digit 1-9.
ST + D034 + DE + 00 + DE + 10 + EXE
ST + D034 + DE + XX + DE + 21 + EXE
XX: 11-19
503
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91502-20
CMD035
COMMAND CODE TITLE: DESIGNATION OF PRINTER D035 FUNCTION: This command is used to designate the printer for printout by key operation at each Front Desk Terminal. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA ST + D035 + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + + EXE (0/1)
DATA TABLE:
: Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA X XXXX FUNCTION Front Desk Terminal (Dterm) My Line number assigned by CM10 (FX-FXXXX) 0 1 : Printer 0 : Printer 1
504
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91504-20
CMD100
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA PARTIAL CLEAR D100 FUNCTION:
AP OFF LINE
This command is used to clear the data related only to the designated Command Code among the system data for billing and to assign 0 as the data. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + D100 + DE + DXXX + DE + CCC + EXE Command Code of the data to be deleted
NOTE: Before use this command, make the PN-AP00-B card OFF LINE by switch setting as shown below.
SW1 4 3 2 1 ON SW1-4 should be set as follows; ON : The AP No. is 04-15 OFF: The AP No. is 20-31
: Position to be set
505
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91505-20
CMD101
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR D101 FUNCTION:
AP OFF LINE
This command is used to clear all the system data for billing and to load the initial data. PRECAUTION: See CMD102. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
ST + D101 + DE + 0000 + DE + CCC + EXE
NOTE: Before use this command, make the PN-AP00-B card OFF LINE by switch setting as shown below.
506
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91506-20
CMD102
COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING MEMORY CLEAR D102 FUNCTION:
AP OFF LINE
This command is used to clear the memory for Billing and to load the assigned data. PRECAUTION: (1) After billing system data all clear is executed by CMD101, assign the system data in the following order. STEP1: CMD101>0000: CCC STEP2: CMD001>179 STEP3: CMD003>23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 STEP4: CMD102>0000: CCC DATA ERROR is indicated when CMD102>000: CCC is entered in the following cases. The sum of all call records numbers set by CMD003>23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 exceeds the amount of call records number mentioned in NOTE 1 below. System data all clear by CMD101 is not executed.
(2)
0000 ST + D102 + DE + (4 digits) + DE + CCC + EXE
NOTE 1: By entering the 1st data 0000, the status of the Expansion Memory card (PZ-M537) will be displayed as shown below.
No expansion memory on AP00 is Provided When CMD001>179 is set to 0 (Not a center ofce of Centralized Billing-CCIS) 1600 When CMD001>179 is set to other than 0 (Center ofce of Centralized Billing-CCIS) 800 Expansion memory on AP00 is provided When CMD003>28 is set to 0 (No Call Record for CIS is provided) 27000 When CMD003>28 is set to other than 0 (Call Record for CIS is provided) 26000
NOTE 2: Before use this command, make the PN-AP00-B card OFF LINE by switch setting as shown below.
507
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91507-20
508
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91507-20
CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM
This resident system program generates system data automatically according to the system hardware conguration, thereby providing immediate operation and shorter programming time. When activated, the system scans hardware conguration (such as line/trunk card location) and assigns the system data (such as station numbers, trunk numbers, etc.) according to a predetermined generic program assignment. HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM ................... 510 SERVICE CONDITIONS ............................................................ 511 PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES .............................................. 512
509
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91509-20

HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM
HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM

STEP 1 On the MP card, set the SW3 to C, then press the SW1. STEP 2 After 30-40 seconds, conrm the status of the MJ/MN lamp on the PWR card. When the MN lamp lights, the ofce data has been normally registered. When the MJ lamp lights, the ofce data has not been normally registered. Repeat STEP 1-STEP 2. STEP 3 On the MP card, set the SW3 to 0, then press the SW1. The MP card has been changed to the ON LINE mode.
510
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91510-20

SERVICE CONDITIONS
SERVICE CONDITIONS
(1) (2) This service is applicable for equipment installed in PIM0 through PIM3. Data for any vacant slot is not assigned.
(3) Virtual stations are not assigned. (4) A line/trunk card (PN-AUCA/PN-DK00/PN-CFT, PN-2AMP, PN-4DAT) is not assigned, even if mounted. An application card (PN-AP00/AP01/24DTA/30DTC/24PRTA/BRTA/2BRTC/SC00/SC01) is not assigned, even if mounted. No tenant assignment is provided. (Tenant 01 is assigned) Details of Resident System Program. For the other commands which are not described in Programmed Data Table, the initial data are loaded by the Resident System Program.
(5)
(6)
(7)
511
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91510-20

PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES

Card Assignment (CM05)
Card Assignment
CM05 REMARKS Y 0 AP NUMBER 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 DATA 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Continued on next page NOTE 1 NOTE 2
512
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91512-20

Card Assignment
CM05 REMARKS Y 1 AP NUMBER 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 DATA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Continued on next page
513
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91512-20

NOTE 1: If the ATI card (PN-CS00) is mounted on the AP slot and the SENS switch of ATI is set to 4, this data is set to 01. NOTE 2: If the ATI card (PN-CS00) is mounted on the AP slot and the SENS switch of ATI is set to 5, this data is set to 01. NOTE 3: The AP card (PN-AP00/AP01/BRTA/2BRTC/30DTC/24DTA/24PRTA) is not assigned, even if mounted.
514
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91512-20

ATTCON Number Assignment (CM06) The following data is assigned for ATTCON Number 0, 1.
ATTCON Number Assignment

CM06 Y=01 REMARKS ATTCON No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 AP No. 04 05 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE CIRCUIT No. 0 0 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE
515
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91515-20

Basic Service Feature (CM08) The following data is assigned on a per service feature basis.
Basic Service Feature

: Initial Data CM08 FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA No. 0/1 No. 0/1 No. 0/1 No. 0/1 No. 0/1 No. 0/1 010 1 074 1 138 1 194 1 251 1 353 1 011 1 075 1 140 1 199 1 253 1 357 1 012 1 076 1 141 1 200 1 254 1 359 1 014 1 077 1 142 1 201 1 255 1 361 1 018 1 078 1 143 1 204 1 258 1 362 1 020 1 085 1 144 1 205 1 259 1 363 1 021 1 088 1 145 1 206 1 262 1 365 1 025 1 090 1 146 1 207 1 265 1 366 1 026 1 094 1 147 1 208 1 267 1 367 1 027 1 095 1 148 1 212 1 268 1 368 1 028 1 096 1 149 1 213 1 269 1 369 1 029 1 101 1 150 1 214 1 270 1 370 1 032 1 102 1 151 1 215 1 271 1 371 1 035 1 103 1 153 1 216 1 274 1 372 1 036 1 104 1 155 1 217 1 279 1 373 1 037 1 109 1 156 1 220 1 280 1 376 1 040 1 110 1 157 1 221 1 281 1 377 1 043 1 111 1 158 1 222 1 282 1 378 1 044 1 112 1 161 1 227 1 283 1 379 1 045 1 113 1 162 1 228 1 284 1 380 1 046 1 114 1 163 1 229 1 286 1 381 1 048 1 115 1 165 1 232 1 287 1 382 1 050 1 116 1 168 1 233 1 289 1 386 1 051 1 117 1 171 1 234 1 293 1 387 1 055 1 119 1 172 1 235 1 294 1 388 1 056 1 120 1 176 1 236 1 301 1 390 1 057 1 121 1 177 1 237 1 311 1 391 1 062 1 123 1 178 1 238 1 319 1 392 1 063 1 124 1 179 1 239 1 322 1 396 1 064 1 125 1 180 1 240 1 324 1 398 1 067 1 130 1 181 1 241 1 331 1 400 1 068 1 133 1 183 1 244 1 333 1 401 1 069 1 135 1 185 1 245 1 334 1 402 1 070 1 136 1 187 1 246 1 335 1 403 1 073 1 137 1 193 1 250 1 352 1 404 1 Continued on next page
516
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91516-20

Basic Service Feature

: Initial Data CM08 FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA No. 0/1 No. 0/1 405 1 475 1 407 1 477 1 420 1 478 1 421 1 479 1 422 1 487 1 424 1 503 1 425 1 504 1 426 1 702 1 427 1 703 1 428 1 704 1 429 1 706 1 430 1 800 1 431 1 801 1 432 1 900 1 434 1 441 1 442 1 443 1 444 1 445 1 448 1 449 1 450 1 451 1 460 1 461 1 462 1 463 1 464 1 465 1 470 1 471 1 472 1 473 1 474 1
517
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91516-20

Station Number, Trunk Number, Card Number (CM10) The following data is assigned according to the sequential slot location number of the associated circuit cards.
Station Number, Trunk Number, Card Number CARD

PN-4/8LC PN-2/4/8DLC
PURPOSE
Single Line Telephone Dterm
ASSIGNED DATA
200-455 F200-F455
REMARKS
Station Numbers 200 through 455 for Single Line Telephone and Dterm are assigned according to sequential slot location number of associated circuit card. ATTCON Numbers E004 through E007 are assigned according to sequential slot location number of associated circuit card.
PN-2/4/8DLC
ATTCON/ DESKCON
E004-E007
PN-2/4/8COT PN-2LDT PN-2ODT PN-8RST
Trunk
D000-D255
DTMF Receiver E201-E203 (PIM0/1) E204-E207 (PIM2/3)
Consecutive card number beginning at 00 is assigned according to the sequential slot location number of the associated circuit cards.
NOTE: If the DSS Console is not connected to the system, though PN-4DLC card is mounted in the slot, the data (F200-F455) for Dterm is assigned.
518
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91518-20

Station Class Data (CM12, CM13) The following data is assigned on a per station basis.
Station Class Data

: Initial Data CM10 STATION No. 00 TRUNK No. 0 CARD No. (1-10 DIGITS) 3 01 DAY 1 NIGHT 1 A 00 02 B 00 CM12 Y 03 00 04 00 0/1 1 1 1 1 05 07 00 11 0 12 X 13 00
~
3 3 3 3
~
8 1 1 1 1
~
8 1 1 1 1
200 201 202
15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15
15 15 15 15 15
63 01 01 01 01
15 15 15 15 15
3 3 3 3 3
XXXX
15 15 15 15 15
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
454 455 CM10
3 3
1 1
1 1
15 15 CM12 Y
15 15
15 15
01 01
1 1
15 15
3 3
STATION No. 16 TRUNK No. D000 CARD No. (1-10 DIGITS) D255
17 0
19 X
22 0/1 0 0 0 0
23 0
24 0/7 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 3 3
XXXXXXXX
3 3 3 3 3
200 201 202
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
454 455
3 3
0 0
3 3
519
..................
7 7
..................
15 15
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91519-20

Station Class Data

: Initial Data CM10 STATION No. 00 TRUNK No. CARD No. (1-10 DIGITS) 0/1
1 1 1 1 01 0/1 1 1 1 1 02 0/1 1 1 1 1 03 0/1 1 1 1 1 04 0/1 1 1 1 1 05 0/1 1 1 1 1 06 0/1 1 1 1 1
CM13 Y
07 0/1 1 1 1 1 08 0/1 1 1 1 1 09 0/1 1 1 1 1 10 0/1 1 1 1 1 11 0/1 1 1 1 1 12 0/1 1 1 1 1 13 0/1 1 1 1 1 14 0/1 1 1 1 1 15 0/1 1 1 1 1
200 201 202
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
1 1 39
0/1 1 1 1 1
454 455 CM10
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1 CM13 Y
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
STATION No. 18 TRUNK No. CARD No. (1-10 DIGITS) 0/1

1 1 1 1
21 0/1 1 1 1 1
22 0/1 1 1 1 1
23 0/1 1 1 1 1
24 0/1 1 1 1 1
25 0/1 1 1 1 1
28 0/1 1 1 1 1
29 0/1 1 1 1 1
32 0/1 1 1 1 1
33 0/1 1 1 1 1
34 0/1 1 1 1 1
35 0/1 1 1 1 1
36 0/1 1 1 1 1
37 0/1 1 1 1 1
200 201 202
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
..................
454 455
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
520
..................
1 1
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91520-20
..................
1 1

Numbering Plan (CM20) The following data is assigned for access code of each service feature.
Numbering Plan
CM20 Y (0-3) ACCESS CODE 0 11 2, 3 or 4 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SETTING DATA 800 A046 803 A130 A131 A132 A133 A134 A138 A139 A140 A141 A142 A024 A025 A163 A110 A039 A043 A008 A009 A047 A021 A020 A037 A065 A066 Operator Call Call Hold First Digit of Three Digit Station Number Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Set Cancel Voice Call/Ringing Tone Programming Name Display BGM on Dterm Set/Reset Day/Night Mode Change by Station Dialing Call Park-System Set Call Park-System Retrieve TAS Answer A Call Pickup-Direct Call Pickup-Group Call Pickup-Designated Group Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Entry Cancel Continued on next page Meet-me Answer Paging Access SERVICE FEATURES
5* 5# 60 62 66 68 6* 6# 72 73 74 75 7* 7#
521
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91521-20

Numbering Plan
CM20 Y (0-3) ACCESS CODE 9 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 *1 #1 *2 #2 *4 0 *5 #5 *6 #6 *7 #7 *8 #8 *9 #9 ** *# #* ## SETTING DATA 100 101 102 104 105 106 107 A081 A004 A005 A007 A125 A006 A010 A011 A012 A013 A018 A019 A022 A023 A040 A041 A069 A085 A064 A067 MW Lamp Control Call Forwarding-Dont Answer (No Answer)/Busy Line Call Forwarding-Im Here (Destination) Do Not Disturb Individual Trunk Access Outgoing Trunk Queuing /Call Back Set Cancel SERVICE FEATURES Trunk Access Code RT00 RT01 RT02 RT04 RT05 RT06 RT07
Camp-On by Station (Transfer method) Call Waiting (Camp-On by station-Call Waiting Method) Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Call Forwarding-All Calls Set Cancel Set Cancel Set Cancel Set Cancel Set Cancel Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) Account Code Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Entry Origination Origination
522
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91521-20

Trunk Data (CM30) The following data is assigned according to the type of trunk card:
Trunk Data
: Initial Data CM30 Y 00 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD 00 63 01 00 63 01 PN-4/8COT PN-2ODT PN-2LDT 00 02 02 01 01 01 02 02 31 31 02 31 31 03 02 31 31 02 31 31 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE XXXXXXXX CXX EBXXX XXXXXXXX CXX EBXXX 04 X 05 X 000 0/1 029 1 1 1 1 NONE NONE NONE 62 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 01 01 01 07 08 09 13 14
523
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91523-20

Trunk Data
: Initial Data CM30 Y 15 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD 01 15 15 PN-4/8COT PN-2ODT PN-2LDT 15 15 15 16 01 15 15 15 15 15 NONE NONE NONE 17 00 0/1 63 1 1 1 1 NOTE NOTE NOTE NONE NONE NONE XXXX XZ 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 NONE NONE NONE 254 15 15 15 15 15 18 19 28 30 00 31 00 32 00 33 00 34 00 35 001 37 00
NOTE: C.O. Line Numbers (CM30 Y=19) are assigned as follows. 1XXX XXX: Trunk Number (000-255)
524
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91523-20

Trunk Data
: Initial Data CM30 Y 40 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD 02 31 31 PN-4/8COT PN-2ODT PN-2LDT 41 02 31 31 XXXXXXXX CXX EBXXX XXXXXXXX CXX EBXXX 42 X 43 X 01 28 44
525
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91523-20

Trunk Route Data (CM35) The following data is assigned on a trunk route basis.
Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE NUMBER ACCESS OF CODE TRUNKS TRUNK KIND 00 00 01 2 02 1 03 00 04 0 05 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 08 1 09 01 15 01 03 03 03 01 01 03 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 0 / 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 0 / 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
~
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 81 82 83 84 85 86 DDD TIE (2W E&M) TIE (4W E&M) DID FX WATS CCSA PGT 00 04 04 00 01 02 03 05 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
7 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
63 15 15 15 00 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
7 7 2 2 2 7 7 2 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
526
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 12 0 13 000 14 0 / 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 00 16 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 00 18 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 19 0 20 00 21 00 22 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 23 0 24 0 25 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 26 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
~
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
254
NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE
75
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
15 15 00 00 00 02 02 00 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
15 15 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 15
527
~
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 28 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 33 0 34 0 36 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 37 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 38 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 39 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 00 41 0 / 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 42 0 / 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 43 00 / 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 44 00 45 0 46 0
~
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
99
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
528
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20
~
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 47 0 48 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 49 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 51 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 52 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 53 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 56 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 57 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 58 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 59 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 61 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
~
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
529
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 62 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 65 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 66 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 67 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 68 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 69 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 70 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 71 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 72 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 73 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 74 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 75 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 76 00 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
530
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 78 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 79 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 83 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 86 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 87 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 89 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 90 0 91 0 92 0 93 00 XZ
97
98 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
7
7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
531
~
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 101 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 102 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 103 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 104 1 105 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 106 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 113 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 115 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 117 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 119 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 129 0 133 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 134 0 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 135 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 136 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
532
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Trunk Route Data

: Initial Data CM35 Y TRUNK ROUTE 137 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 138 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 139 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 140 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 141 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 142 0 / 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 143 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 144 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 147 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 148 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 152 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 153 0 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 154 5
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
533
~
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91526-20

Attendant Group, Function (CM60) The following data is assigned to Attendant Console provided.
CM60 ATT NUMBER

X
Y=00 (GROUP No.)

0
: ATT Group 0
Tenant for Each ATT Group (CM62) The following data is assigned to Attendant Console within ATT Group 0.
CM62 TENANT NUMBER

00 01 02 03 63 ~
Y=0 (ATT GROUP)

0 1 1 1 ~ 1
534
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91534-20
: To handle
: Not handled

Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (CM71) 100-Memory Slot for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) are assigned for Tenant 01.
Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) CM71 DATA KIND OF STARTING CALLING MEMORY PARTY SLOT No. (000-299)
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
SLOT No. (001-300)

300
000
535
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91535-20

Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) CM71 DATA KIND OF STARTING CALLING MEMORY PARTY SLOT No. (000-299)
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
SLOT No. (001-300)
536
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91535-20

Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) [CM73] 10 memories are assigned Single Line Telephone individually.
Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) CM73 SETTING DATA 1000SLOT MEMORY BLOCK (0-3: BASIC, 4-9: OPTION)
0
TYPE OF TERMINAL
10-SLOT MEMORY BLOCK IN THE TOP (00-99)

XX
POSSIBLE / NOT POSSIBLE OF REGISTRATION (0/1)

0
NUMBER OF 10-SLOT MEMORY BLOCK (01-10)

01
REMARKS
Single Line Tel
10 Memories
NOTE: The memory allocation by CM73 is not performed for the Dterm.
537
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91537-20

Dterm Line Key Data (CM90) The following data is assigned according to the type of terminal.
Dterm Line Key Data

: Initial Data CM90 MY LINE No. KEY No.
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 XXXX XXXX
REMARKS Y= 00
DXXX DXXX DXXX DXXX
Y= 01
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Y= 03
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Y= 05
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Y= 00
Y= 01
Y= 03
Y= 05
Y= 00
Y= 01
Y= 03
Y= 05
NOTE 1: DXXX represents C.O. Trunk Number (D000-D255) and this data is consecutively assigned on Line Key beginning at 01. NOTE 2: XXXXXXXX represents My Line Number (200-455).
538
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91538-20

Prime Line (CM93)

As shown in the following table, My Line Number is assigned to Prime Line for all D terms.
Prime Line CM93 MY LINE NUMBER (1-8 DIGITS)

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
SETTING DATA (1-8 DIGITS)

REMARKS
NOTE: XXXXXXXX represents My Line Number (200-455).
539
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91539-20

Memory Allocation for Dterm One-Touch Memory (CM94)

The following data is assigned on a per Dterm, with DSS key, basis.
Memory Allocation for One-Touch Key CM94 MY LINE NUMBER (1-8 DIGITS)
SETTING DATA (6 DIGITS)

WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ WXX0ZZ
REMARKS
540
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91540-20

NOTE 1: WXX0ZZ is assigned for each My Line Number (XXXXXXXX: 200-455) as follows:
W XX 0 ZZ W : 1000-Slot Memory Block number (0-3: Basic, 4-9: Option) XX: First 10-Slot Memory Block (00-99) 0 : Programming Facility 0=Effective ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10) 01: Dterm (10 memories) 02: Dterm (20 memories) 03: Dterm (30 memories) 04: Dterm (40 memories) 05: Dterm (50 memories) 06: Dterm (60 memories) 07: Dterm (70 memories) 08: Dterm (80 memories) 09: Dterm (90 memories) 10: Dterm (100 memories)
NOTE 2: If a Dterm is not connected to the system, though the DLC card is mounted in the slot, the data for the Dterm with 20 one-touch keys is assigned.
541
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91540-20
542
ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91540-20

Command Manual: NEC Corporation

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Command Manual: NEC Corporation

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ND-70932(E) ISSUE 2

PAGE No. i ii iii iv 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 1/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 2/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 3/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 4/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 5/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 6/8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISSUE 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 2 DATE MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ISSUE 4 DATE 3 4 5 6 7 8

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 7/8

ISSUE 1 DATE NOVEMBER,1999 ISSUE 5 DATE DATE DATE

ISSUE 2 MARCH,2000 ISSUE 6 DATE DATE

ISSUE 3 DATE ISSUE 7 DATE

NEAX 2000/NEAX 7400 ICS M100MX Command Manual

Revision Sheet 8/8

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91TOC-20

INTRODUCTION PURPOSE/OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL

OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20

INTRODUCTION TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20

INTRODUCTION REFERENCE MANUAL

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91001-20

CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT

CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT

ND-70932(E) Rev.2.0 91005-20

CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT

CAT AND MAT